MX 800

SPECTRA
ENGINEERING PTY
LTD
Base Station, Repeater, Receiver and
Transmitter
MX800
Technical Manual
Technical Manual MX800 Transceiver
Spectra Engineering Pty Ltd

ABN 65 057 696 438
9 Trade Road
Malaga
Western Australia 6090
Tel: +61-8-92482755 Fax: +61-8-92482756
Email: info@spectraeng.com.au
Web: www.spectraeng.com.au
Manual Revision 4.2.3 August 2006
In order to continually improve our products, Spectra Engineering Pty Ltd reserves
the right to alter, without notice and at any time, the equipment and specifications
described in this document.
All performance figures quoted are typical and are subject to normal manufacturing
and service tolerances.
The purchaser is warned that statements made in this document may be inaccurate
due to typographical or other errors or subsequent modifications of the product.
While every care has been taken in the creation of this document, no warranty of
accuracy or reliability is given, in any advice or information contained in this
document. The responsibility for any loss or damage whatsoever arising in any way
or any representation, act or omission whether express or implied (including
responsibility to any person by reason of negligence) is not accepted by Spectra
Engineering Pty Ltd or any director, officer, agent or employee of Spectra
Engineering Pty Ltd.
Copyright © Spectra Engineering Pty Ltd 1997-2006.
This work is copyright. Other than as permitted by Law, no part of it may be

reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any process
without prior written permission.
FCC Interference Warning
Note: The equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class
B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to
provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is
operated in a commercial or residential environment. This equipment generates, uses
and can radiate radio frequency energy. If not installed and used in accordance with
this instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communication.
© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 i

MX800 Transceiver Technical Manual
This page left blank intentionally
ii © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

Technical Manual MX800 Transceiver
Record Of Changes
Any changes to this manual are recorded on this list. Spectra Engineering
may issue replacement pages to you from time to time. If any updates are
issued, you will also receive a replacement for this page.
Date Version Chapter Changes Pages Changed
May 1997 1.0 All - Initial Release All
July 1997 1.1 MX800 Software Software Only

Aug. 1997 1.2 DIP switch settings Appendix C
MX800 Configuration guide Appendix D
Jan. 1998 1.3 Additional features added
April 1998 2.0 General Revision All
May 1998 2.01 Minor corrections i,ii,iii,10,15
May 1998 2.02 Master doc All
Oct 1998 2.03 Minor Corrections i,ii,9,27,29,30,35
April 1999 3.0 Local control features added All
Dec 1999 3.1 Options chapter added All
June 2000 4.0 Document reformatted All
Aug 2000 4.01 MX800 Configuration Guide 70
Nov 2000 4.1 Minor Revision All
Sept 2001 4.1.1 Minor Revisions All
Sept 2002 4.1.2 Minor Revisions 15,71,82,90,92,96
Jan 2003 4.1.3 Minor Corrections 22,25,40,71
June 2004 4.1.4 Minor Revision
August 04 4.2.0 Revisions All
Oct 04 4.2.1 Minor Revision 56
Nov 05 4.2.2 Minor Revision All
Add T19/26 Micro Drawing
Add RV1 to TX alignment 73-75
30/03/06 Updated Binary bits in table. 95
21/04/06 Updated options section
© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 iii

SAFETY SUMMARY
Although there are no dangerous mains voltages present within the equipment, the
following general safety precautions as would normally apply, should be observed
during all phases of operation, service and repair of this equipment.
AROUND THE EQUIPMENT

To minimise any possible shock hazard from an external power supply or lightning
strike, the chassis or equipment cabinet must be connected to an electrical ground.
Provide adequate ventilation around the rear of the equipment.
DO NOT OPERATE IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

Do not operate the equipment in the presence of flammable gases or fumes. Operation
of any electrical equipment in such an environment constitutes a definite safety
hazard.
DO NOT ATTEMPT INTERNAL SERVICE WHILE TRANSMITTING

Thermal or RF burns may result from touching certain components within the power
amplifier module while transmitting or operating the transmitter.
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY THE EQUIPMENT

Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards, do not install substitute or
lower voltage parts to the equipment. Return to your authorised distributor.
EXERCISE CAUTION AND CORRECT DISPOSAL OF RF POWER

DEVICES
Most RF power transistors and some RF power hybrids contain Beryllium Oxide.
Although they are normally safe, if physically damaged toxic dust may be released.
Consult your local authority for correct disposal thereof.
WARRANTY CONDITIONS & PRECAUTIONS

The following conditions are not covered by the warranty of the MX800. Please
ensure that the MX800 is not subject to;
1. Over voltage or Reverse Power Supply Voltage.
2. Operation in locations subject to abnormal environmental conditions such as

extreme temperatures or ingress of moisture.
3. Operation of the MX800 Transmitter output into an open or short circuit or an

incorrectly terminated load.
iv © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

Technical Manual Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1. General Description ................................................................................ 1

1.1 Physical Description..................................................................... 3
1.1.1 Front Panel ..................................................................... 3
1.1.1 Rear Panel....................................................................... 6
1.1.2 Side Panel........................................................................ 7
1.2 Module Functional Description.................................................... 7
1.2.1 Exciter Module ................................................................7
1.2.2 Receiver Module.............................................................. 8
1.2.3 Power Amplifier Module .................................................8
1.2.4 Micro Controller Board .................................................. 9
2. Installation and Operation ...................................................................11

2.1 Installation..................................................................................11
2.2 Operation....................................................................................11
2.2.1 MXTOOLS Utility..........................................................12
2.2.2 Setting to Work..............................................................13
2.2.3 Adjustments ...................................................................18
3. Options ...................................................................................................19
3.1 T01 Programmable Channel Spacing.........................................19
3.1.1 Description....................................................................19
3.1.2 Installation ....................................................................19
3.2 T02 Programmable CTCSS encoder/decoder ............................20
3.2.1 Description....................................................................20
3.2.2 Installation ....................................................................20
3.3 T03 Programmable DCS/CTCSS encoder/decoder ...................21
3.3.1 Description....................................................................21
3.3.2 Installation ....................................................................21
3.4 T04 Balanced and Isolated VF ...................................................22
3.4.1 Description....................................................................22
3.4.2 Installation ....................................................................23
3.5 T05 Balanced and Isolated VF plus E&M .................................25
3.5.1 Description....................................................................25
3.5.2 Installation ....................................................................26
3.6 T06 Simplex Changeover Relay ................................................27
3.6.1 Description....................................................................27
3.6.2 Installation ....................................................................28
3.7 T07 Turn Around Mixer.............................................................29
3.8 T08 VF Delay.............................................................................30
3.8.1 Description....................................................................30
© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 v

3.8.2 Installation ....................................................................31

3.9 T09 300Hz Upgrade HPF Filter .................................................32
3.9.1 Description....................................................................32
3.9.2 Installation ....................................................................33
3.10 T10 Power Save Mode ...............................................................34
3.10.1 Description ......................................................................34
3.10.2 Installation ....................................................................36
3.11 T11 Combined Options ..............................................................37
3.12 T12 External Reference Oscillator Input....................................37
3.12.1 Description....................................................................37
3.12.2 Installation ....................................................................38
3.13 T13 Local Speaker, Mic Socket and Front Panel Mute..............40
3.13.1 Description....................................................................40
3.13.2 Installation ....................................................................41
3.14 T14 Local Channel Change........................................................44
3.14.1 Description....................................................................44
3.14.2 Installation ....................................................................44
3.15 T16 1PPM Frequency Stability ..................................................46
3.16 U69 Extended Temperature Range Verification .......................46
3.17 T19/26 Line Interface Board. .....................................................47
3.17.1 Installation ....................................................................49
3.17.2 2Wire or 4Wire Selection, Balanced VF .......................51
3.17.3 VF Delay .......................................................................51
3.17.4 Variable & Stepped Tone Encoder................................52
3.17.5 Variable Tone Setup Procedure ....................................54
3.17.6 Status Tone Encoding And Decoding (T19 only) ..........55
3.17.7 Five Tone Encoded / Decoder .......................................57
3.17.8 DTMF Decoder .............................................................57
3.17.9 Remote Control Capabilities.........................................57
3.17.10 Fast CTCSS Decoder ....................................................57
3.17.11 T19/26 Pinouts ..............................................................58
3.17.12 T19/T26 Jumper Settings...............................................60
3.18 T29 Balanced and Isolated VF plus E&M .................................61
3.19 T31 Network Adapter.................................................................63
3.19.1 Optional Dongles ..........................................................64
3.19.2 U72 Dongle ...................................................................64
3.19.3 U73 Dongle with Digital IO Port Replicator................64
3.20 T34 Ethernet option...................................................................65
4. Technical Description............................................................................66
4.1 Exciter Module...........................................................................66
4.2 Receiver Module ........................................................................67
4.3 Power Amplifier Module ...........................................................69
vi © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

4.4 Micro Controller Board..............................................................69

4.4.1 Overall Radio Management ..........................................70
4.4.2 TX Signal Processing ....................................................71
4.4.3 RX Signal Processing ....................................................72
4.4.4 RF Power Control .........................................................72
4.4.5 User Interface................................................................73
5. Alignment and Testing..........................................................................74

5.1 Transceiver Setup, Calibration and Alignment ..........................74
5.1.1 Sending Model Number and Serial Number to the
Radio .............................................................................74
5.1.2 Sending Configuration Information ..............................75
5.1.3 Sending Channel Information .......................................75
5.1.4 Setting Alignment Channel............................................75
5.1.5 Power Calibration.........................................................76
5.1.6 RSSI Calibration ...........................................................76
5.1.7 Temperature Calibration...............................................76
5.1.8 TX Power Adjustment....................................................76
5.1.9 Peak Deviation and Modulation Balance .....................77
5.1.10 TX Centre Frequency Alignment...................................79
5.1.11 TX Line Input Level and Nominal Deviation
Alignment ......................................................................79
5.1.12 RX Line Output Level Adjustment .................................82
5.1.13 TX VF Loop Back Level ................................................82
5.1.14 Mute Threshold Setting .................................................82
5.2 Module Level Test Procedures...................................................83
5.2.1 Exciter Module ..............................................................83
5.2.2 Receiver Module............................................................84
5.2.3 Power Amplifier Module ...............................................86
5.2.4 VCO Board....................................................................87
5.2.5 Microcontroller Module................................................88
6. MX800 Base Station Fault Finding Procedure...................................90

6.1 MX800 Base Station ..................................................................90
6.1.1 Transmitter Section .......................................................90
6.1.2 Receiver Section ............................................................91
6.2 Microcontroller PCB..................................................................92
6.3 Receiver Module ........................................................................92
6.3.1 VCO Locking.................................................................92
6.3.2 RX Front End ................................................................92
6.3.3 IF Section ......................................................................93
6.4 Exciter Module...........................................................................93
6.4.1 VCO Locking.................................................................93
6.4.2 RF Power ......................................................................93
© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 vii

6.5 Power Amplifier.........................................................................94
7. Appendices .............................................................................................96
7.1 MX800 Interface Connections ...................................................96
7.1.1 CN1 DB15 Female Line I/O Connector........................97
7.1.2 CN2 DB9 Female Monitor Connector ..........................99
7.1.3 CN3 DB25 Female Digital I/O Connector..................100
7.1.4 CN4 DB9 Male RS232 Connector...............................102
7.1.5 CN6 Simplex Relay/External Reference......................102
7.1.6 CN7 RX Input ..............................................................102
7.1.7 CN8 TX Output............................................................102
7.1.8 CN9 RJ45 ....................................................................102
7.1.9 CN5 DC Power Input ..................................................103
7.2 MX800 Specifications..............................................................104
7.2.1 Operating Frequency Bands .......................................104
7.2.2 General........................................................................105
7.2.3 Transmit ......................................................................106
7.2.4 Receive ........................................................................107
7.2.5 Ancillaries ...................................................................108
7.3 Channel Select DIP Switch Settings ........................................108
7.4 MX800 Model Number Configuration Guide..........................112
7.5 MX800 System Applications ...................................................113
7.5.1 Conventional base station/repeater ............................113
7.5.2 Link transceiver...........................................................113
7.5.3 Data transceiver..........................................................114
7.5.4 Paging transmitter.......................................................114
7.5.5 Trunking Base Station .................................................115
7.5.6 Systems base................................................................115
7.5.7 Repeater with Morse ID ..............................................115
7.5.8 Simplex base station ....................................................115
7.5.9 Duplicated base station...............................................116
7.5.10 Power Save base station..............................................116
7.5.11 Tone key base station ..................................................116
7.5.12 Voting base station ......................................................116
7.5.13 Simulcast base station .................................................116
8. Superseded Technical Information....................................................126

8.1 Power Amplifier Module .........................................................126
8.1.1 Technical Description .................................................126
8.1.2 PA Module Test Procedure .........................................127
8.1.3 PA Fault Finding Procedure.......................................128
9. Drawings ..............................................................................................130
9.1 Superseded Drawings...............................................................131
viii © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

List of Tables
Table 1-1 LED Functions ........................................................................................... 3
Table 1-2 Rear Panel Connections............................................................................. 6
Table 2-1 Micro Controller Jumpers........................................................................15
Table 2-2 DIP Switch 2 Settings ...............................................................................16
Table 2-3 Power Control Function Settings .............................................................18
Table 3-1 CN9 Connections......................................................................................23
Table 3-3 Option PCB Link Settings.........................................................................31
Table 3-5 Current Consumption Details ..................................................................35
Table 3-7 MX800 Mic Socket Pinout........................................................................41
Table 3-8 Signal decision levels/points and coresponding tones. .............................52
Table 3-10 CN9 Connections....................................................................................59
Table 3-11 T19/26 Factory Default Jumper Setting. .................................................60
Table 3-12 T29 RJ45 Pin outs. ..................................................................................62
Table 3-13 T29 Factory Default Jumper Setting. ......................................................62
Table 4-1 Microprocessor Port Parameters.............................................................70
Table 5-1 Peak Deviation Settings............................................................................77
Table 5-2 Nominal Deviation ...................................................................................79
Table 7-1 MX800 Interface Connectors ...................................................................96
Table 7-4 CN3 Connections....................................................................................100
Table 7-5 CN4 Connector Jumpers ........................................................................102
Table 7-6 CN5 DC Power Input Connections ........................................................103
Table 7-7 General Specifications ...........................................................................105
Table 7-8 Transmit Specifications ..........................................................................106
Table 7-9 Receive Specifications ............................................................................107
Table 7-10 Ancilary Specifications.........................................................................108
Table 9-1 Drawings ................................................................................................131
© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 ix

List of Figures
Figure 1-1 Standard Front Panel ...............................................................................4
Figure 1-2 Local Control Front Panel .......................................................................4
Figure 1-3 MX800 Rear Panel ...................................................................................6
Figure 1-4 MX800 Side Panel ....................................................................................7
Figure 3-1 MX800 T01 Option, Programable bandwidth fitted to RX module. ........19
Figure 3-2MX800 DCS Option T03...........................................................................21
Figure 3-3 CN9 RJ45 Pin-out Detail (View from Rear of MX800) ..........................23
Figure 3-4 MX800 Option T05 Balanced & Isolated VF I/O with E&M leads.........25
Figure 3-5 CN9 RJ45 Pin-out Detail (View from Rear of MX800) ..........................26
Figure 3-6 T06 Simplex Changeover Relay...............................................................27
Figure 3-7MX800 T08,T09,T10 Option board complete...........................................30
Figure 3-8 Front Panel with Speaker, Mic and Mute...............................................40
Figure 3-9 RJ45 socket viewed from front of MX800...............................................41
Figure 3-10 MX800 T19/T26Option Board...............................................................48
Figure 3-11 CN3 Pin-out Detail (View from Rear of MX800) ..................................58
Figure 3-12 CN9 RJ45 Pin-out Detail (View from Rear of MX800) ........................59
Figure 3-13 MX800 T29 otpion board.......................................................................61
Figure 3-14 CN9 RJ45 Pin-out Detail (View from Rear of MX800) .........................62
Figure 3-15 T31 Option Board ..................................................................................63
Figure 3-16 U72 Dongle............................................................................................64
Figure 3-17 U73 Dongle............................................................................................64
Figure 4-1 MX800 Top View ....................................................................................66
Figure 5-1 Under (increase level) ............................................................................78
Figure 5-2 Over (decrease level)..............................................................................78
Figure 5-3 Correctly Aligned Waveform ..................................................................78
Figure 7-1 CN5 DC Input (View from rear of MX800) ..........................................103
Figure 7-2MX800 Setup in system rack...................................................................113
Figure 9-1 Receiver Component Overlay ...............................................................132
Figure 9-2 Exciter Component Overlay .................................................................133
Figure 9-5 Micro Controller Component Overlay (Rev P4) ..................................135
Figure 9-6 Tx and Rx VCO Component Overlay Bands A to Q3 ...........................136
Figure 9-7 Tx and Rx VCO Component Overlay Bands R to X..............................137
Figure 9-8 HP Rx VCO Component Overlay Bands A to Q ...................................138
x © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

Technical Manual
1. General Description
The MX800 series employs state of the art design and construction methods
to deliver a range of high performance, ultra reliable radio transceivers. They
are ideally suited for use in VHF or UHF two way voice radio systems,
however, the MX800 can perform in a range of applications where the added
advantage of linear frequency and phase response from DC to 3.4kHz can be
utilised. The MX800 uses a two-point modulation method synthesiser for
extended low end VF transmit frequency response. The Receiver, Exciter and
Power Amplifier are contained in their own specialised aluminium module
and can be easily removed from the main chassis.
The flexibility of the MX800 series allows it to be configured for a wide

range of applications.
Standard MX800 applications include:
Conventional 2-Way voice base station

Full duplex or simplex base station
Radio modem base station
Direct FSK or SELCALL baseband repeater
Trunking base station for MPT1327, LTR, SmartTrunk and others
Analog Cellular base station
POCSAG paging transmitter to 2400 BPS
POCSAG repeater
DC-coupled Direct FSK modulation system
Voice repeater
Wide band data repeater
DC-coupled repeater
Point to point link
Fast 25mS repeater for multi hopping
Cross band link or repeater
Simulcast transmitter
Quasi-Sync offset transmitter
© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.2 1

The MX800 incorporates special technical features, of which the key ones are
listed below:
Extremely low conducted emissions

Extremely low transmitter spurious
Fast transmitter on time
Transmitter frequency response down to DC
Low group delay distortion
Very Wide RF switching bandwidth
No re-tune receiver or transmitter
Fully software programmable
Built in diagnostics
Trunking control and VF routing interface
Built in community multi-tone style repeater
High stability reference input for Simulcast systems
In addition, the MX800 can be fitted with many options, not being limited to
the following:
Programmable channel spacing

Programmable CTCSS / DCS encoder and decoder
Isolated VF and E&M lead interfaces
Simplex antenna changeover relay
VF audio delay for noiseless mute/squelch/repeater function
Low receiver standby current consumption
External reference oscillator input
Local speaker and microphone
Push wheel channel selector
High stability options
Audio Facilities board covers many new features
Internal Modem or Ethernet interface
Special high performance receiver options
Other custom features on special request
For further information, please contact Spectra Engineering.
2 © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

Technical Manual General Description
1.1 Physical Description

The MX800 is a compact lightweight standard 19" rack mounting transceiver.
It is designed to mount horizontally in a 19" rack frame and occupies 2RU
(89mm). The depth of the unit is 330mm and the weight is less than 9kg.
The unit consists of four main sub assemblies an Exciter Module, a Receiver
Module, a Power Amplifier Module and a Micro Controller board. These
modules are housed in a fully welded steel case.
The MX800 features a high degree of RFI and EMI screening throughout the
design and construction. The receiver and exciter (low power transmitter)
modules are contained in solid aluminium enclosures, and for additional
screening each interface pin in the modules is individually filtered. The PA
module is contained in a special compact efficient extrusion for minimum
harmonic radiation. This design results in low conducted and radiated
emissions and minimal susceptibility to RFI and EMI.
User interface is via the front and rear panels. The rear panel provides access
to all connectors and the standard front panel provides 6 LED indicators of
the radio status. The local control option front panel has additional speaker,
microphone and (optionally) channel select functions. Other variations can
accommodate serial and monitor ports, as well as VF line level adjustment on
the front panel.
1.1.1 Front Panel
1.1.1.1 Standard Front Panel
The MX800 standard front panel is illustrated below. Custom versions of the
front panel can be supplied to OEM customers.
Table 1-1 below explains the functions of the front panel LED's. Each LED
indicates the status of the MX800 in real time.
LED FUNCTION
POWER Indicates the power supply voltage is within software
selectable limits.
RX The receiver is receiving a signal or the receiver’s
squelch is open.
TX The transmitter is transmitting RF power.
CTCSS A valid Continuous Tone Coded Squelch Signal has
been detected.
AUX An Aux function is selected or the PLL is unlocked.
ALARM A prearranged alarm condition exists.
Table 1-1 LED Functions

Power
RX
TX
CTCSS
Aux
Alarm
Figure 1-1 Standard Front Panel
1.1.1.2 Local Control Front Panel
The Local Control Front Panel is illustrated in Figure 1-2 below.
Speaker RS232 Port Line I/P Adjust Hole
Push-wheel RJ45 Squelch Line O/P

Channel Change Volume Microphone Adjust Hole Adjust Hole
Control Socket
Figure 1-2 Local Control Front Panel
It has the same LED indicators as the standard front panel as well as the
following features
Loudspeaker and Volume Control

A 1 Watt loudspeaker is provided to monitor 'on air' received audio as well as
transmit audio from line. Volume control is provided by means of a
potentiometer or a 3-position toggle switch adjacent to the loudspeaker. This
switch is biased in the centre position. To raise or lower the volume the
switch is momentarily moved up or down respectively. For each switch
closure the volume is incremented or decremented a fixed amount. Newer
versions of the MX800 Micro Controller PCB support a conventional rotary
volume control. The newer versions are also backward compatible in that the

circuitry can still support the older up/down control method as well as the
new chassis can still accommodate the older revision board.
The speaker has a link selectable connection to a tone output from the
microcontroller. This may be used in conjunction with the appropriate
software configuration to generate an alert tone to the user.
Microphone Socket
An RJ45 socket is provided on the front panel for connection of a
microphone.
Channel Change Control
Twin push-wheel switches can be optionally fitted to the front panel to allow
selection of the operating channel. This switch replaces the channel select
function normally accessible on CN3 on the rear panel. 100 channels are
selectable. Refer to section 2.2.2.3 for channel select method.
RS232 and Monitor Ports
Provision is made to optionally fit these two connectors on the front panel
instead of on the rear panel. The pin-out and functions of these two ports
remain unchanged when this is done.
Mute / Squelch Adjustment
Provision is made to optionally locate the mute / squelch control
potentiometer behind the front panel. A screwdriver hole is provided in the
front panel to access this adjustment.
Line Level Adjustments
Provision is made to optionally locate the line I/O level control
potentiometers behind the front panel. A screwdriver hole is provided in the
front panel to access each of these adjustments.
Note Note that it is possible to select some features of the Local Control
Option and omit others. For example operating channel select from
the front panel may not be required (or permitted) and the Local
Control Option may be ordered without this feature Refer to section 3.

1.1.1 Rear Panel
Figure 1-3 below and Table 1-2 Details the functions of each connector.
Connector # Conn Type Function Description

CN5 3 PIN DC Power input 13.8 Volt DC power input. Also +28 Volt
input on spare pin if required.
CN6 N TYPE Simplex relay out or Location for internal simplex relay. The
N type RX input antenna for RX / TX connects to this point.
Alternatively an N-Type connector can be
used for the input to the receiver for full
duplex operation.
CN7 BNC RX input Standard BNC connector for the input to the
receiver for full duplex operation.
CN8 N TYPE TX output The RF power output from the transmitter for
full duplex operation.
CN9 RJ45 Spare Knockout provision for RJ45 connector.
CN3 DB25-F Parallel I/O Provides one 8 bit input port. One parallel 8
bit BCD or Binary channel select input and
one 8-bit output port.
CN1 DB15-F Line I/O Provides the necessary analog receiver and
transmitter interface for system interfacing.
CN4 DB9-M RS-232 serial port 9600 Baud serial port for frequency
programming, channel selection and alarm and
status monitoring.
CN2 DB9-F Monitor port Provision for special monitoring of certain
internal signals.
Table 1-2 Rear Panel Connections

CN6 Simplex
Relay Output or
CN5 DC N-Type Rx Input CN7 BNC Rx Input CN8 N-Type Thermally
Power Input When fitted or External Ref Input TX Output Controlled Fan
CN9 RJ45 CN3 CN1 Line CN4 CN2

When fitted Digital I/O I/O RS232 Monitor
Figure 1-3 MX800 Rear Panel

1.1.2 Side Panel

The MX800 side view is illustrated in Figure 1-4 below. Two mounting holes
in each side make provision for fitting a slider rail bracket.
Mounting Holes for Slide Rails
Sideways Airflow Permits MX800s

to be Stacked in a Rack
Figure 1-4 MX800 Side Panel
1.2 Module Functional Description
1.2.1 Exciter Module

The Exciter module generates the low level, on frequency, RF transmitter
signal that is later amplified to nominal output power level by the Power
Amplifier module. The exciter consists of a Voltage Controlled Oscillator
(VCO) and associated main RF board, which, in conjunction with the
reference oscillator and the PLL circuitry, forms a two-point modulation
programmable frequency synthesiser. Frequency programming data is
received from the Micro Controller via an 3 wire serial data bus.
The exciter module features a modulation bandwidth from DC with an ultra

wide RF bandwidth of 20MHz to 1000MHz at an average RF output power
of 300mW. To change from one band to another, all that is required is to
change the plug in VCO board and reprogram the radio. No other manual
adjustment or change is required.
Should a high stability reference be required, the exciter can be fitted with a
connector for an external reference oscillator input.
The fractional N synthesiser provides ultra low spurii while still maintaining
fast lock times even at 6.25kHz step size.
An optional built in turn around mixer (TRM) provides advanced diagnostics

such as receiver sensitivity tests.

1.2.2 Receiver Module

The receiver module accepts the low level RF input signal and amplifies,
filters and conditions the signal prior to detecting the wanted audio
component. The Receiver module features the same advanced synthesiser and
wide bandwidth as the exciter. Only the front-end bandpass filter and VCO
need to be changed in order to support different frequency bands, resulting in
significant flexibility and end-user cost savings. The purpose built front end
bandpass filter has a wide no-adjust bandwidth equal to the band allocation
(refer to section 7.4 for details of the band allocations).
The receiver has high sensitivity while maintaining excellent intermodulation

immunity and adjacent channel rejection. A dual first IF filter provides
excellent rejection to common known spurious responses. High blocking of
over 100dB typical ensures that strong interfering signals do not desensitise
the receiver when receiving weak signals.
1.2.3 Power Amplifier Module

RF from the Exciter passes via a coaxial cable to the input of the PA Module
and is first attenuated by a 50 ohm pad, which is used to provide a good
50 ohm source impedance for the first LDMOS driver amplifier. The RF is
amplified to around 5 Watts at the driver output, and is band dependant.
Note: this point does not have 50 ohm impedance and the drive power cannot
be measured directly with a 50 ohm Wattmeter. The signal from the driver is
then matched by a broadband network to drive the low input impedance
associated with the final transmit LDMOS power amplifier transistor. The
transistor's low Drain impedance is then also matched back to 50 ohms by a
broadband matching network covering a very wide bandwidth. Prior to
transmission, a low loss 13 element elliptical low pass filter, filters out the
unwanted harmonics to less than –90 dBc.
A dual directional coupler consists of coupled microstrip transmission lines

fabricated on the PCB artwork. The sampled RF energy is rectified to provide
a proportional DC voltage output.
The PTT signal enables the amplifier circuit by providing bias to the
transistors. A thermistor TS1, physically located on the PA heatsink monitors
the heatsink’s temperature and is monitored by the Micro Controller.
The PA is very compact and efficient for high reliability and low cost. The
heatsink has minimal temperature rise even under continuous operation,
ensuring the best MTBF obtainable for a practical design.

1.2.4 Micro Controller Board

The Micro Controller Board is physically located behind the rear panel
connectors and all signal connections (apart from the RF connections)
external to the transceiver are made via the controller card. User settable
jumpers and DIP switches are located on the card as are level adjustment
potentiometers.
The Micro Controller controls the operation of the RF modules and acts as
the interface between the user connections, indicators and the RF modules. It
processes transmit and received audio to and from the Exciter and Receiver
modules as well as providing the digital I/O functions of the transceiver.
The circuit board has an onboard EEROM in which is stored all of the user
channel related data such as frequencies, CTCSS tones etc. A serial port at
the rear (or optionally the front) of the MX800 provides access to the
Controller card and in conjunction with the Spectra Engineering
"MXTOOLS" programming utility allows the user to create and change this
channel related information.
Special functions capable of being carried out by this card include non-
predictive full duplex CTCSS encoding/decoding, DCS encoding/decoding as
well as FFSK and 4-level FSK modems. Digipots under the control of the
processor ensure that user set up levels for TX deviation and power levels are
correctly set for each channel.


Technical Manual
2. Installation and Operation

2.1 Installation
MX800 series radios are securely packed for transport with special end
packers within a pasteboard container. Before unpacking the MX800 radio,
please inspect the packaging for signs of damage and report any damage to
your MX800 distributor.
Upon unpacking of the MX800 radio, please ensure that all items shipped
were received, report any missing items to your MX800 distributor.
All ports on the rear of the radio should be carefully examined to ensure that
packaging has not become wedged inside them. It is very important to
examine the fan as operation of the radio will be affected if any packaging or
shipping damage causes the fan to stop working.
If you intend to install the radio in an equipment rack consult the suppliers
instructions for your system. Spectra Engineering recommends that the radio
be secured into the rack system using four screws through the mounting holes
in the front panel near the handles. If the radio is to be used in a stand-alone
configuration, ensure that it is in a secure, dry location with sufficient air
space around it to allow for adequate ventilation. It is recommended that the
chassis is earthed to the equipment rack.
Equipment connection details are located in Appendix 7.1. The MX800 will
draw approximately 10A (band dependent) on transmit and the gauge of the
DC cable fitted to the 12V supply connector should be adequate to ensure
less than 0.5V volt drop at this current.
2.2 Operation
The MX800 can operate in local control mode via the front panel controls,
stand alone repeater mode, or may be remotely controlled through the line
port. Setting up the MX800 to operate in the wanted mode is straightforward
and involves four main steps.
1. Using the MX800 programming utility 'MXTOOLS' to set the software

configurable parameters.
2. Setting the hardware jumpers on the Micro Controller for the required
options.
3. Adjusting the levels where necessary.
4. Making the necessary electrical connections to the radio and your
system.
Note that generally if the requirements have been fully specified at time of
purchase steps 1 to 3 will already have been done at the factory. In the
following sections the hardware aspects of the set up procedure are described.

2.2.1 MXTOOLS Utility

MXTOOLS is a programming utility used to program channel data, configure
and perform remote diagnostics on the MX800. It runs on a PC compatible
computer and the MXTOOLS Inbuilt help menus cover use of the program.
2.2.1.1 MX800 Networking
See New Option T31 & T34 also.
At sites where more than one MX800 is located it is possible to "bus" the
RS232 lines to allow up to 16 MX800s at one site to be addressed on a single
RS232 port. Hardware facilities provided on the MX800 Micro controller
card provide isolation between transmit ports. When MX800s are bussed in
this way JMP24 in each radio must be set so that
1. At least one radio and no more than four are set as masters.
2. All other radios are set as slaves.
Refer to Table 2-1, in section 2.2.2.1 for details.
In addition to this, each radio must be assigned a unique address. This

address is assigned as a binary code through CN3. Four address lines are
available on input port A where bit 4 is the LSB and bit 7 is the MSB. These
lines should be pulled high or low depending upon the setting of JMP19.
Default is active low so that GND = Logic 1, Refer section 2.2.2.5.
The RS232 cable should be made up such that all MX800 transmit ports
(TXD) are common and connected to the PC receive port (RXD) and all
MX800 receive ports (RXD) are common and connected to the PC transmit
port (TXD).
MXTOOLS automatically polls the bussed radios to determine which

addresses are active when the "Use Network" button is selected in the initial
connect screen (MXTOOLS version 2.8.1 or later).
Refer application note AN-MX800-002 for more details on networking,

available from www.Spectraeng.com.au web site.

Technical Manual Technical Description
2.2.2 Setting to Work

The following sections describe the steps necessary to set the MX800 to
operate as required.
2.2.2.1 Setting Micro Controller Jumpers
The micro controller layout is contained in the drawing section and the
position of the jumpers and DIP switches (highlighted) are shown below. The
jumpers and switches are used for setting the general configuration of the
audio processing for both the TX and RX paths as well as various
miscellaneous functions.
Table 2-1 below summarises the functions of the jumpers.
JMP Function / Description Default Default Position

Selection
JMP 1 Selects either default RUN or Run 2-3
EMULATE mode for the micro
processor.
JMP 2 Enables the WATCHDOG auto Enabled 1-2
reset function in the
microprocessor.
JMP 3 Enables or disables the PRE- Enabled 1-2
EMPHASIS for the TX audio.
JMP 4 Enables or disables the Enabled 1-2
COMPRESSOR for the TX
audio.
JMP 5 Enables or disables the HIGH Enabled 2-3
PASS FILTER for the RX audio.
JMP 6 Enables or disables the LOW Enabled 2-3
PASS FILTER for the RX audio.
JMP 7 Enables or disables the DE- Enabled 2-3
EMPHASIS processing for the
RX audio.
JMP 8 Enables a direct connection to the DC-FM 1-2
TX modulator. Select either
Wide Band or Wide Band filtered
and limited or nil.
JMP 9 TX VF Loopback control. Active low 1-2
Trunking LIFUISEN function.
The function polarity or nil can be
selected.
JMP 10 Controls the direction of the RS- Swap 2-3
232 TX and RX data.

JMP 11 Controls the direction of the RS- Swap 2-3

232 TX and RX data.
JMP 12 Trunking RX Talk function. Active low 1-2
Disables RX VF to line and TTR
VF. The function polarity or nil
can be selected.
JMP 13 Enables or disables the HIGH Enabled 1-2
PASS FILTER for the TX audio.
JMP 14 Repeater enable. Trunking Active low 1-2
LIFULOCEN function. The
function polarity or nil can be
selected. Note that this control is
in parallel with DIP S/W 2/3
JMP15 Selects the connection for the ETH 2-3
common pin on the digital I/O
connector to either ETH or + 5
volts.
JMP16 Enables or disables the Low Enabled 1-2
frequency HPF used for the
Repeater VF routing.
JMP17 Selects the Mute / Squelch output Active low 1-2
polarity to either normally high or
low.
JMP 18 Trunking TX Talk function. Active low 1-2
Disables TX VF to line and TTR
VF. The function polarity or nil
can be selected.
JMP 19 Selects either internal pull up to Pull up 2-3
5V or internal pull down to ETH
for digital input on D25 connector

JMP 22 Microphone gain. Fit this jumper Low gain Not fitted
to increase Mic gain 33dB
JMP 23 Enable tone to speaker. Fit this Disabled Not fitted
jumper to enable tone
JMP 24 RS232 port termination. This Normal 1-2
jumper allows an internal
termination to be selected or not
for bussed RS232 connections.
Up to 16 units may be bussed.
All bussed bases are ‘listeners’ on
the modem RS232 TX port. All
bussed bases have their RS232
TX ports diode to the modem Rx
port.
Normal: Non-bussed mode. 1-2
No resistor fitted.
D10 out of circuit.
Master: Bussed mode. 2-3
4K7 resistor across D10.
Configure at least one
and no more than four
MX800 in this mode
when multiple units
connected.
Slave: Bussed mode. D10 fitted, 3-4
no resistor. Configure
balance of bussed units
in this mode.
JMP 25 Mute defeat enable. Mute defeat Disabled Not fitted
cannot be used if RX TALK line
is required. To use mute defeat
remove JMP12 and fit JMP 25.
The control signal polarity can be
inverted by changing the position
of JMP25.
Active low control:
JMP25 2-3
Active high control:
JMP25 1-2
JMP 26 CTCSS output / TX VF Loopback TX VF 2-3
control Loopback
JMP 27 CTCSS input / WB DC-FM input WB DC-FM 2-3
input
Table 2-1 Micro Controller Jumpers
When the MX800 option card is not fitted there is no connection made to
SKK (Aux 2 connector) on the micro controller. Links should be placed
across SKK1-2 (Discriminator audio), SKK11-12 (TX supply) and SKK13-
14 (RX supply). These links are normally fitted in production.

2.2.2.2 Select Operating Mode
The MX800 can operate in a number of different modes. The primary

alternatives are full duplex, which is the default mode, repeater and simplex.
Using MXTOOLS the operating mode is programmed for each channel.
When a channel is selected in operation the MX800 adopts the mode
programmed for that channel.
The operating mode programmed in the software can be modified by the

settings of DIP switch 2. The functions of this switch are detailed in
Table 2-2 below.
SW 2 Function Description Def

Select
1 PTT Delay Enables 50mS delay of PTT for OFF
use with simplex function.
2 Simplex Enable Enables simplex function* OFF
3 TX Timer Sets programmable TX time out ON
timer on
4 Repeater Enable Enables repeater function* OFF
5 TX VCO on continuously Switches TX VCO on OFF
continuously
6 Scan on Selects the receiver to enable the OFF
scanning of programmed scan
channels
Table 2-2 DIP Switch 2 Settings
Note The Repeater Enable functions as follows:

If the switch is ON and the channel is programmed as a repeater
channel (using MXTOOLS) the MX800 will act as a repeater. If the
switch is OFF the MX800 will remain in full duplex mode even if the
channel is programmed as a repeater. The Simplex Enable operates
in a similar way.
In the case of the Repeater Enable function, the Repeater Enable on

Pin 8 of the DB15 Line connector is effectively in parallel with SW2/4.
If SW2/4 is OFF the function may be controlled through this external
line. JMP 14 selects the control polarity in that case.

2.2.2.3 Select Operating Channel
The MX800 has a channel capacity of 255. The RF and CTCSS frequencies
for each channel are programmed using MXTOOLS Channel Information
screen. There are four ways of selecting the operating channel.
1. DIP Switch 8-way. DIP switch SW1 provides a binary channel selection
facility. When a switch is ON it is read as a logical 1. When all switches
are off the software channel select mode is enabled.
2. Rear channel select port. Digital input port B provides an 8 way Binary
or BCD channel select input. Binary or BCD coding is selected using
MXTOOLS. If Binary is selected 255 channels are accessible. If BCD is
selected 99 channels are accessible.
3. Software channel select. If DIP switch SW1is set to 0 then it is possible
to send a software command to the radio to select the channel.
4. Front panel Push-wheel switches. If this option is fitted the rear channel
select port is internally wired to the Push-wheel switches however the
rear channel select function is still in parallel with the Push-wheel. The
rear select method should not be used in this case. There are 100
channels selectable from the front panel. The same rules apply to this
channel select method as apply to the rear port described below. BCD
Coding is selected using MXTOOLS.
The following rules apply.

(The assumptions of logic levels are base on factory default setup. The
Active state is Low)
DIP1 switches have priority over channel change. If any of DIP1 switches
are set to ON (logic low) the rear inputs and the software Channel command
will be ignored.
If DIP1 switches are set to OFF (logic high) then both the software
commands and the rear input port would select the channel. In this case the
most recent event will take priority. For example, if the rear input port is set
to CH10 and a software command arrives to send it to CH15, the radio will
go to CH15. If the rear input port is now changed to CH11 the radio will
switch to CH11.
If DIP switches are set to OFF and the radio is powered up, the channel
selected on the rear port will be adopted.
If DIP1 switches and the rear port are both set to OFF (logic High), on power
up, the radio will adopt the last software channel selected. This may be the
software channel set at the factory if the user has not used the software
channel select feature before.
2.2.2.4 Configure Alarms/M Lead
The MX800 has 3 open collector outputs. Two of these are assigned as alarm
outputs and one (output 1) may be configured as either an alarm output or an
M Lead output. If the output one is configured as an M Lead, this line is
active when mute is open and CTCSS/DCS is decoded. These outputs are
assigned in the Configuration screen of MXTOOLS.

2.2.2.5 Configure Digital I/O
The MX800 has 16 digital inputs and 8 general-purpose outputs. The inputs
are +5V CMOS logic compatible and are buffered by a 10K resistor in series
with each input. JMP19 on the Micro-Controller selects whether these inputs
are internally pulled up or internally pulled low. The active state of the input
is set up through MXTOOLS. Of the 16 inputs the 8 input port B inputs are
allocated to the Channel Select function. Two of the input port A inputs (bit 0
and bit 1) are allocated to a power control function (see Table 2-3 below),
two (bit 2 RX and bit 3 TX) are allocated to CTCSS control and the other 4
are allocated as address bits for the MX800 network mode (software V2.8.1
and higher).
Bit 1 Bit 0 RF O/P Power

0 0 100%
0 1 50%
1 0 20%
1 1 10%
Table 2-3 Power Control Function Settings
An auxiliary voltage (either +5V or GND dependant upon the setting of

JMP15) is available on CN3 pin one for wiring convenience.
The 8 general-purpose outputs are +5V CMOS logic compatible and are
buffered by a series 1K resistors.
2.2.3 Adjustments
There are two categories of adjustable parameters in the MX800. Those that
are controlled by conventional potentiometers, which may be manually
adjusted, and those controlled by digital potentiometers, which are under the
control of the Micro Controller. The latter category of items comprises TX
power, TX VCO deviation, TX reference oscillator deviation and TX
reference oscillator frequency. All of these are adjusted with the aid of
MXTOOLS and all except TX power should only be adjusted as a part of a
full TX VF path alignment procedure.
Following adjustment of a digipot controlled parameter the value must then

be saved to the radio to make the change permanent.
Refer to section 5 ‘Alignment and Testing’ for details.

3. Options
3.1 T01 Programmable Channel Spacing
3.1.1 Description
The MX800 receiver is available in five different channel spacing options.
For applications in systems that require both 12.5kHz and 25kHz channel
spacing option T01 allows channels to be programmed for either bandwidth.
Switchable IF filters in the receiver and automatic 12.5kHz/25kHz gain
compensation in the audio paths make the change in bandwidth transparent to
the user.
This option has become Spectra’s standard build , therefore it is not necessary
to specified this option at order placement. Once the switchable IF bandwidth
receiver is fitted, the programmable channel spacing option must be selected
on the MXTOOLS Configuration screen (Hardware Settings tab) and each
channel is programmed as either 12.5kHz/25kHz via the Channel Edit screen.
Figure 3-1 MX800 T01 Option, Programable bandwidth fitted to RX module.
3.1.2 Installation
This option is factory fitted.

3.2 T02 Programmable CTCSS encoder/decoder
3.2.1 Description
Provision is made in the MX800 to fit a CTCSS encoder/decoder. The
decoder is non-predictive and any valid CTCSS tone can be decoded. Any
standard TX CTCSS tone may be associated with the programmed decode
tone through the Channel Edit screen in MXTOOLS. Multiple CTCSS tones
are programmable for any channel providing "Community Repeater"
functionality.
This option may be fitted at order placement or retro fitted subsequently.
3.2.2 Installation
Components Required:
1. PART# C051 FX805 or MX805AP IC. Qty-1
Method:
1. Remove the cover to the MX800 radio.
2. Locate the socket for IC25 and install the MX805AP IC into this socket
ensuring correct IC pin orientation.
MX800 Controller Setup:
1. The RF channels that are required to be CTCSS controlled should be

programmed with the required CTCSS Subtone in the TX and/or RX
channel fields.
MX800 Testing:
1. The Option T02 will require a ‘Peak Deviation and Modulation Balance
Alignment’ as per Section 5 of the Technical manual. This alignment is
to be performed without the CTCSS frequencies programmed into the
alignment channel, as the subtone levels will give a false indication of the
peak deviation levels.

3.3 T03 Programmable DCS/CTCSS

encoder/decoder
3.3.1 Description
Provision is made in the MX800 to fit a full duplex DCS encoder/decoder.
There are 83 digital codes available. Any standard DCS code or CTCSS tone
may be assigned to any of the transmit or receive channels through the
Channel screen in MXTOOLS. Multiple CTCSS tones are programmable for
any channel providing "Community Repeater" functionality.
The DCS encoding function provides continuous, repetitive digital word

modulation to the transmitter. The decode function controls receiver muting
to eliminate all calls that are not coded with the assigned DCS code.
This option may be fitted at order placement or retro fitted subsequently. The
DCS PCB assembly is fitted in place of IC25 (MX805AP). Once the DCS
option is fitted the "DCS option fitted" check box is ticked in the MXTOOLS
Configuration screen and the encode and decode codes are programmed
through the Channel Edit screen.
Figure 3-2MX800 DCS Option T03
Refer circuit diagram CS001-4
3.3.2 Installation
1. DCS daughter board, complete with MX805AP IC’s. Qty-1
2. 3x8mm standoff post. Qty-1
Method:
2. Locate the socket for IC25, if necessary remove the IC from the socket.
3. Remove the 3x5mm screw that is located on the left hand edge and
toward the front of the Motherboard from IC25 socket. Do not discard
this screw.

4. Install the 3x8mm standoff post into the motherboard-mounting hole. Do

not over-tighten this standoff.
5. Install the DCS daughter board into the socket for IC25 ensuring that the
daughter board has correct orientation with respect to pin numbering.
6. Install the 3x5mm screw (removed from step3) to secure the DCS
daughter board.
1. The DCS option is activated in the MXTOOLS ‘Configuration’ heading,

within the ‘Hardware’ folder with ‘DCS Option Installed’ selected.
2. The RF channels that are required to be DCS controlled should be

programmed with the required DCS code in the TX and/or RX channel
fields.
MX800 Testing:
1. If the MX800 had a CTCSS Option previously fitted, test the radio for
correct operation of the DCS Option in both the Transmit and Receive
modes.
2. If the Option T03 is not replacing a CTCSS Option then a ‘Peak

Deviation and Modulation Balance Alignment’ as per Section 5 of the
Technical manual will be necessary. This alignment is to be performed
without the CTCSS/DCS frequencies programmed into the alignment
channel, as the subtone levels will give a false indication of the peak
deviation levels.
3.4 T04 Balanced and Isolated VF
3.4.1 Description
Standard VF connections to line are 600ohm 4-wire unbalanced. Option T04
may be fitted if transformer balanced and isolated VF inputs and outputs are
required. A transformer PCB is fitted internally at the rear of the MX800.
This PCB has a RJ45 connector (CN9), which protrudes through the rear
panel when this option is fitted, and the balanced VF outputs are made
available via this connector.
Note that theses connections are essentially in parallel with the standard VF
connections on CN1. The VF lines on CN1 are still connected when option
T04 is fitted and care should be taken that the TX VF line is not doubly
terminated or that two VF sources are not presented to the transmitter.

Pin No Function
1 600ohm balanced RX VF leg a
2 600ohm balanced RX VF leg b
3 600ohm balanced TX VF leg a
4 600ohm balanced TX VF leg b
5 NC
6 NC
7 NC
8 NC
Table 3-1 CN9 Connections
The RJ45 pins are numbered as shown in Figure 3-3 below.
1 .................. 8
Figure 3-3 CN9 RJ45 Pin-out Detail (View from Rear of MX800)
3.4.2 Installation
1. Option board T04. Qty-1
2. 3x5mm machine screw. Qty-3
3. 10way Female-to-Female connector assy. Qty-1
5. Rear connector layout label. Qty-1
Test Equipment Required:
1. Communications Test Set
2. MX800 Radio Interface Box

Method:
2. Remove the rear connector label from the back panel of the MX800.
3. Punch out the small indented rectangle on the rear LHS of the MX800.
4. Remove the connectors from the Motherboard headers SKE, SKF and
SKH.
5. Carefully locate the T04 or T05 option board into position at the rear
RHS of the radio with the RS232 cable lying underneath the option
board.
6. Secure the option board with the qty3 3x5mm machine screws
7. Install the 10way Monitor cable to SK4 on the option board.
8. Install the 10way cable Assy to SK3 on the option board and to SKE on
the Motherboard.
9. Install the 16way VF cable to SK2 on the option board.
10. Install the 16way cable Assy to SK1 on the option board and to SKH on
the Motherboard.
11. Reconnect the 25way Digital Interface cable to SKF on the Motherboard.
12. Install the rear connector layout label onto the PA heatsink underneath
the RF ‘N-type’ connector.
MX800 Testing
1. Connect a Communications Test Set via the RIB to the MX800 balanced
audio RJ45 connector as per paragraph 3.4 of the MX800 Technical
Manual.
2. Set the switches on the RIB to measure balanced audio.
3. Set the test set to measure Rx line level and adjust RV5 or RV5B for the
level that is require if necessary.
4. Set the test set to measure TX modulation level. Set the audio generator
output level as per the required line level and measure the TX modulation
depth. Adjust RV4 or RV4B for the modulation depth that is require if
necessary.
5. Replace the MX800 cover.

3.5 T05 Balanced and Isolated VF plus E&M
3.5.1 Description
Option T05 provides the balanced and isolated VF I/O as per option T04 as
well as isolated E (PTT) and M (Mute) leads.
Note Jumpers referred to in the table below are those on this option PCB.
The E lead is opto isolated and may be asserted by applying a DC voltage

between 5V and 48V with any polarity between CN9 Pins 7&8 (JMP1 in
position 2-3, JMP2 removed). Provision is also made to internally source the
activation voltage (+12V DC) in which case the E lead is asserted by
grounding CN9 Pin8 (JMP1 in position 1-2, JMP2 fitted.)
The M lead is relay isolated and the common and normally open contacts are
brought out via CN9. If the internal +12V DC is being used as the activation
voltage for the E lead (JMP1 in position 1-2) then the normally closed contact
is also available at CN9. The relay contacts are rated at 500mA.
Figure 3-4 MX800 Option T05 Balanced & Isolated VF I/O with E&M leads
Pin No Function
5 M Lead common
6 M Lead normally open
7 E Lead leg a/M lead normally closed
8 E Lead leg b

The RJ45 pins are numbered as shown below.
1 .................. 8
3.5.2 Installation
6. Option board T05. Qty-1
7. 3x5mm machine screw. Qty-3
10. Rear connector layout label. Qty-1
As for Option T04 (see section 3.4.2)
Method:
As for Option T04 (see section 3.4.2)
MX800 Testing:
1. Connect a Communications Test Set via the RIB to the MX800 balanced
audio RJ45 connector as per paragraph 3.4 of the MX800 Technical
Manual.
2. Set the switches on the RIB to measure balanced audio and E&M.
3. Set the test set to measure Rx line level and adjust RV5 or RV5B for the
level that is require if necessary.
4. Set the test set to measure TX modulation level and set the audio
generator output level as per the required line level.

5. PTT the MX800 and measure the TX modulation depth. Adjust RV4 or
RV4A for the modulation depth that is require if necessary.
6. To check the Rx isolated mute output, switch the RF level on the

Comm.’s test set to ON. The Mute LED on the RIB should be ON. The
LED should go OFF when the RF output from the test set is switched
OFF.
3.6 T06 Simplex Changeover Relay
3.6.1 Description
For simplex applications an internally mounted coaxial changeover relay can
be provided. This mounts on the rear panel and the common port protrudes
through the chassis providing the simplex antenna connection. The relay
normally closed port is internally connected to the MX800 receiver and the
normally open port is connected to the transmitter via the standard RX
connector hole in the chassis (the RX connector is removed) using a special
cable assembly. The relay also has control connections to the micro controller
PCB.
Once the relay option is fitted the channels are programmed as simplex
channels through the Channels Edit screen of MXTOOLS. Switches SW2/1
& SW2/2 on the micro controller are switched ON to delay the transmitter
PTT (to allow the relay to changeover) and set the simplex operating mode
respectively.
Figure 3-6 T06 Simplex Changeover Relay

3.6.2 Installation
1. Coaxial Relay Assy complete with Rx cable connected. Qty-1
2. RG58 cable Assy complete with ‘N’ Type connector fitted. Qty-1
3. 13mm hole grommet. Qty-1
4. 3x8mm pozi-drive screw. Qty-2
5. Rear Connector Label Qty-1
Method:
2. Remove the existing Receiver coaxial feeder cable assy.
3. Install the 13mm grommet into the 13mm hole where the BNC Rx
connector is normally located.
4. Place the RG58 cable Assy through the grommet so that the ‘N’ Type
connector will mate with the ‘N’ Type female connector on the PA
module.
5. Remove the 4x Phillips screws and connector cover from the TX side of
the coax relay assy.
6. Solder the centre of the RG58 Cable Assy to the centre pin on the TX
side of the coaxial relay. The outer sheath of the coax cable should be
placed such that it sits equal with the outer edge of the relay body.
7. Place the connector cover over the TX cable on the relay and screw the
cover in place. Take extreme care to not over-tighten the screws and
prevent stripping of the threads in the relay body.
8. Install the relay Assy into the MX800 with the relay coil on the opposite
side of the relay to the DC power connector. Secure with the 2 of
3x8mm screws provided.
9. Route the Rx coaxial cable to the Rx unit input RF connector.

10. Connect RG58 cable Assy to the PA output.
11. Replace the rear connector label with the label supplied.
1. The MX800 RF channels that are required to be simplex should be

programmed as ‘SIMPLEX’ within the channel edits screen of Mxtools
and then downloaded to the MX800.
2. Switches SW2/1 and SW2/2 on the microcontroller board are switched

‘ON’ as per Section 3.6 of the MX800 Manual.
MX800 Testing:
1. Connect a Communications Test Set via the RIB to the MX800.
2. Set the switches on the RIB to Line Audio and E&M.
3. Set the test set to measure Rx line level and ensure that the Receiver is
operating correctly.
4. Set the test set to measure TX modulation level and set the audio
generator output level as per the required line level.
5. PTT the MX800 and measure the TX Power and modulation depth.
Ensure that the coaxial relay operates correctly and that the full RF power
is measured on the test set.
6. Operate the PTT in quick succession and ensure that the coaxial relay
operates in unison with the PTT switch.
3.7 T07 Turn Around Mixer

This option is not currently available. This option has the ability to take some
of the RF signal from the exciter and convert it to a suitable frequency for
injection into the receiver. The received RF signal level is user settable such
it can used to test the performance and sensitivity of the receiver for the
purpose of advanced automated self testing and diagnostics. Provides
additional advanced B.I.T.E. (Built In Test Equipment) capability over that as
provided as standard. Consult Spectra regarding your application.

3.8 T08 VF Delay
3.8.1 Description
This option provides a 40mS delay to the received audio. When the option is
fitted delayed audio is fed to the line and talkthrough paths but discriminator
audio (output on CN1 Pin4) is undelayed.
This option is intended for two main applications. Firstly when the delay is
fitted, the mute (squelch) "crash" characteristically heard when a mobile
releases its PTT but the repeater tail continues, it is eliminated. Secondly
systems (including trunking systems) which have mixed voice and data on a
channel can delay the VF signal to line and air so that in the event that a data
stream is detected (by the data controller) the VF to line and air can be
disconnected for the duration of the data burst thus avoiding radio system
user annoyance. Internal switches in the MX800 may be used to disconnect
the audio under the control of the RX TALK line (CN1 Pin7) the sense of
which may be inverted using JMP12 on the micro controller.
Option PCB assembly is fitted above the Micro controller on four hex pillars.
A 16-way ribbon connection is made from the Option PCB to SKK on the
micro controller card. The links on the Option card are set as below. Once the
delay option is fitted the "Delayed Audio Option" check box is ticked in the
MXTOOLS Configuration screen (Hardware settings tab).
Note that this options PCB is also used for T09, CTCSS Suppression
Upgrade Filter and T10, the Low Standby Current Mode and all three are
independent and may be used separately or together. If the option PCB is
ordered for one particular option it may or may not be populated for the other
options.
Figure 3-7MX800 T08,T09,T10 Option board complete

JMP Function/Description Option Active Option Disabled

JMP 1 Low standby current mode Out In
switched exciter power
switched receiver power
JMP 3 300Hz Elliptic filter 1-2 2-3
JMP 4 RX audio delay 2-3 1-2
Table 3-3 Option PCB Link Settings
Refer circuit diagram CS022-1B
3.8.2 Installation
1. Option board ‘MXOPT’ fitted for VF Delay option. Qty-1
2. 16way female-to-female IDC Cable Assy. Qty-1
3. 3x20mm Standoff posts. Qty-4
Method:
2. Remove qty4 of the Motherboard securing screws as shown.
Motherboard
3x5mm machine
screws to be removed
3. Install the qty 4 3x20mm standoff posts into the vacant screw positions.
4. Remove the Link jumpers off connector SKK.

5. Install the Option PCB onto the 4 standoffs with the 16way connector
closest to DIP2 on the Motherboard. Secure with the qty4 3x5mm
machine screws previously removed.
6. Install the 16way-ribbon cable between connector SKK on the

Motherboard and SKK on the Option board, taking note that the cable is
correctly orientated.
7. Check that the option board jumpers are in the following positions;
1. JMP1 IN
2. JMP2 IN
3. JMP3 OFF
4. JMP4 ON
1. The VF Delay option is activated in the MXTOOLS ‘Configuration’

heading. Within the ‘Hardware’ folder select ‘Delayed Audio Option’.
2. Download the Configuration change to the MX800.
MX800 Testing:
3. Set the test set to measure Rx line level and ensure that the Receiver is
4. Whilst listening to the RX audio output, switch the RF output on the

Comm.'s test set on and off and note that there is NO distinctive ‘Click’
in the audio when the RF is switched OFF.
3.9 T09 300Hz Upgrade HPF Filter
3.9.1 Description
This option provides upgraded CTCSS tone suppression on the RX VF.
When this option is fitted the standard 300Hz filter is removed from circuit
by changing the position of JMP5 on the micro controller to position 1-2.

micro controller card. The links on the Option card are set as below. This
option is purely a hardware change and no configuration is required using
MXTOOLS.
Note that this options PCB is also used for T08, VF Delay and T10, the Low
Standby Current Mode and all three are independent and may be used
separately or together. If the option PCB is ordered for one particular option
it may or may not be populated for the other options.

3.9.2 Installation
1. Option board ‘MXOPT’ fitted for 300Hz HPF Option. Qty-1
Method:
2. Remove qty4 of the Motherboard securing screws as shown.
Motherboard
3x5mm machine

3. Install the qty 4 3x20mm standoff posts into the vacant screw positions.
5. Install the Option PCB onto the 4 standoffs with the 16way connector
closest to DIP2 on the Motherboard. Secure with the qty4 3x5mm
machine screws previously removed.

1. JMP1 IN
2. JMP2 IN
3. JMP3 ON
4. JMP4 OFF
Change the Motherboard jumper JMP5 to position 1-2 (OFF).
MX800 Testing:
Connect a Communications Test Set via the RIB to the MX800.
Set the switches on the RIB to Line Audio and E&M.
Using Mxtools program the appropriate RX CTCSS Tone required.
Set the Comm.’s test set to measure Rx line level and ensure that the
Receiver is operating correctly and there is no CTCSS component on the Rx
audio.
Replace the MX800 cover.
3.10 T10 Power Save Mode
3.10.1 Description
For solar powered sites and other power critical applications the MX800 is
capable of a Power Save (Low Standby Current) Mode. This option can be
implemented in three stages. Stage one implementation replaces the micro
controller linear voltage regulators with switching regulators. Response times
are unaffected. Stage two involves removing power from the exciter when the
radio is in standby mode. In this case RX responses times are unaffected. In
stage three the RX power is cycled on and off at a user selectable duty cycle.
Essentially the choice of mode of operation involves a compromise between
response time and average current consumption. Current consumption of
250mA is achievable with a typical response time in the order of 1sec.

Approx Average
Condition Description
Current Drain mA
Standard Standard MX800 (TX VCO on continuously) 525
Standard Standard MX800 (TX VCO switched) 490
Stage 1a Standard MX800 (TX VCO on continuously) 475
option board fitted
Stage 1b Standard MX800 (TX switched) option board 440
fitted
Stage 2 TX exciter inc TX VCO powered down 370
Stage 3 TX exciter inc TX VCO powered down 370
RX 100% duty RX module power duty cycled
Stage 3 TX exciter inc TX VCO powered down 255*
Stage 3 TX exciter inc TX VCO powered down 198*
*Average current calculation is based on RX off current drain of 140mA and RX on current drain of 370mA.
Table 3-5 Current Consumption Details
power save option is fitted the "Power Save Option Board Installed" and
"Power Save Exciter Module" check boxes are ticked in the MXTOOLS
Configuration screen (Hardware settings tab). In addition three timers need to
be set. "Idle Time to Power Save" is entered in seconds and defines how long
the radio will wait following the most recent activity before reverting to
standby mode. "RX Module On Time" and "RX Module OFF Time" define
the duty cycle of the receiver module.
Note that this options Printed Circuit Board is also used for T08, VF Delay
and T09, CTCSS Suppression Upgrade Filter and all three are independent
and may be used separately or together. If the option PCB is ordered for one
particular option it may or may not be populated for the other options. If the
option is being retrofitted the two main 5 Volt 78M05 regulators on the
Microcontroller board must be removed and subsequently replaced if de-
installing.



3.10.2 Installation
1. Option board ‘MXOPT’ fitted for Power Save Mode. Qty-1
Method:
2. Remove the Motherboard from the MX800 radio.
3. Remove IC’s 21 and 27 from the Motherboard.
4. Reinstall the Motherboard into the MX800 radio and using the qty 4
3x20mm standoff posts in the positions indicated below:
Motherboard
3x5mm machine
6. Install the Option Printed Circuit Board onto the 4 standoffs with the
16way connector closest to DIP2 on the Motherboard. Secure with the
qty4 3x5mm machine screws previously removed.


1. JMP1 OUT
2. JMP2 OUT
3. JMP3 OFF (2-3)
4. JMP4 OFF (1-2)
1. The Power Save option is activated in the MXTOOLS ‘Configuration’

heading. Within the ‘Power Save Mode Settings’ folder select ‘Power
Save Option Board Installed’.
2. Setup the power save mode settings as required.
MX800 Testing:
3. Check that all the Transmit parameters (i.e. TX power, modulation, freq.
error) are correct. Correct any anomalies where necessary.
4. Set the test set to measure Rx parameters and ensure that the Receiver is
3.11 T11 Combined Options

This option combines the functions and features of T08, T09 and T10
3.12 T12 External Reference Oscillator Input
3.12.1 Description
The MX800 receiver and transmitter modules have separate reference
oscillators. In normal operation to achieve a low frequency transmitter
modulator frequency response to DC, the MX800 normally uses a two-point
modulation method. For two-point modulation, the TX reference oscillator
and the VCO are both modulated together and in phase. Option T12 provides
for the TX reference frequency to be externally injected. An SMB connector
is fitted to the exciter and an internal cable is provided from there to a chassis
mount N Type connector into which the external reference frequency is
injected. As two-point modulation is not possible with this configuration, the
transmitter frequency response is only specified to 67Hz for this option.

The N Type connector will be required to be used for the RX I/P in which
case the BNC becomes the external reference I/P.
A range of reference frequencies from 1MHz to 16MHz can be used with

this option. With MXTOOLS, check your exact frequency can be
programmed and accepted.
3.12.2 Installation
1. BNC to Right Angle SMB Coaxial Cable Assy. Qty-1
2. N-Type to Right Angle SMB Coaxial Cable Assy. Qty-1
3. SMB right angle PCB mounted connector. Qty-1
4. Rear connector layout label Qty-1
5. 3x8mm machine screws Qty-4
6. Rear Connector label Qty-1
Method – MX800 Chassis:
2. Remove the ribbon cable from the Exciter module.
3. Remove the coaxial cable Assy from the Exciter module.
4. Remove the Exciter module from the chassis by unscrewing the 2

M4x35mm screws.
5. Remove the receiver coaxial cable Assy from the chassis – Do not
discard the 2.5x5mm screws.
6. Remove the 16mm plug from the Simplex relay position.
7. Install the N-type coaxial cable Assy into the 16mm hole and secure with
the 3x8mm machine screws. Route this cable to the receiver module and
connect to the receiver-input connector.
8. Install the BNC-type coaxial cable Assy into the 13mm hole and secure
with the qty4 2.5x5mm screws. Route this cable underneath the PA
module to the location of the exciter External Reference input connector.

9. Re-install the exciter module (after it has been modified for this option)
with the qty2 4x35mm machine screws.
10. Connect all the necessary connectors to the exciter module.
11. Replace the rear connector label with that supplied.
Method – Exciter Module:
1. Remove the cover to the exciter module.
2. Remove the exciter Printed Circuit Board from the base unit.
3. Remove the following components from the exciter board:
• X1 - TCXO
• R30 & R31
• TR7
4. Install and solder the right angle SMB PCB mounted connector into the
CN3 position on the exciter Printed Circuit Board.
5. Re-install the exciter Printed Circuit Board onto the base unit.
6. Re-install the cover to the exciter module.
MX800 Controller Setup
1. The TX external reference frequency that will be used is required to be

programmed into the radio via MXTOOLS. This can be achieved in the
MXTOOLS ‘Configuration’ heading under the ‘Hardware’ folder, insert
the required frequency into the ‘TX Reference Frequency’ box.
MX800 Testing:
3. Connect the External Reference source to the MX800 BNC connector.
4. Check that the exciter VCO is in ‘lock’.
5. Check that all the Transmit parameters (i.e. TX power, modulation, freq.
error) are correct. Correct any anomalies where necessary.

6. Set the test set to measure Rx parameters and ensure that the Receiver is
3.13 T13 Local Speaker, Mic Socket and Front

Panel Mute
3.13.1 Description
For applications needing a user interface at the base station the MX800 is
available with the Local Control option. The full implementation is described
in section 1.1.1.2 this section describes the part fitted under option T13.
Speaker RS232 Port Line I/P Adjust Hole
Push-wheel RJ45 Squelch Line O/P

Channel Change Volume Microphone Adjust Hole Adjust Hole
Control Socket
Figure 3-8 Front Panel with Speaker, Mic and Mute
Loudspeaker and Volume Control

A 1 Watt loudspeaker is provided to monitor 'on air' received audio as well as
transmit audio from line. Volume control is provided by means of a volume
pot or a 3-position toggle switch adjacent to the loudspeaker. This switch is
biased in the centre position. To raise or lower the volume the switch is
momentarily moved up or down respectively. For each switch closure the
volume is incremented or decremented a fixed amount.
The speaker has a link selectable connection to a tone output from the micro
controller. This may be used in conjunction with the appropriate software
configuration to generate an alert tone to the user.
Microphone Socket
An RJ45 socket is provided for connection of a microphone. This socket is
wired compatibly with the Motorola GM300 microphone.
Mute / Squelch Adjustment
Provision is made to optionally locate the squelch control potentiometer
behind the front panel. A screwdriver hole is provided in the front panel to
access this adjustment.

Pin No Function Comment

8 PB1 5V CMOS input
7 PB2 5V CMOS input
6 Hook/monitor For quiet base
5 Mic ETH
4 Mic VF in. High or low level Set JMP22 IN for low gain
dynamic Mic
3 Mic PTT. Pulled to +5V via 10K
2 +5 volts out Current limited via 220R
1 Low level muted RX VF Fixed level out.
Table 3-7 MX800 Mic Socket Pinout
The RJ45 pins are numbered as shown in Figure 3-4 below.
1 .................. 8
Figure 3-9 RJ45 socket viewed from front of MX800
Refer circuit diagram CS001-6 sheet 6 of 6
3.13.2 Installation
CAUTION: COMPONENTS USED ARE STATIC DAMAGE SENSITIVE!
1. Front Panel and matching Handles. Qty-1
2. Loudspeaker. Qty-1
3. MCP6002D Integrated Circuit. Qty-3
4. TDA8551 Integrated Circuit. Qty-1
5. RJ45 PCB mounted Microphone socket. Qty-1
6. 16mm Volume Pot or SPDT momentary Volume switch. Qty-1
7. 100kohm 10turn PCB mounted squelch potentiometer. Qty-1
8. 100kohm SMD potentiometer. Qty-1

9. Jumper link connector. Qty-1
2. Jumper link
Installation Method – MX800 Chassis:
2. Remove the motherboard from the chassis.
3. Remove the Exciter and receiver modules from the chassis by

unscrewing the 2 M4x35mm screws on each module.
4. Remove the front panel from the chassis by unscrewing the qty4 screws
securing the handles to the front panel – Do not discard the screws.
5. Place the loudspeaker in the speaker indentation on the front of the

chassis. The speaker wires should be in the upper most position.
6. Place the front panel on the front of the chassis to hold the speaker in
position and secure the front panel with the matching handles and the
previously removed screws. Ensure that the front panel holes are aligned
with the corresponding chassis holes and fully tightened handle screws.
7. Re-install the exciter and receiver modules into the chassis.
8. Re-install the motherboard (after it has been modified for this option) into
the chassis being careful to align the front panel hole positions with the
corresponding motherboard components.
9. Re-connect all of the modules and chassis mounted connectors to the

motherboard via their appropriate cable assembly’s.
Installation Method Motherboard:
1. Install the MCP6002 IC’s onto circuit board designations IC61, IC62 &
IC64.
2. Install the TDA8551 IC onto circuit board designations IC60.
3. Remove the SMB potentiometer located on circuit board designation

RV6 and re-install it onto board reference RV10.
4. Install the 100kohm SMB potentiometer onto circuit board designation

RV11.
5. Install the 100kohm PCB potentiometer onto circuit board designation

RV6B (Mute).

6. Install and solder the RJ45 connector into the SKL (MIC) position on the
motherboard board.
7. Install and solder the 16mm Volume Pot (RV9) or SPDT switch into the
SW1 (VOL) position on the motherboard board.
8. Link the necessary links near RV9 as instructed on motherboard.
9. Install the jumper link to JMP25 (Tone to Speaker) on the motherboard.
MX800 Software Controller Setup:

There is no specific Controller setup required.
MX800 Testing – Speaker:
1. Connect a Communications Test Set (CTS) and the necessary I/O

connection to the MX800.
2. Connect Dummy load to MX800 RF out put (CN8)
3. Connect the MX800 Rx input to the RF out (or Duplex out) of the CTS.
4. Set-up the CTS for operation with the audio generator set to 1kHz @ -10
dBm and the audiometer to show Audio input level.
5. Disconnect Speaker from SKM and Connect CTS Audio in to the speaker
output connector SKM (SPKR).
6. Operate the volume control for maximum audio output, monitor this on
the CTS and then adjust RV10 until the audio level is +5dBm. Reduce
the audio level using the volume control and connect the MX800 speaker
to SKM.
MX800 Testing – Microphone:
1. Connect a Communications Test Set (CTS) and the necessary MX800

I/O connection. Connect a Microphone cable to the Microphone socket of
the MX800 so that you can inject into pins 4 (Mic Audio) & 5 (GND).
You’ll also need to connect a switch or be able to short pins 3 & 5.
2. Set-up the CTS for duplex operation with the audio generator set to -20
dBm and the audiometer to show output line level. With Rx line (CN1
pin 15) audio connect to CTS audio input.
3. PTT the MX800 and adjust RV11 for –10dBm on the audio level meter.
4. Set the audio generator for –50dBm and install a jumper link onto JMP22
on the motherboard. The audio meter should read approx. –9dBm and
reducing the audio generator level in 1dB increments the meter level
should also reduce, increasing the level should cause the audio cct to
limit the audio level to approx. –8dBm.
5. Remove the Link from JMP22 and increase the audio generator level to –
10 dBm.

6. Set the test set to display TX modulation depth and measure the
modulation level. The modulation level should be approximately equal
to the nominal deviation level for the Transmitter. I.e. 3kHz wide band
and 1.5kHz Narrow band.
7. Remove the Microphone cable from the MX800 MIC socket.
MX800 Testing – Rx Mute:
1. Connect a Communications Test Set (CTS) and the necessary MX800

I/O connection.
2. Set the test set to measure SINAD and reduce the RF generator until 8db
SINAD is reached.
3. Adjust the front panel Mute control so that the RX just goes into the
muted condition.
Testing in now complete.
3.14 T14 Local Channel Change
3.14.1 Description
For applications needing a user interface at the base station the MX800 is
available with the Local Control option. The full implementation is described
in section 1.1.1.2, this section describes the part fitted under option T14.
Channel Change Control

Twin push wheel switches can be optionally fitted to the front panel to allow
selection of the operating channel. When fitted this switch is wired to the
channel select pins on SKF/E, the rear channel select port, and replaces the
channel select function normally accessible on the rear digital I/O connector.
99 channels are selectable. Refer to section 2.2.2.3 for more details on
alternative channel select methods.
3.14.2 Installation
1. Local Channel Change Switch and Cable Assembly. Qty-1
2. Front Panel and matching Handles. Qty-1

Method:
2. Remove the motherboard from the chassis.
3. Remove the Exciter and receiver modules from the chassis by

unscrewing the 2 M4x35mm screws on each module.
4. Remove the existing front panel from the chassis by unscrewing the qty4
screws securing the handles to the front panel – Do not discard the
screws.
5. Place the upgrade front panel on the front of the chassis and secure with
the matching handles and the previously removed screws. Ensure that the
front panel holes are aligned with the corresponding chassis holes and
fully tightened handle screws.
6. Install the local channel change switches into the front panel hole and
secure into position hot melt glue.
7. Route the switch Assy cable along the front of the chassis and to the rear
of the motherboard standoff posts closest to the front of the chassis.
Secure into position with a small piece of tape.
8. Re-install the exciter and receiver modules into the chassis.
9. Re-install the motherboard into the chassis being careful to align the front
panel hole positions with the corresponding motherboard components.
10. Re-connect all of the modules and chassis mounted connectors/switches

to the motherboard via their appropriate cable assembly’s.
1. The Local Channel Change option is activated in the MXTOOLS

‘Configuration’ heading, within the ‘Software’ folder with ‘Channel
Select Input’ selection of ‘BCD’.
2. Download the configuration change to the MX800.
MX800 Testing:
1. Connect a Communications Test Set and the RIB to the MX800.
2. Set the switches on the RIB to Line Audio and Line E&M.
3. Set MXTOOLS into Diagnostics mode and ‘Start’ the diagnosis process.

4. Change the channel on the local channel switches and check that the
channel selected on the BCD switch is in fact the channel that the
Diagnostics screen indicates.
5. Reset the MX800 operating channel to the required position.
3.15 T16 1PPM Frequency Stability

12.5kHz channels Frequency band K to X (320-950MHz)
25.0kHz channels Frequency band R to X (805-950MHz)
This option provides for 1PPM frequency stability for narrowband MX800s
in the K to X bands. This frequency stability is specified from –30° C to
+60° C.. 1PPM stability can additionally be used on any frequency band
above 66 MHz but the DC-FM transmitter modulation feature is not fully
specified below 400 MHz. Typically, this results in only some minor drop of
the low freq response or ability to set up the Transmitter modulation balance.
Also see section 3.12 and section 7.5.13
3.16 U69 Extended Temperature Range

Verification
The MX800 is optionally available in an extended operating temperature
range version, extending the temperature range over –30° C to –10° C.
Additional testing and operational verification is done in an environmental
chamber at –30C for 24 Hours. An additional factory test report sheet is
provided at his temperature. Frequency stability is specified at 2.5PPM for
this option.

3.17 T19/26 Line Interface Board.

The MX800 T19 / T26 option board provides the radio base station with
utmost flexibility in system design and capabilities, with an extensive range
of new features.
Please consult Spectra, for the availability of these features or software

upgrades. Not all features are currently available.
♦ 2Wire (VF Hybrid) or 4Wire Selection, Balanced Audio, Dual E+M,
♦ VF Delay (To replace option T08)
♦ Base Station Variable Tone Voting
♦ Base Station Stepped Tone Voting
♦ Status Tone Encoding And Decoding (T19 only)
♦ Five Tone Encoded / Decoder (T19 only)
♦ DTMF Decoder
♦ Remote Control Capabilities
♦ Fast CTCSS Decoder
♦ VF Line compensation for SINAD Voters
♦ Real-time Clock

Figure 3-10 MX800 T19/T26Option Board

Due to ongoing development please refer to www.spectraeng.com.au for the latest information
regarding this option.
Note These are software selectable provided the correct option board is
selected/used, and not all option can be used in conjunction with each
other. Some parts many not be populated.
Jumpers referred below are those on this option PCB.

3.17.1 Installation
CAUTION: COMPONENTS USED ARE STATIC DAMAGE SENSITIVE!
1. T26/19 Option PCB & RJ45 Daughter PCB. Qty-1
2. M3X 25mm Standoff posts. Qty-4
3. M3X 3mm screws Qty-3
4. CABLE IDC SKT - IDC SKT 16W 125mm cable Assy. Qty-1
5. CABLE IDC SKT-IDC SKT 10WAY 150mm cable Assy. Qty-1
6. CABLE IDC SKT-IDC SKT 16WAY 170mm cable Assy. Qty-1
7. CABLE IDC SKT-IDC SKT 10W 330mm cable Assy. Qty-1
8. CABLE IDC DB9M-IDC SKT 10W 195mm cable Assy. Qty-1
9. CABLE IDC DB15F-IDC SKT 16W 210mm cable Assy. Qty-1
10. CABLE IDC SKT-IDC SKT 16WAY 210mm cable Assy. Qty1
Note# When installing cables insure that they are fitted with the correct
orientation.
Method:
2. Remove mother board from chassis of radio. Note cable connection and
orientation.
3. Install the CABLE IDC SKT-IDC SKT 10W 330mm cable Assy
between connector SKI on the Motherboard (going under nether mother
board) and SKU/B on the Option board, taking note that the cable is
correctly orientated. This cable lays under the mother board. Issue cable
is not crushed when refitting mother board.

4. Refit mother board to chassis. Don’t refit the four screws indicated
bellow on the motherboard and fit Qty 4 3x20mm standoff posts in the
positions where the screws where removed.
Motherboard
3x5mm machine
5. Punch out the Rj45 square on the rear of radio.
6. Install RJ45 daughter board in the rear of chassis, locate the Rj45 socket
into punch hole. Locate mount holes over chassis stand off. Secure with
3x 3mm screws.
7. Remove the Link jumpers off Mother board connector SKK.
8. Install the CABLE IDC SKT - IDC SKT 16W 125mm cable Assy
between connector SKK on the Motherboard and SKK on the Option
board.
9. Install the CABLE IDC SKT-IDC SKT 16WAY 210mm cable Assy.
between connector AUX3 (SKX) on the Motherboard and SKX on the
Option board. This cable will be under option PCB when mounted.
10. Install the Option Printed Circuit Board onto the 4 standoffs with the
16way connector closest to DIP2 on the Motherboard. Secure with the
qty4 3x5mm machine screws previously removed.
between connector SKH on the Motherboard and SKH on the Option
board.
between connector SKV on the Motherboard and SKV on the Option
board.
13. Remove and replace CN1 with CABLE IDC DB9M-IDC SKT 10W
195mm cable Assy. Connect to SKU on the Option board.
14. Remove and replace CN4 with CABLE IDC DB15F-IDC SKT 16W
210mm cable Assy. Connect to SKH/B on the Option board.
15. Check that the option board jumpers are in the correct positions for
application.
16. See the appropriate application section for Setup procedure.

3.17.2 2Wire or 4Wire Selection, Balanced VF
3.17.2.1 Description
Option T19 and T26 both provide the user to be able to select between 2 wire
or 4 wire systems, they also both have balanced and isolated VF I/O as well
as isolated E (PTT) and M (Mute) leads. The T19 has dual E&M leads, this
provide a Qualified and Non-qualified M leads as well as E leads with
subtones and with out subtones. The second E&M connection points are
found on CN3 DB25 connector.

between 5V and 48V with any polarity between CN9 Pins 7&8 (JMP4 &
JMP5 removed).
Provision is also made to internally source or Earth (JMP4 and JMP5) so that
the activation can be done Via CN9 Pin8 (+12V DC) or (GND), in which
case the E lead is asserted by grounding or pulled up to 5V (depend on JMP4
& JMP5 settings) on CN9 Pin8
brought out via CN9 Pins 5&6. The relay contacts are rated at 500mA.
Note# In REV C PCB for 2 wire mode, to have the correct matching for 600R
please fit a 560R resistor is in parallel to R77(above IC4) and across R130 &
R129 (Right hand side of PCB above RV4)
3.17.3 VF Delay
This option provides a 40mS delay to the received audio. When the option is
fitted delayed audio is fed to the line and talk through paths but discriminator
audio (output on CN1 Pin4) is undelayed.
This option is intended for two main applications. Firstly when the delay is
fitted the mute "crash" characteristically heard when a mobile releases its
PTT but the repeater tail continues, it is eliminated. Secondly systems
(including trunking systems) which have mixed voice and data on a channel
can delay the VF signal to line and air so that in the event that a data stream is
detected (by the data controller) the VF to line and air can be disconnected
for the duration of the data burst thus avoiding radio system user annoyance.
Internal switches in the MX800 may be used to disconnect the audio under
the control of the RX TALK line (CN1 Pin7) the sense of which may be
inverted using JMP12 on the micro controller.

delay option is fitted the "Delayed Audio Option" check box is ticked in the
MXTOOLS Configuration screen (Hardware settings tab).
This option is not currently available. Due to ongoing development please refer to www.spectraeng.com.au
for the latest information regarding this option.
3.17.4 Variable & Stepped Tone Encoder
Variable tone voting is a method of conveying the received signal strength

information to a central arbiter so that an informed decision can be made as to
which base station will use its received audio.
There are two methods of this type of encoder, Variable tone that works by
superimposing a sliding scale audio tone on the received audio at each site,
and stepped tone that works by superimposing a fixed audio tones per
decision block. This tone frequency being related to the received signal
strength (RSSI). The tone is removed at the central site and the best audio is
turned around for retransmission. This requires a VF connection between
each base station and the central arbiter.
Prior to a tone being superimposed the receiver VF is notch filtered at the

tone frequency.
A Second PTT function designed for mobile voting systems transmits carrier
with no modulation (including no CTCSS) to allow mobiles to vote without
lifting the mute in the mobile.
3.17.4.2 Voting Law
The table below shows the default voting decisions points programmed into
the MX800 T19 / T26 option board. These are the corresponding signal
points where by under control of the microprocessor to generates the
appropriate audio tone.
Level 0 refers to the signal level when the mute opens and is less than Level
1. The option board incorporates a signal noise measurement circuit that
needs to be calibrated for the board to perform optimally.
RF Signal Level Frequency

Decision Points (uV) (Hz)
Squelch closed N/A 2710
Level 0 signal >0 2732
Level 1 signal > 0.6 2792
Table 3-8 Signal decision levels/points and coresponding tones.

3.17.4.3 Configuration
The configuration procedure for the Variable tone encoder consists of setting
up the software and adjusting the noise circuit for maximum range. The
configuration screen is entered via the menu system using options ‘C’ for
configuration, then ‘E’ for encoder and then ‘1’ for Variable tone encoder.
When the Variable tone encoder is initially enabled it is configured with the
system defaults as shown above, or a previously configured Variable tone
voting law. The user can change the number of Variable tone levels, the
Variable tone decision points and tone frequencies. If the user decides to
change any setting all the Variable tone settings will need to be entered.
The number of levels refers to the number of decision points once the mute is
opened. Level 0 is the receiver signal level when the mute just opens; use the
appropriate units for the decision point. The units for the Variable tone
decision points can either be in microvolts (uV) or decibels (dBm).
3.17.4.4 Adjustment
The process for adjusting the noise measurement circuit for range is to inject
a signal of about 0.6uV (or approximately -111.4 dBm) into the receiver and
measure the filtered noise signal on the pad between R131 and C67. The
voltage should be around 0.7V, use variable resistor RV6 to adjust the gain.
The Variable tone encoder tone level can be adjusted using variable resistor
RV1. This is typically –20dBm tone level.
The line output level is adjusted using variable resistor RV4, for the desired
level. This is typically –10dBm audio level.
3.17.4.5 Calibration
Once the board has been configured for Variable tone voting, calibration is
performed using screen prompts in the calibration menu. Enter using the
menu system option ‘R’ for calibration then ‘N’ for noise-floor
measurements. The user will then be prompted to adjust the receiver signal to
match the calibration points.
After calibrating the noise floor decision points, the frequency compensation
adjustments will need to be performed. This is done through the menu system
using options ‘R’ then ‘C’. The user will then be prompted to turn off the
receiver signal source to initiate the calculations.

3.17.4.6 Software Setup
The T19 / T26 option board has a software menu system which is used to
configure, calibrate and test the board. The menu system is entered through a
terminal emulator program.
The settings are 9600-baud, no parity, 8 data bits and 1 stop bit.
HyperTerminal, which is included with Windows, is a suitable program for
this purpose.
The command ‘RMENU↵’ is entered on the terminal, this command is not
case sensitive. The user will then be presented with a menu system from
which various settings and configurations can be selected. To exit the menu
system the <ESC> key can be pressed.
3.17.5 Variable Tone Setup Procedure

This section provides a set by step approach to enable the option board for
uses as a Variable Tone encoder T26
1. Connected option Board via the Rs232 port, run terminal software.
2. Type "RMENU↵" to access inbuilt software menu.
3. Select Configuration Menu (C)
4. Select encoder Menu (E)
5. Select the type of encoder required.
6. Press the Escape Key.
RX Alignments
1. Using a 600ohm termination monitor RX line output level. This output is

located on the rear of the MX800, RJ45 Line I/O connector pin 1 & 2
(balanced audio)
2. Remove JMP20
3. Set the receiver modulation frequency to 1 kHz and the FM deviation to
nominal for the particular RF receiver frequency of the test channel. At a
RF level of –60 dBm.
4. Adjust Line Output level RV4 to obtain nominal line output level
(-10dBm is the default level).
5. Set the RF level to 0.6uV on the comm.’s test set.
6. Using a DVM, monitor the DC volt level at junction of R131 and C67,
Adjust RV6 so that DVM reads 0.7VDC.
7. Remove RF signal from receiver.
8. Insert JMP20 in positions 1-2
9. Adjust RV1 to obtain Variable Tone level (-20dBm is the default level).
11. Select Calibration Menu. (R)
12. Select Variable Tone Calibration points (N)
13. Follow on screen instructions.
14. Exit menu system and cycle power to radio.
15. Insure front panel signal Leds (RSSI Leds) and Key tone changes at the
correct RF level points, see table above. (Note# Sixth led will not light
due to only 5 RF level points are used in this setup)

TX Alignments
1. PTT the transmitter.
2. Set the transmitter modulation frequency to 1 kHz, -10dBm level
injected in through the rear RJ45 connector, pin3 & 4. (Balanced
audio)
3. Disable Notch Filter JMP9 (Position 1-2)
4. Disable AGC on Option Board JMP13 (Position 2-3)
5. Adjust TX input line gain RV5 to obtain 1 Vp-p at IC13 pin 1.
6. Monitor TX modulation depth and insure it is equal to the nominal
deviation level. If not just RV4 on the motherboard to obtain
correct level.
3.17.6 Status Tone Encoding And Decoding (T19 only)

This power full option board allow the user to be able to monitor the status of
the MX800. This option works by superimposing fixed audio tones per status
to line. Providing status on mute open or closed. This signal then can be send
down a 2 or 4 wire line system. The decoder then processes the status tones
and applies the various functions as need. I.e. Programmable PTT tones, PTT
ON & PTT OFF.
RX mute status tone encoder provides tone either when mute is open or when
mute is closed depending upon system requirement. Speech or noise
components on the turn frequency can optionally be notched out.
Setup
This section provides a step by step approach to enable the option board for
uses as a Status Tone Encoding And Decoding
Programming
1. Connected option Board Via the RS232 port, run terminal software.
3. Select Configuration Menu (C)
4. Select encoder Menu (E)
5. Select the type of encoder required.
6. Press the Escape Key.
7. Repeat steps 2 & 3
8. Select Decoder Menu (D)
9. Select (1) and enter the PTT decode tone.
10. Also enable AGC (2) And Bandpass filter (3)
11. Programming is complete.

TX Alignments
2. Using a signal generator, apply a 1kHz Tone with the line up
level as required (default -10dBm), injected into the rear RJ45
connector, pin3 & 4. (Balanced audio)
3. Disable AGC on Option Board JMP13 (Position 2-3)
4. Adjust TX input line gain RV5 to obtain 1 Vp-p at IC13 pin 1.
5. Monitor TX modulation depth and insure it is equal to the
nominal deviation level. If not just RV4 on the motherboard to
obtain correct level.
6. Enable AGC by linking in Jmp13 in position [1-2]
7. Using a signal generator, apply a Key tone to Audio level @-
10dB.
[–10dBm0] (Default –20dBM)
8. Adjust RV7 so that the combined audio and key tone signal are
set to the required onset compression level.
1Vp-p at IC13 pin 1. (JMP9 2-3)
(Default compression level are, audio -20dBm and key tone
signal is set to -30dBm)
9. Monitor TX modulation depth and insure it is equal to the
nominal deviation level. If not adjust RV4 on the motherboard to
obtain correct level.
RX Alignments
1. Using a 600ohm termination monitor RX line output level. This

output is located on the rear of the MX800, RJ45 Line I/O
connector pin 1 & 2 (balanced audio)
2. Set the receiver modulation frequency to 1kHz and the FM
deviation to nominal for the particular RF receive frequency of
the test channel. At a RF level of –60 dBm.
3. Remove JMP20 and adjust Line Output level RV4 to obtain
nominal line output level (-10dBm is the default level).
4. Fit JMP20 in positions [1-2] and remove JMP7
5. Adjust RV1 for so that the ratio of Key tone to Audio level @-
10dB. (–10dBm0)
6. Fit JMP7 in positions [2-3]
Two wire Mode only

7. Using an oscilloscope, monitor the audio on IC4 pin1 also insure
that Pin1&2 of SK5 Terminated to a 600ohms load.
8. Adjust RV2 for minimal Audio level on IC4 pin1. (Aprox
<5mV)

3.17.7 Five Tone Encoded / Decoder
The T19 option board is equipped for 5 or 6 tones Selcall operation according
to CCIR, EEA, ZVEI 1, ZVEI 2 and other standards. This provides a flexible
predictive or non-predictive all-tone decoding, plus able to transpond all 5/6
tones and all-system group-call and ANI operations. The Selcall encoder /
decoder IC is under the control of the microprocessor.
3.17.8 DTMF Decoder

3.17.9 Remote Control Capabilities

3.17.10 Fast CTCSS Decoder


3.17.11 T19/26 Pinouts
CN3 Pin No Function

11 M2 Lead
24 M2 Lead normally open
25 E2 lead A
12 E2 lead B
13 ETH/ +5V (Set via MX800 JMP15)
3 M1 Lead common
4 E1 Lead leg a/M lead normally closed
17 E1 Lead leg b
21 INPUT PORT B. BCD Channel Select Units bit 0. / Binary Bit 0.
19 INPUT PORT B. BCD Channel Select Tens bit 0. / Binary Bit 4.
Figure 3-11 CN3 Pin-out Detail (View from Rear of MX800)

Pin No Function
5 M1 Lead common
7 E1 Lead leg a/M lead normally closed
8 E1 Lead leg b
The RJ45 pins are numbered as shown below.
1 .................. 8

3.17.12 T19/T26 Jumper Settings
JMP Jumper description Default Jumper Position

Number For T19/T26
JMP1 Decoder select 2-3
JMP2 M1 Source jumper N/F (Unlinked)
JMP3 M2 Source jumper N/F (Unlinked)
JMP4 E2 Source jumper N/F (Unlinked)
JMP5 E1 Source jumper N/F (Unlinked)
JMP6 RX Line compensation 1-2
IN/OUT
JMP7 RX Low pass filter IN/OUT 2-3
JMP8 RX Notch filter IN/OUT 1-2
JMP9 TX Notch filter IN/OUT 1-2
JMP10 2W/4W Selection 1-2 (4Wire mode)
JMP13 AGC IN/OUT 2-3
JMP14 High Pass Filter IN/OUT 2-3
JMP16 2W Isolation Balance N/F (Unlinked)
JMP20 Tone Generation path 1-2
JMP21 CNVSS Connected (CNVSS)
JMP24 4W Selection Linked
JMP25 4W Selection Linked
JMP26 RX DISC Audio Break Point 1-2
JMP27 TX Audio Break Point Connected
JMP28 AGC Ratio NF (Unlinked)
JMP29 RS232 Swap
JMP30 RS232 Swap
JMP31 D-A Section path RX/TX N/F (Unlinked)
Table 3-11 T19/26 Factory Default Jumper Setting.

3.18 T29 Balanced and Isolated VF plus E&M
Option T29 provides the balanced and isolated VF I/O as well as isolated E
(PTT) and M (Mute) leads, as per option T05. The option has been design to
be compatible with Omitronics interface connections.
Note Jumpers referred to in the table below are those on this option PCB.
between 5V and 48V with any polarity between CN9 Pins 1&2 (JMP1 in
position 2-3).
Provision is also made to internally source the activation voltage (+12V DC)
in which case the E lead is asserted by grounding CN9 Pin2 (JMP1 in
position 1-2)
brought out via CN9. If the internal +12V DC is being used as the activation
voltage for the E lead (JMP3 in position 1-2) then the normally closed contact
is also available at CN9 pin 8. The relay contacts are rated at 500mA.
Figure 3-13 MX800 T29 otpion board

Pin No Function
T29
7 M Lead common
8 M Lead normally open
2 E Lead leg a/M lead normally closed
1 E Lead leg b
Table 3-12 T29 RJ45 Pin outs.
1 .................. 8
JMP Factory Default setting

1 Position 2-3
2 Not fitted
3 Position 2-3
4 Not fitted
Table 3-13 T29 Factory Default Jumper Setting.

3.19 T31 Network Adapter

The T31 network adapter is a small circuit board that is installed inside the
MX800 transceiver to enhance serial communications to the MX800. This is
achieved because the board implements a protocol especially designed for
efficient multi-drop serial communications.
The T31 board intercepts the serial data port of the MX800 encoding and
decoding the external data stream, converting it to/from standard MX800 data
required by the MX800 Micro-controller board. It also intercepts the
MX800’s DB25 Digital I/O connector and provides additional digital inputs
to allow more than the standard 16 network addresses to be set externally.
The additional pins required to support the additional network address inputs
are available externally on a DB44 high density connector that replaces the
standard DB25 female connector (CN3) of the MX800. CN2 is also located
on the board and it’s connection to the MX800 Micro-controller board
provides the power supply for the T31 option board.
Standard MX800 data when using Mxtools software will pass seamlessly
through the T31 board without any conversion.
Due to ongoing development please refer to www.spectraeng.com.au for the

latest information regarding this option.. A technical manual is available for
this option please contact sales@specteng.com.au for a copy of this manual.
CN3 CN2
(Digital IO) (Monitor)
Figure 3-15 T31 Option Board

3.19.1 Optional Dongles

There are two different dongles available that can be plugged directly into
CN3 (T31’s DB44) to allow external selection of the MX800’s operating
channel and it’s T31 network address. The dongles can be set and be used as
a method to ensure that a pre-programmed radio is set to the right channel
and network address at a particular location, allowing a plug-and-go
operation for non technical personnel to carry out equipment changeovers.
3.19.2 U72 Dongle

The U72 has a single DB44 male connector and four rotary switches. Two of
the switches allow the selection of a pre-programmed MX800 channel and
the other two allow the selection of the extended network address.
Figure 3-16 U72 Dongle
3.19.3 U73 Dongle with Digital IO Port Replicator

The U73 dongle allows not only the selection of the network address and
channel, but also provides all of the connections normally provided by CN3
on the standard MX800.
Pinouts of the female DB25 connector provided on the U73 are detailed in
T31 Technical manual. Please contact sales@specteng.com.au for a copy of
this manual.
Figure 3-17 U73 Dongle

3.20 T34 Ethernet option

The T34 Ethernet Option is a small circuit board that is installed inside the
MX800 transceiver to allow diagnostic data from the MX800 to be sent over
a UTP Ethernet link.
The T34 includes a web server to output web pages for analysing the health
of the host MX800 using a standard HTML web browser.
The T34 board intercepts the serial data port of the MX800 and converts the
MX800 data to and from IP packets that are transferred over the Ethernet
link.
When using the Mxtools software, the T34 board sends and receives data to
the MX800 motherboard normally as long as communication via the Ethernet
connection with the MX800 is inactive.
A technical manual is available for this option please contact

sales@specteng.com.au for a copy of this manual.

4. Technical Description
The internal design of the MX800 is of a modular nature allowing for simple
configuration and maintenance while ensuring minimal downtime. For
reference purposes, the top view of a typical MX800 with top cover removed
is shown in Figure 4-1 below. The standard unit without speaker and
microphone is illustrated.
Figure 4-1 MX800 Top View
4.1 Exciter Module

Refer:
Exciter Block Diagram: BD002
Exciter Circuit Diagram: CS002-1
TX VCO Circuit Diagram: CS004-1 (Bands A to Q)
CS011-1 (Bands R to X)
RF from the VCO on SKU-1 at a nominal level of +3dBm is applied to the

fractional-N synthesiser IC10 main divider input. This signal is compared
with the reference oscillator frequency and the correction voltage from the
synthesiser’s charge pump output is filtered then amplified by the non
inverting low noise op amp IC9A. This correction voltage is fed back to the
VCO to maintain loop lock as well as being fed to the Micro Controller via
SKD-14. A lock detect signal from IC10 is also fed to the Micro Controller
via SKD-16. The op amp uses a 25 volt power supply (generated on the
Micro Controller) so as to provide a wide tuning range voltage to the
frequency control varicaps located on the VCO board. Frequency
programming data for the exciter is sent to the synthesiser chip from the
Micro Controller via a serial data line on SKD-18 under the control of the
Clock (SKD-15) and Strobe (SKD-17) lines.

Provision is made for the optional injection of an external reference

frequency. If this option is selected CN3 is fitted and X1 is not fitted.
Components R30 and TR7 are also omitted.
A second RF output from the VCO on SKT-6 also at +3dBm is used as the
main transmit RF amplifier signal source. This main signal is first buffered
by a very high isolation circuit consisting of a 10dB pad and a MMIC
amplifier (IC1). The signal is further amplified by IC2 and a variable gain
wide band amplifier with 40dB control range and power output of 300mW.
The drive power of this stage is used to set the output power to the main
power amplifier under the control of the DC voltage on SKD-4 from the
Micro Controller board.
The VCO boards and synthesiser circuits are the same for the exciter and
receiver modules. The VCO consists of a 10mm ceramic coaxial resonator
with common base oscillator for low phase noise for bands 805-960 MHz.
Frequencies below 520 MHz use a LC tank circuit. The power supply to the
VCO consists of an 8-volt regulator and active filter for maximum noise
rejection. It is controlled by the Micro Controller through SKD-7, which
connects to switch TR6. For standard modulation, transmit audio is fed on
SKD-8 to the conventional point of the VCO varactor. For 2 point
modulation, audio is also fed via SKD-19 to the voltage control pin of the
VC-TXCO, this in effect cancels out the PLL error that would otherwise have
occurred for low audio frequencies, hence resulting in a flat VF response.
4.2 Receiver Module

Refer:
Receiver Block Diagram: BD001
Receiver Front End Circuit Diagram: CS003-2
Receiver IF Circuit Diagram: CS003-1 (Rev F)
CS017-1 & CS017-2 (Rev G-I)
RX VCO Circuit Diagram: CS005-1 (Band A to Q)
CS012-1 (Band R to X)
The receive signal from the antenna enters on CN1 a 3 section Bandpass filter
which provides the initial filtering for the front-end amplifier. The front-end
amplifier IC12 is a broadband high performance MMIC with a gain of 18dB,
noise figure of 3dB and 3rd order intermodulation intercept of +36dB. A 4dB
pad and a second 3 section BPF follow this, and a high level double balanced
mixer M1.

The receiver uses high side local oscillator injection for bands A to M and
low side injection for all other bands. RF from the VCO main output on SKT-
6 is buffered and amplified to +17dBm by IC4 and injected in the high level
mixer which down converts the signal to the first IF frequency of 90 MHz
(45MHz for bands A, B and 70MHz for bands A4). This IF signal from the
mixer is terminated by a bi-directional constant impedance network and is
then amplified by a bipolar amplifier TR2 with a gain of 15dB and 3rd order
intermodulation intercept +35dB. This provides a high degree of
intermodulation rejection for the receiver. A 4-pole crystal filter FL3A/B
with its associated matching networks follows this stage. The signal is further
amplified and filtered by a transistor amplifier TR3 and its associated 2 pole
crystal filter FL4 before being fed into the main IF demodulator chip IC1
with a second IF frequency of 455kHz. The resulting audio is passed out to
the Micro Controller board on SKD-3. The Received Signal Strength
Indication (RSSI) from IC1 is buffered by IC5A and connected to the Micro
Controller board via SKD-4.
RF from the VCO on SKU-1 at a nominal level of +3dBm is applied to the

fractional-N synthesiser (IC10) main divider input. This signal is compared
with the reference oscillator frequency and the correction voltage from the
synthesiser’s charge pump output is filtered then amplified by the non
inverting low noise op amp (IC11A). This correction voltage is fed back to
the VCO to maintain loop lock as well as being fed to the Micro Controller
via SKD-14. A lock detect signal from IC10 is also fed to the Micro
Controller via SKD-16. The op amp uses a 25 volt power supply (generated
on the Micro Controller) so as to provide a wide tuning range voltage to the
frequency control varicaps located on the VCO board. Frequency
programming data for the receiver is sent to the synthesiser chip from the
Micro Controller via the a serial data line on SKD-18 under the control of the
Clock (SKD-15) and Strobe (SKD-17) lines
The Micro Controller through an enable signal on SKD-8 controls the local
oscillator signal to the mixer. This signal switches the supply to the local
oscillator amplifier and is used to enable or disable the receiver.
Provision is made for the optional injection of an external reference

frequency. If this option is selected CN3 is fitted.

4.3 Power Amplifier Module

The MX800 now supports Spectra Engineering new full switching bandwidth
Power Amplifier Module (Wide Band PA). Which requires no tuning, equals,
exceeds or covers several of Spectra’s band allocations, (refer to section 7.4
for details of the band allocations). This new generation Power Amplifier
features much wider RF Bandwidth, higher efficiency, greater stability out of
band and to zero power levels.
This PA is now being rolled out as the standard production PA.

Please see superseded technical section 8.1.1 for older hybrid type PA.
Wide Band PA (50 Watt Model)

RF from the Exciter passes via a coaxial cable to the input of the PA Module
and is first attenuated by a 50 ohm pad, which is used to provide a good
50 ohm source impedance for the first LDMOS driver amplifier. The RF is
amplified to around 5 Watts at the driver output, and is band dependant.
Note: this point does not have 50-ohm impedance and the drive power cannot
be measured directly with a 50 ohm Wattmeter. The signal from the driver is
then matched by a broadband network to drive the low input impedance
associated with the final transmit LDMOS power amplifier transistor. The
transistor's low Drain impedance is then also matched back to 50 ohms by a
broadband matching network covering a very wide bandwidth. Prior to
transmission, a low loss 13 element elliptical low pass filter, filters out the
unwanted harmonics to less than –90 dBc.

fabricated on the PCB artwork. The sampled RF energy is rectified to provide
a proportional DC voltage output.
The PTT signal enables the amplifier circuit by providing bias to the
transistors. A thermistor TS1, physically located on the PA heatsink monitors
the heatsink’s temperature and is monitored by the Micro Controller.
4.4 Micro Controller Board

Refer:
Block Diagram BD003 (Rev A to H)
BD005 (Rev I upwards)
Circuit Diagram CS001-1/6
The MX800 Micro Controller Board has 4 main functions

Overall radio management
TX and RX signal processing
RF power control
User interface

4.4.1 Overall Radio Management

In addition to analogue signal processing circuitry the Micro Controller board
accommodates an 80C552 microprocessor IC1, a 64kbyte EPROM IC3,
32kbyte RAM IC4, a 16kbyte EEPROM as well as address decoding, I/O
latches and other miscellaneous circuitry. The Micro Controller is responsible
for ensuring that the radio acts as programmed by the user. It stores the user-
entered parameters for each channel in EEPROM. This information includes
RX and TX RF frequencies; RX and TX CTCSS frequencies as well as RF
output power and operating mode. An 8-channel analogue to digital converter
allows the microprocessor to read 8 analogue values internal to the radio,
which in conjunction with the digital inputs to the microprocessor allow the
operating status of the radio to be monitored and controlled.
The following analogue items are read:
Port Parameter
ADC0 Received Signal Strength Indication (RSSI)
ADC1 Detected Discriminator output level
ADC2 DC operating voltage
ADC3 RX VCO tuning Voltage
ADC4 TX VCO tuning Voltage
ADC5 PA temperature
ADC6 PA forward power
ADC7 PA reflected power
Table 4-1 Microprocessor Port Parameters
The Micro Controller sends programming data to the synthesiser ICs on the
Receiver and Exciter modules each time the channel is changed as well as on
PTT. This information is communicated to the Receiver and Exciter modules
by way of bussed data and clock lines on SKC/D-18 and SKC/D-15
(Exciter/Receiver) and an individual module strobe on SKC/D-17. A lock
detect signal from each module on SKC/D-16 is read by the micro controller.
In addition to the synthesiser programming bus an I2C bus goes to each of the
modules. This bus is currently unused.
IC25 is a non-predictive, full duplex CTCSS encoder/decoder, which is under

the control of the microprocessor.

4.4.2 TX Signal Processing

TX audio may be sourced from a number of different paths. These include
VF from line, Talk through audio, the microphone, and DC FM/Wideband
input, Tone generator from micro controller, Test TX VF inject from the
Monitor port, CTCSS generator and the internal RF modem.
The TX VF path is readily user configurable with most major functional

blocks being possible to either select or bypass by means of links (refer to
2.2.2.1 for details of link settings). The VF from line enters the board on
SKH-14 and RV4 (TX VF gain) provides gain adjustment to accommodate
different line levels. This is followed by a selectable compressor (IC34A)
with 30dB dynamic range. The output of the compressor apart from being fed
to the main TX audio path is also connected to the input side of the 'Line'
FFSK modem and via a gain control pot the speaker amp (IC60). Following
the main TX audio path, IC36B serves to switch the VF further on the TX
audio path or, under the control of the external input on SKH-13, to loop it
back to the line output via RV7 which provides level adjustment for the
looped back signal. From this switch the VF passes though a second switch
IC32B under the control of the Micro Controller and the external TX talk line
on SKH-10. This switch is used to disable the line TX VF path. From here
the VF passes through a pre-emphasis stage C66, R67 and a 300Hz high pass
filter (IC30B and IC29A) each of which is selectable through links. The
output of this filter is fed to IC30A a summer/limiter amp.
The summing point of this amp also serves to combine the audio from the
talk through path which is level adjusted by RV3, the microphone which is
processed through a similar compression, preemphasis and filtering chain as
the line VF, the tone (Morse code) signal from the microprocessor, the DC
FM input which enters the board on SKH-6 and the Test TX VF injection
from SKE-2. The latter three inputs are all at fixed levels. RV2 on IC30A
provides overall gain adjustment. Following the limiter amp is the TX VF
low pass filter. The standard Bessel filter has a 3.4kHz cut off frequency. A
second summing amplifier IC24B follows which combines the CTCSS,
optional modem (IC52 and IC54) and Wideband audio inputs with the TX
VF. Level adjustment of the CTCSS signal is in three 0.85dB steps either
above or below the nominal level (10% of max dev). These level steps are set
up using the Configure screen of MXTOOLS. The output of this final stage is
fed to two microprocessor-controlled digipots, which serve to adjust the
modulating signal level to the VCO and the reference oscillator. A third
digipot is used to provide an offset null for the reference oscillator centre
frequency. Adjustment of these levels is also by way of MXTOOLS using the
Channel Edit screen.

4.4.3 RX Signal Processing

In a similar fashion to the TX audio path the major functional elements of the
RX audio path are capable of being selected or bypassed by means of links.
Discriminator audio enters the board on SKD-3 and is fed to a selectable

300Hz highpass filter comprising IC37 and IC38B. This output or an
unfiltered version of the discriminator audio is fed via a switch IC32A to the
TTR path. The switch is used to disable talk through audio under the control
of the microprocessor and the external TX talk line on SKH-10. Following
the HPF a selectable 3.4kHz cut-off low pass filter IC38A and IC39B
connects to the de-emphasis circuit IC39A. From here the audio passes
through the mute switch IC32C that is under control of the microprocessor
and on to the RX talk switch IC36C, which is controlled externally from
SKH-3. This second switch is used to disable RX audio to line. A final
switch IC36A selects between RX audio and TX looped back audio for
output to line via amplifiers IC40A and IC40B. Secondary inputs to these
amplifiers are the TX audio from the line modem and microphone audio to
line. The output on SKH-2 forms an unbalanced 600Ω VF output to line and,
alternatively, outputs SKH-2 and SKH-11 form a differential output.
Discriminator audio is also fed via a low pass filter IC31 to the CTCSS
decoder as well as to a level detector D9 the output of which is connected to
ADC1 on the microprocessor.
Discriminator audio is also fed to the mute detection circuit. This comprises a
high pass filter IC41 followed by RV6/6B, which sets the mute threshold.
Following amplification by IC42A and rectification by IC42B and IC43A a
comparator, IC43B, determines when the detected signal passes a fixed
threshold. The output of the comparator is fed to the microprocessor and via a
selectable inverter to SKH-4.
Discriminator audio is also fed to RX port of the RF modem IC54.
4.4.4 RF Power Control

Forward power is controlled by the microprocessor through two mechanisms.
Based on pre-programmed per channel adjustments the microprocessor sets
the digipot IC10 to a reference setting. IC23A serves as a comparator and,
with the non-inverting input connected to the wiper of the digipot, is set up
with a reference voltage. The detected actual PA forward power is fed to the
inverting input of IC23A. The error voltage at the output of IC23A is fed to
the exciter output power control circuit via SKC-4 and the action of the
control loop is to set the RF power such that the actual detected volts equals
the reference volts. The digipot setting is static for each channel unless the
required forward power is changed.
The voltage to the top of the digipot is set up by the microprocessor through
the Pulse Width Modulator output PWM1. On PTT the ON duty cycle of the
PWM1 output is progressively increased and the filtered result of this forms a
ramp to the top of the power control digipot. Once 100% duty cycle is
reached full power is produced. This results in a fast but controlled RF power
rise characteristic.

4.4.5 User Interface

All user interfaces to the MX800 except the RF connections is made by way
of the Micro Controller board.
Output latch IC18 drives the six LED indicators on the front panel. The
function is described in section 1.1.1.
Input latch IC14 serves to accept the programmed status of the 8-bit binary
channel select DIP switch SW1. Refer section 7.3 for programming
instructions.
Input latch IC13 serves to accept the programmed status of the 6-bit binary
mode select DIP switch SW2. Refer section 2.2.2.2 for mode selection
instructions.
Input latches IC48 and IC47 provide two eight bit +5V CMOS compatible
digital input ports (ports A and B respectively). The inputs may be either
internally pulled high and active low or internally pulled low and active high.
Port B inputs are configured as external channel select inputs. The inputs are
buffered by 10kΩ series resistors.
Output latch IC46 provides 8 uncommitted +5V CMOS compatible digital
outputs. Each output is buffered by a 1kΩ series resistor.
IC60 is a 1-Watt speaker amplifier, which drives the internal speaker. This IC
includes the volume control function connecting to the front panel.
Microphone audio is fed via amplifier IC61A to a compressor (IC34B). This
VF is pre-emphasised and filtered before being fed to the main TX VF path.
IC22 provides CMOS to RS232 conversion for the serial port.

Technical Manual
5. Alignment and Testing

The MX800 test and alignment procedures are divided into two main
sections. The first section is a transceiver level procedure, which assumes that
the radio is fitted with working modules. The second section contains the
individual module test procedures.
5.1 Transceiver Setup, Calibration and

Alignment
This section explains how to setup, calibrate and align the complete MX800
Base Station. A number of procedures are required to fully initialise the
MX800. The following test equipment will be needed:
MXTOOLS (MX800 Base Station Programming Utility)

RF Test Set (HP 8920) or equivalent
CRO (Cathode Ray Oscilloscope)
RF Power Meter (Watts)
RF Signal Generator
Multimeter
+13.8V DC power supply
The order of some, but not all, of the procedures is important to ensure
correct setup of the radio. The order of the procedures as described is
recommended and those that are critical are mentioned. If the radio has been
previously setup and the user intends to recalibrate and align the radio then
steps 5.1.1, 5.1.2 and 5.1.3 can be ignored as the model number, serial
number, configuration and channel information will have already been
loaded.
5.1.1 Sending Model Number and Serial Number to the

Radio
The model number is entered or updated using MXTOOLS. To edit the
model number select ‘Radio Model Number’, under the ‘Setup’ menu. This
brings up a dialog box that the user can then enter the model number,
according to the configuration of the radio.
The user cannot alter the serial number, as this is factory set.

Technical Manual Alignment and Testing
5.1.2 Sending Configuration Information

Firstly the configuration file for the radio needs to be setup. Using
MXTOOLS the configuration information needs to be filled out on the
Configuration Screen. This information needs to be saved to a configuration
file. If an existing radio already contains the desired configuration then this
configuration can be downloaded and saved. This configuration information
then needs to be ‘Sent to the MX800’. A warning message will appear that
indicates that the MX800 Base Station has not yet been calibrated, this may
be ignored.
Once the configuration information has been sent then all of the
programmable parameters within the MX800 Base Station are initialised.
5.1.3 Sending Channel Information

The channel information setup is similar to that of the configuration. The
channel frequencies, subtones and other parameters are setup in the Channel
Screen in MXTOOLS. At this stage it is not necessary to set the values of the
digital potentiometers. This will be done in the following procedures. After
entering in the channel details this information then needs to be saved to a
file. If another radio already contains the desired frequencies then these can
be downloaded from that radio and saved to a file. The digital potentiometer
values from one radio to the next will differ so it is advisable to save the
information in a new channel file and not save over the top of any backup
copies of existing radios. The saved channel information is then sent to the
MX800.
After sending the configuration and channel information the MX800 is fully
programmed and will now operate. Without sending both the configuration
and channel information the radio will not function, and thus the following
procedures will not be able to be completed.
Note The buttons for sending and loading of channel information may be
disabled if MXTOOLS did not successfully ‘Connect to MX800’. If this
is the case simply choose to ‘Connect to the Radio’ after the
configuration information is sent.
5.1.4 Setting Alignment Channel

When setting up the radio it is recommended that all measurement and
adjustments are done on a channel that is in the centre of the frequency
spread of the channels. This minimises any errors due to frequency changing.
Alternatively if the frequency spread of the channels is too large then you
may wish to calibrate and align every channel. (In most cases this will not be
necessary.) Both individual and group alignment will be covered.
The channel may be selected via the Channel Screen in MXTOOLS using the
software channel select or in hardware via the internal channel DIP switch or
via the rear channel select. (Refer to section 2.2.2.3 for additional help.) This
channel will then be used when performing the following procedures.

5.1.5 Power Calibration

DO NOT USE THIS PROCEDURE TO SET THE TX OUTPUT
POWER. REFER SECT 5.1.8 TX POWER ADJUST TO DO THIS.
Power calibration affects the forward and reflected power meters on the
Diagnostics Screen as well as the low forward power trip point for the
MX800. This procedure requires a power meter and the relevant leads to
connect the transmitter output to the meter. Power calibration is done using
MXTOOLS via the Calibration Screen. To complete the power calibration,
follow the instructions that MXTOOLS provides.
Once power calibration has been completed the configuration information

must be sent again. Check that the low forward power trip point is set
correctly. The calibration affects the low forward power trip point and thus
the configuration information must be sent to update it according to the new
calibration information.
5.1.6 RSSI Calibration

The RSSI calibration is used to calibrate the RSSI meter on the MXTOOLS
Diagnostics Screen. The procedure requires an RF signal generator and the
relevant leads to connect the signal generator to the RF input of the MX800
Base Station. RSSI calibration is done via the MXTOOLS Calibration
Screen. To complete the RSSI calibration, follow the instructions that
MXTOOLS provides.
5.1.7 Temperature Calibration

The temperature calibration is used to calibrate the temperature meter on the
MXTOOLS Diagnostics Screen and the temperature controlled switch/alarm
points. The procedure requires dummy cable for SKB on the micro controller
having a 2060-ohm resistor between pins 4 and 6 of this connector of the
MX800 Base Station. Temperature calibration is done via the MXTOOLS
Calibration Screen. To complete the temperature calibration, follow the
instructions that MXTOOLS provides.
5.1.8 TX Power Adjustment

The transmitter power setup is used to set the correct power for each channel.
This can be done on a per channel basis or all channels can be set at once.
Power setup is done using the Channel Screen in MXTOOLS. To complete
this test the transmitter output needs to be connected to a power meter.
To set all channels at once select the ‘Lock Data’ option on the Channel
Screen. Click on the alignment channel to bring up the Channel Edit Screen
and allow editing of the channel parameters.

Note If the ‘Lock Data’ option is selected then any changes made to the
current channel are duplicated on all channels.
Select the ‘Continuous Update’ option on the Channel Edit Screen. This
allows real time updating of the potentiometer values to the radio. Thus any
changes made will be immediately reflected in the radio. Alter the Transmit
Power potentiometer until the power meter reads the required output power.
Choose ‘OK’ to accept the changes made and then from the Channel Screen
choose ‘Send Data to MX800’. This then saves the changes that you have
made to the radio.
To calibrate each channel individually make sure the ‘Lock Data’ option is
not selected and repeat the above procedure for each channel.
5.1.9 Peak Deviation and Modulation Balance

This procedure is used to set the peak deviation and modulation balance for
each channel. This can be done on a per channel basis or all channels can be
set at once. The alignment is done using the Channel Screen in MXTOOLS.
To carry out this procedure the demodulated output of the transmitter output
needs to be connected to a CRO or some other piece of equipment giving a
visual display of the demodulated output. IF Bandwidth of the RF test set
should be set at 20kHz or greater (230kHz on the HP 8920) and de-emphasise
should be off. The audio filters should be set at <20Hz HPF and 15kHz LPF.
To alter all channels at once use the ‘Lock Data’ option as described in the
power setup procedure. The correct peak deviation is dependent on whether
the radio is narrow, medium or wide band and also whether the CTCSS
option is installed. The following table specifies the peak deviation in each
case.
Bandwidth CTCSS Option Peak Deviation (Hz)

Narrow (12.5kHz spacing) YES 2150
NO 2400
Medium (20kHz spacing) YES 3440
NO 3840
Wide (25kHz spacing) YES 4300
NO 4800
Table 5-1 Peak Deviation Settings
The setting of the peak deviation is done at 1kHz. The modulation balance is
done at 400Hz. The transmitter modulating audio for this test is connected to
the WB/DC-FM input with JMP8 set to 1-2. This input is located on the rear
of the MX800, on the Line I/O connector pin 13 of the DB15F connector.

Procedure:
1. Disable the CTCSS if present. This is either done through the digital
input port at the rear or temporarily disabling it in the Channel
Information Screen.
2. PTT transmitter.
3. Set the transmitter modulation frequency to 1kHz, +10dBm injected in
through the WB/ DCFM input, CN1 pin13 with JMP8 set to 1-2. Note
that signals injected into this port must be A/C coupled (1UF cap) as this
point is biased at 2.5VDC.
4. Adjust the VCO Deviation digital potentiometer using MXTOOLS until
the correct deviation is obtained. (See Table 5-1 Peak Deviation
Settings).
5. Set the transmitter modulation frequency to 400Hz, +10dBm, injected in
through the WB/ DCFM input.
6. Adjust the Reference Deviation digital potentiometer until the top of the
waveform is flat. If the waveform top droops increase the level (see
Figure 5-1) and if it peaks reduce the level (see Figure 5-2).
7. Repeat steps 3 through to 6 until the correct peak deviation and
modulation balance is obtained.
Examples of incorrect, observed waveforms are as follows:
Figure 5-1 Under (increase level) Figure 5-2 Over (decrease level)
The waveform when correctly aligned should look as follows:
Figure 5-3 Correctly Aligned Waveform

Choose ‘OK’ to accept the changes made and then from the Channel Screen
choose ‘Send Data to MX800’. This then saves the changes that you have
made to the radio.
After balancing and setting the correct peak deviation is necessary to align
the reference oscillator and re-check the deviation alignment, as the reference
oscillator alignment affects the deviation. This may require running through
the deviation alignment again after the oscillator alignment procedure.
5.1.10 TX Centre Frequency Alignment

The reference oscillator alignment is used to set the correct centre frequency
for each channel. This can be done on a per channel basis or all channels can
be set at once. Oscillator alignment is done using a digital potentiometer
adjustment through the Channel Screen in MXTOOLS. To carry out this
procedure the transmitter output needs to be connected to a RF test set
displaying the frequency error. This procedure should be done after the
deviation alignment procedure has been done. Transmitter modulation should
be disabled.
To alter all channels at once use the ‘Lock Data’ option as described in the
power setup procedure. Alter the Reference Oscillator Frequency
potentiometer until the channel is “on frequency”. Choose ‘OK’ to accept the
changes made and then from the Channel Screen choose ‘Send Data to
MX800’. This then saves the changes that you have made to the radio.
To calibrate each channel individually make sure the ‘Lock Data’ option is
not selected and repeat the above procedure for each channel.
5.1.11 TX Line Input Level and Nominal Deviation

Alignment
There are three manual potentiometers associated with the TX deviation on
the motherboard. These are set by injecting the correct audio levels and
adjusting the potentiometers. The transmitter modulating audio is to be
connected to either the WB/DC-FM input or the TX VF input as described in
the procedures.
The required nominal deviation is dependent on whether the radio is narrow,

medium or wide. The following table lists the required level for each case:
Bandwidth FM Deviation (kHz)

Narrow (12.5kHz spacing) 1.5
Medium (20kHz spacing) 2.4
Wide (25kHz spacing) 3.0
Table 5-2 Nominal Deviation
The first potentiometer RV2 sets the TX Limiter Gain. The transmitter
modulating audio for this test is connected to the WB/DC-FM input with

JMP8 set to 1-2. This input is located on the rear of the MX800, on the Line
I/O connector pin 13 of the DB15F connector
Procedure:
2. Set the transmitter modulation frequency to 1kHz, 1Vp-p injected in

through the WB/ DCFM input, CN1 pin13 with JMP8 set to 1-2.
Note that signals injected into this port must be A/C coupled (1UF
cap) as this point is biased at 2.5VDC.
3. Adjust TX Limiter gain RV2 to obtain the nominal deviation. .
OR
(T98 Adjust TX Limiter gain RV2 until onset of clipping of waveform

peaks)
The potentiometers RV4 & RV1 sets the TX VF line input level and nominal
dev respectively. The transmitter modulating audio for this test is connected
to the TX VF input. This input is located on the rear of the MX800, on the
Line I/O connector pin 9 of the DB15F connector
Procedure:
2. Set the transmitter modulation frequency to 1kHz, at nominal line

input level (-10dBm is default level) injected in through the TX VF
input.
3. Adjust TX VF gain RV4 to onset of compression
OR
For T98 option adjustment.
Set the transmitter modulation frequency to 1kHz, at 4db above

nominal line input level (-6dBm for -10dBm default level) injected in
through the TX VF input. Adjust RV4 for the onset of compression.]
4. Set the transmitter modulation frequency to 1kHz, at nominal line

level (-10dBm) and adjust RV1 to obtain the nominal deviation.).
The third potentiometer RV3 sets the TTR Gain.
Procedure:
1. Remove TX PTT.

2. Enable the repeater. The repeater may be enabled by turning on switch

4, of DIP2, inside the radio. Alternatively the repeater may be
enabled/disabled via the repeater enable pin 8 of the Line I/O connector.
The polarity of the repeater enable function is dependent on how the
internal LIFULOCEN jumper is set (JMP14).
3. Set the receiver modulation frequency to 1kHz and the FM deviation to
that specified in Table 2 - Nominal Deviation, for the particular RF
receive frequency of the test channel.
4. Adjust TTR Deviation RV3 to obtain the same deviation as input to the
RX. (See Table 5-2 Nominal Deviation).
Note The test channel must be programmed as a repeater channel so this

potentiometer can be setup. If not then temporarily alter the channel
settings using the Channel Edit Screen in MXTOOLS.

5.1.12 RX Line Output Level Adjustment

The fourth potentiometer RV5 sets the RX Line output level.
Procedure:
5. Disable the repeater (switch SW4/DIP2 OFF).

6. Using a 600ohm termination monitor RX line output level. This output
is located on the rear of the MX800, on the Line I/O connector pin 15 of
the DB15F.
7. Set the receiver modulation frequency to 1kHz and the FM deviation to
nominal for the particular RF receive frequency of the test channel.
8. Adjust Line Output level RV5 to obtain nominal line output level
(-10dBm is the default level).
5.1.13 TX VF Loop Back Level

Under control of the TX VF Loopback Control line (LIFUSEN) the TX line
input may be looped back to the RX Line output. The fifth potentiometer
RV7 sets the loop-back level.
Procedure:
9. Enable the TX VF Loopback using JMP9.

10. Set the transmitter modulation frequency to 1kHz, -10dBm, injected in
through the TX VF input.
11. Adjust RV7 to obtain an RX Line output level of –10dBm.
12. Restore JMP9
5.1.14 Mute Threshold Setting

The Mute Threshold Setting RV6 is used to set the level at which the mute
opens.
Force the mute open using the Remote Screen in MXTOOLS.

Inject the correct RF frequency into the receiver for the test channel.
Set the receiver modulation frequency to 1kHz at nominal deviation.
Alter the amplitude of the RF signal until the RX audio has an 8dB SINAD.
Set the mute back to normal using the Remote Screen in MXTOOLS.
Adjust the mute level potentiometer, RV6, until the mute opens then wind it
back until it just closes.

5.2 Module Level Test Procedures

The following alignment and testing procedures are based upon using a
working transceiver as the test environment. It is also assumed that test
fixtures to the radio are available to exercise control lines and monitor
outputs and that a PC with MXTOOLS is connected to the radio.
There are four modules in the MX800 - the Exciter, Receiver, Power
Amplifier and Micro Controller. The Exciter and the Receiver have VCO
daughter boards. Receiver and Exciter VCO's are similar.
5.2.1 Exciter Module

Test Equipment:
Tested MX800 with Exciter removed

Tested TX VCO board (in wanted band)
PC with MXTOOLS software
RF Communications test set
Multimeter
Oscilloscope
+13.8VDC power supply
Preliminaries:
Program upper, middle and lower frequencies of band (refer section 7.4 for
band split details) into 3 channels in MXTOOLS channel screen
(Note that 'Continuous Update Enabled' on the MXTOOLS channel screen
should be ticked for these tests).
Remove top cover from Exciter module under test and fit known working
VCO tuned for the band to be tested.
Connect Exciter to working Micro Controller via 16-way ribbon cable.
Disconnect Exciter RF drive output CN1 from PA.
13. Switch DC power on and check that the output voltage on pin 1 of IC5
is 5V +/- 0.2V and that the output voltage on pin 1 of IC3 and IC8 is 8V
+/-0.2V. Assert PTT and check that 8V is switched through to SKU-3.
14. Check reference oscillator signal on centre pin pad of CN3 is > 3Vp-p.
15. Select mid channel. Connect comms test set RF input port to CN1.
Assert PTT and check that Lock Detect (LD) on SKD-16 goes high
indicating that the loop is locked. Check that the power control volts on
SKD-4 is >10V and that the RF output on CN1 is >300mW. In the
channel screen on MXTOOLS adjust the power digipotentiometer slider
to 0 and check that the power control volts on SKD-4 goes to 0 and that
the RF power out drops to <1mW. Set digipotentiometer slider back to
mid position.

16. Select lowest channel. Assert PTT, check that LD goes high and check
that the VCO tuning volts on SKD-14 is > 2V. Select highest channel.
Assert PTT, check that LD goes high and check that the VCO tuning
volts on SKD-14 is <18V. Check that RF output is >300mW in both
cases.
17. Select mid channel. Assert PTT, note RF output carrier frequency and
check that by adjusting the Reference Oscillator Frequency
digipotentiometer slider on the MXTOOLS channel screen that the
carrier frequency can be adjusted + and - 3ppm of the nominal frequency.
18. Select mid channel. Assert PTT carry out 5.1.9 of the TX VF alignment
procedure to check the function of the VCO and Reference oscillator
modulation inputs.
5.2.2 Receiver Module

Test Equipment:
Tested MX800 with Receiver removed

Tested RX VCO board (in wanted band)
Spectrum analyser with tracking generator
Multimeter
High frequency (89.545MHz) pick up loop.
Oscilloscope
Preliminaries:
band split details) into 3 channels in MXTOOLS channel screen
should be ticked for these tests).
Remove top cover from Receiver module under test and fit known working
VCO tuned for the band to be tested
Connect Receiver to working Micro Controller via 16-way ribbon cable.

Procedure:
The test procedure for the Receiver is divided into the front-end alignment
and the IF alignment procedures.
Front End Alignment:
16. Switch DC power on. Check that the output voltage on pin 1 of IC8 is
5V +/- 0.2V, on pin 1 of IC2 is 8V +/-0.2V, on output of IC9 (on C66) is
8V +/- 0.2V and on pin 1 of IC3 is 9V +/- 0.2V.
17. Remove jumper E and D. Install jumper C. Connect tracking generator
output to CN1 and spectrum analyser input to CN4. Set tracking
generator to sweep the band. Adjust A4, A10 and A16 for a
symmetrical passband around the band centre frequency. Check that the
gain over the band is 12dB and that the ripple is <+/- 1.5dB. Check that
the attenuation at the first IF image is >50dB.
18. Remove jumper C and I. Install jumper E and H. Connect tracking
generator output to CN4 and spectrum analyser input to CN5. Set
tracking generator to sweep the band. Adjust B4, B10 and B16 for a
symmetrical passband around the band centre frequency. Check that the
maximum loss over the band is < 3dB and that the attenuation at the first
IF image is >50dB.
19. Remove jumper E. Install jumper D. Connect spectrum analyser input to
CN5 and tracking generator output to CN1. Set tracking generator to
sweep the band. Check for symmetrical passband around band centre
frequency. Check that the gain over the band is 10dB and that the ripple
is <1.5dB. Remove Jumper H. Install Jumper J.
IF Alignment:
20. Select the mid channel. Check that LD on SKD-16 goes high indicating
that the synthesiser is in lock. Remove S3 (0Ω local oscillator
connection to mixer) and solder a 50Ω coax test lead across C60
position (note C60 position is near a retaining screw and C60 is not
fitted). Connect a comms test set to this lead and check that RF local
oscillator power is +17dBm +/- 2dB. Measure local oscillator frequency,
this should be FRX -90MHz. Using a non-metallic trimmer tool carefully
adjust the TCXO (X2) frequency until the correct frequency is obtained.
Remove the test lead and solder S3 back in position.
21. Place the high frequency pick up loop in close proximity to IC1 in order
to pick up the second IF oscillator frequency (note do not probe directly
on the chip as test lead capacitance will affect oscillator frequency).
Adjust CT1 for 89.545MHz.
22. Inject an RF signal at -80dBm (unmodulated) at FRX into CN5 (Jumper I
out, Jumper J in). Measure DC voltage at VF output SKD-3, adjust L14
for 2.5VDC on this point.
23. Inject an RF signal at -80dBm with standard modulation at FRX into
CN5, monitor line RX out and adjust T1 and T2 for minimum distortion.
Reduce RF signal level and check that sensitivity is better than -112dBm
for 12dB SINAD.

24. Remove Jumper J and fit Jumper I. Inject an RF signal with standard
modulation at FRX into CN1, monitor line RX out and check that
sensitivity is better than -117dBm for 12dB SINAD. Repeat test for band
upper and lower frequencies.
5.2.3 Power Amplifier Module

Test Equipment:
Tested MX800 with PA removed

RF Power Meter
RF Signal Generator
Multimeter
+13.8VDC 15A power supply
Preliminaries:
Program upper, middle and lower frequencies of band into 3 channels in

MXTOOLS channel screen.
should be ticked for these tests)
Do not connect Exciter RF drive output CN1 to PA.
Procedure:
25. Remove PA top cover. Measure resistance of thermistor between CN4-

6 and CN4-4, this should be approximately 2kΩ. Connect DC power
lead and 10-way connector from MX800. Connect PA RF output to RF
power meter and PA RF input (CN1) to RF signal generator.
26. Set signal generator to centre frequency of PA under test and reduce RF
drive level (from signal generator) to zero. Switch DC power on and
check that supply is present on L6. Assert PTT (check that no output RF
power is emitted from the PA) check that the 13.8V supply is switched
through to source of TR1 and TR2.
27. With PTT ON measure the PA bias current at the Gates of the FET’s.
The Bias current is band dependent. This is done by monitoring the
current drain of the whole PA with CN1 disconnected. Link the gate of
TR2 to GND. Measure current consumption (VHF Low Band 400mA,
VHF High Band 200mA ,UHF 400mA.) This can be adjust by RV2.
Measure gate volts ≈ 3.4V
Remove link from TR2. Measure current consumption, adjust RV1 so
that current is 2Amp total (VHF High & UHF) and for VHF Low 1Amp.
Measure gate volts ≈ 3.9V
28. With PA transmitting at 50W into 50Ω load measure DC volts FWD
power sense CN4-8 and REFL power sense CN4-5. These voltages

should be approx. 2.8V and <250mV respectively. Reduce RF drive

until PA output is 10W and disconnect PA RF output cable. Measure DC
voltage on CN4-8 and CN4-5 again. These should now both read lower
approximately 1V. Remove PTT.
5.2.4 VCO Board

Test Equipment:
Tested MX800 with Exciter VCO removed

Multimeter
Oscilloscope
Preliminaries:
band split details) into 3 channels in MXTOOLS channel screen. (Note that
'Continuous Update Enabled' on the MXTOOLS channel screen should be
ticked for these tests)
Remove top cover from Exciter module and fit VCO under test. As the TX
and RX VCO’s are identical the RX VCO may also be tested in an exciter.
As the receiver VCO operates at FRX - 90MHz the frequencies
Connect Exciter to working Micro Controller via 16-way ribbon cable.
Disconnect Exciter RF drive output CN1 from PA.
Procedure:
1. Select mid channel. Connect SKU from exciter to VCO, switch DC

power on, assert PTT and measure RF output power on VCO SKT-6.
This should be 0dBm to +3dBm. Measure RF output level on SKU-1.
This should be 0dBm to +3dBm (Note that if SKU-1 is disconnected
from the exciter the loop will lose lock). Reconnect SKT and SKU to
exciter.
1. Select lower channel. Assert PTT and check that loop is locked. Adjust
trim cap CT1 on VCO for 3VDC (2VDC for N2 band) on SKT-1. Select
upper channel. Check that the loop is locked and that the voltage on
SKT-1 is <18VDC.
1. The following test is not required for the RX VCO. Connect Exciter
output to comms test set. Inject 1kHz tone at nominal line input level
and check that Exciter RF output is modulated and that the depth of
modulation can be controlled through the MXTOOLS channel screen.

5.2.5 Microcontroller Module

Comprehensive testing of the Micro Controller can only be carried out at the
Factory. The procedures in sections 5.1.10 to 5.1.13 provide alignment
instructions for the workshop adjustable parameters.


Technical Manual
6. MX800 Base Station Fault

Finding Procedure
The following test equipment may be required for the following tests:
MXTOOLS (MX800 Base Station Programming Utility)

RF Test Set (eg HP 8920 or equivalent)
CRO (Cathode Ray Oscilloscope)
RF Power Meter (capable of measuring to 60 Watts continuously)
Multimeter
+13.8V DC Power Supply (capable of supplying 15Amps)
Network Analyser
MX800 test jig (Optional)
6.1 MX800 Base Station

(The following tests will help diagnose faulty modules)
Check that all of the required connections to the MX800 Radio are made.
Check that all of the interconnecting cables to each of the modules and to the
Motherboard are correctly installed.
Check voltage supply to the MX800 by measuring both sides of Fuse 1
located on the Microcontroller PCB. Replace fuse if necessary.
Check that the power LED is lit. If not then go to section 6.2.
Using MXTOOLS check that the frequency tables and configuration settings
are correct.
6.1.1 Transmitter Section

Connect the output of the Power Amplifier Module to a Comms test set or a
RF power meter.
Using MXTOOLS Diagnostic’s check the TXVCO locking voltage is
between 2 – 18 V and there is no TXVCO ‘Unlock’ alarm displayed.
If the locking voltage is out of spec or an ‘Unlock’ alarm is displayed then go
to section 6.4
Key up the transmitter using the software PTT in MXTOOLS or by shorting
pins 10 (Earth) & 12 (PTT) of CN1 the 15-way connector at the rear of the
radio to ground.
If the output power of the MX800 is LOW then using MXTOOLS check that
the ‘Transmit Power’ control is not on a low setting.
Adjust the ‘Transmit Power’ control towards maximum looking for an
increase in the RF power output level. If there is no substantial change go to
the diagnostics screen and check that the Forward power and the Reflected

Technical Manual Drawings
power levels are not abnormal. NOTE, if there is a high reflected power
indication the MX800 firmware would hold the PA power low.
If the Diagnostics shows abnormal, then check the voltage on pin 62 of IC1
on the Mother Board. If the voltage is low i.e. <200mV then the likely fault
is IC1. If the voltage is >200mV then the likely fault is within the PA
module.
If the Diagnostics shows normal, then check the RF level from the Exciter
module by connecting a Power Meter directly to the Exciter RF connector.
Adjust the ‘Transmit Power’ control in MXTOOLS to maximum, the RF
level should be >+23dBm (200mW). If not go to section 6.4, if so the PA is
probably faulty and go to section 6.5
If there is NO RF power output, check that the ‘Transmit Power’ control in
MXTOOLS has not been set to zero (0) or is at a very low level. If so, apply a
PTT and increase the power control until the desired power is achieved. If
not, apply a PTT then check that pin 21 of IC1 is LOW, collector of TR3 is
LOW and pin 13 of IC7 is HIGH. If these are OK, then the Exciter or PA
may be faulty. Go to section 6.4, or section 6.5.
Inject a 1 kHz tone @ –10dBm via pin 9 of the 15-way connector at the rear
of the radio and check for 1.5 kHz (NB)/ 3 kHz (WB) peak to peak
demodulated deviation.
If the audio deviation is incorrect then go to the Transmitter alignment
procedure in section 5.
If there is no audio modulation then check the audio level on pin 13, IC11on
the Microcontroller PCB.
If there is no audio on the above test point then go to section 6.2 else go to
section 6.4
6.1.2 Receiver Section

Using MXTOOLS Diagnostic’s check the RXVCO locking voltage is
between 2 – 18 V and there is no RXVCO ‘Unlock’ alarm displayed.
If the Rx locking voltage is out of spec then go to section 6.3.
Inject a –60 dBm RF test signal on the receiver frequency modulated with a
1kHz tone @ 1.5 kHz (NB) / 3 kHz (WB) deviation into the RX Input
connector on the rear of the radio.
Check for an audio signal @ -10dBm on pin 15 of the DB15 connector on the
rear of the MX800.
If there is an audio signal @ -10dbm check the receiver for correct SINAD,
SNR, Audio Distortion and Mute operation. Refer Section 6.3.
If there is no audio signal, inject the test signal directly into the RX module
and re-test for an audio signal on the MX800 test jig.
Replace the RX input coax cable if faulty.
Check for an audio signal on pin 2 of SKK on the Microcontroller PCB. If the
audio signal were not present then it would indicate a receiver fault, go to
section 6.3.
If there were a signal present at this point then it would indicate a fault with
the Mother Board audio or mute operation, go to section 6.2.

6.2 Microcontroller PCB

♦ Check fuse. If blown, replace with a 5x20 mm 3A fast blow fuse.
♦ Check all jumpers and switch settings are in the correct position for your
requirements.
♦ The Microcontroller PCB requires specialised test software to check all

the hardware input and output ports. Please return the Microcontroller
PCB the your nearest Customer Service Centre.
6.3 Receiver Module
6.3.1 VCO Locking.

♦ Check all Hardware settings in MXTOOLS are correct.
Check the value of X3 (13 MHz or 14.4 MHz) is the same as the Rx
Reference Freq. in the ‘Hardware Settings’ in MXTOOLS’ configuration
menu.
Connect a DVM (digital voltmeter) to the RX VCO TP and check the RX
locking voltage is between 2 – 18 V at the RX VCO TP on the
Microcontroller PCB.
Check that +12V(SKD-2) and 28V(SKD-13) supply lines are present.
If the RX locking voltage is out of spec then slowly adjust CT1 on the RX
VCO a full 360°, and check for a change in the locking voltage.
If there is a change in the locking voltage then realign the VCO voltage to 9V
at the centre frequency of the receiver band.
If there is no change in the RX VCO locking voltage, then check that the
VCO supply voltage at SKU-3 is approx. 7V and with a CRO check the
TCXO is oscillating on pin 8 of IC10.
If all the above tests do not pass then the VCO or IC10 may be faulty. Return
the Receiver Module to your Service Centre.
6.3.2 RX Front End

Solder a 2-way Berg header onto a flying coax lead. Remove solder link I
near the mixer (M1) and then fit solder link J. Inject a RF signal into CN5.
Check the sensitivity is better than –110 dBm.
If the sensitivity is OK past this point, then check that the supply voltage to
IC12 is approx. 8V. If the supply is OK, then replace IC12. If this does not
repair the receiver then the alignment may be incorrect or other components
on the front end may be faulty. Go to Section 5.2.2.

6.3.3 IF Section
If the Receiver has low sensitivity past this point then increase the RF level to
–60 dBm and check the RX DISC voltage is set to 2.50V. Adjust L14 if
necessary.
Connect a coax lead with a pickup loop around the end from the antenna
input on the HP8920A to the case of X1. Set the HP8920 to TX test, change
the Tune Mode to Manual and change the centre frequency of the comms test
set to 44.545MHz for A to B Band and 89.545MHz for C Band and above.
If CT1 cannot be adjusted to match the above frequencies then X1 may be
faulty.
Set the centre frequency of the HP8920A to the RX freq. + 45MHz for A to B
band or RX freq. + 90MHz for C to M Band or RX freq. – 90MHz for N
band and above.
Adjust the TCXO to within +/- 20Hz.
If the RX centre frequency cannot be adjusted the TCXO may be faulty.
Adjust T1 and T2 for minimum distortion, less than 1%.
If the distortion is high then FL3A, FL3B or FL4 may be faulty.
If the sensitivity is still poor then return the Module to your Service Centre.
6.4 Exciter Module
6.4.1 VCO Locking.

Check the reference frequency of X3 (13 MHz or 14.4 MHz) is the same as
the TX Reference Freq. in the ‘Hardware Settings’ in MXTOOLS’
configuration menu.
Connect a DVM to the ‘TX VCO’ TP on the Microcontroller PCB and check
the TX locking voltage is between 2 – 18 V.
Check that +12V(SKD-2) and 28V(SKD-13) supply lines are present.
If the TX locking voltage is out of spec then slowly adjust CT1 on the TX
VCO a full 360°, and check for a change in the locking voltage.
If there is a change in locking voltage, then realign the VCO voltage to 9V at
centre frequency of the VCO frequency band.
If there is no change in the TX VCO locking voltage then check the VCO
supply voltage at SKU-3 is approx. 7V and with a CRO check the TCXO is
oscillating on pin 8 of IC 10.
If all the above tests pass then the VCO or IC10 may be faulty. Return the
Exciter Module to your nearest Customer Service Centre.
6.4.2 RF Power
Using MXTOOLS increase the ‘Transmit Power’ control to maximum and
check that the output power is greater than +24 dBm.

If the Exciter power is low, check for the +8 V supply voltage at the outputs
of IC2 and TR4.
Use a RF probe to check for gain through IC2 and TR4.
Lift R2 and solder a flying lead to the junction of R1 and R2, check the
output power of the VCO is between 0 and +3dBm.
If all the above tests pass, then return the Exciter Module to your nearest
Customer Service Centre.
6.5 Power Amplifier

First do a visual check of all the components on the PA looking for any
damaged components.
Connect the input of the PA to signal generator with the RF output switched
off.
With PTT off measure the +13.8V supply at the Source of the driver and
output FET . If out of spec then check voltage at CN2-2, no volts then check
supply cable.
With PTT ON measure the PA bias current at the Gates of the FET’s. The
Bias current is band dependent. This is done by monitoring the current drain
of the whole PA with CN1 disconnected. Link the gate of TR2 to GND.
Measure current consumption ( VHF High Band 200mA , VHF low And
UHF 400mA.) This can be adjust by RV2. Measure gate volts ≈ 3.4V
Remove link from TR2. Measure current consumption, adjust RV1 so that
current is 2Amp total (VHF & UHF) and VHF Low 1Amp. Measure gate
volts ≈ 3.9V
Connect the RF output Connector CN3 with a coax lead to a power meter.
Turn ON the supply voltage and the signal generator RF output, PTT the PA
and increase the generator output (Don’t exceed +24 dBm) whilst measuring
the output power output (≥50watts@ +24dBM ).
If output power is low then turn the supply voltage OFF and lift one side of
the capacitors connecting to the directional coupler and solder a flying lead to
the lifted side. Connect the earth of the flying lead to the earth of the PA..
Connect Power metre to flying lead.
Turn ON the supply voltage and the signal generator RF output, PTT the PA
and increase the generator output (Don’t exceed +24 dBm) whilst measuring
the output power output (≥55watts@ +24dBM ).
If all the above tests didn’t pass then the TR1 or TR2 may be faulty. Return
to your nearest Customer Service Centre


Technical Manual
7. Appendices
7.1 MX800 Interface Connections
The user connections to the MX800 are all made via the rear panel where the
following connectors are located.
No Conn Type Function Description

CN1 DB15-F Line I/O Provides the necessary analog receiver and
transmitter interface for system
interfacing.
CN2 DB9-F Monitor port Provision for monitoring status certain
internal signals
CN3 DB25-F Parallel I/O Provides two 8 bit input ports, where one
is used as the parallel BCD channel select.
Also one 8-bit output port.
CN4 DB9-M RS-232 serial 9600 Baud serial port for frequency
port programming, channel selection and alarm
and status monitoring.
CN5 3 PIN DC Power 13.8 Volt DC power input. Also +28 Volt
input input on spare pin.
CN6 N TYPE Simplex relay Location for internal simplex relay. The
out or N type antenna for RX / TX connects to this
RX input point. Alternatively a N-Type connector
can be used for the input to the receiver for
full duplex operation
CN7 BNC RX input Standard BNC connector for the input to
the receiver for full duplex operation.
CN8 N TYPE TX output The RF power output from the transmitter
for full duplex operation.
CN9 RJ45 Optional Bal Optional balanced and isolated Line TX
line I/O and RX VF and isolated E & M signals
Table 7-1 MX800 Interface Connectors

Technical Manual Appendices
7.1.1 CN1 DB15 Female Line I/O Connector

This connector provides the primary interface to the transceiver. Pin
connection and function details are shown in Table 7-2 below.
Pin no Function
1 O/C ALARM OUTPUT #2. Open collector output sinks current to earth when
an alarm condition occurs. The function of the alarm and the trip points as
appropriate are programmable via the utility program. Selectable Alarm
functions are Low Fwd Power, High Refl Power, Low Supply Volts, High
Supply Volts, High PA Temp, TX Unlocked and RX Unlocked.
2 TX VF LOOP BACK. When this input is active the line TX audio path is
looped to the line RX audio output. The polarity is selectable via the internal
jumper JMP9. If this function is not required then remove jumper JMP9 or
place it in position 1&2. An internal trimmer pot RV7 sets the loop back gain /
loss level.
CTCSS O/P. This function is enabled Via JMP26. This then disable the TX
VF LOOP BACK function. The Receivers demodulated filtered RX Subtone
audio output from op-amp, Fixed level. AC coupled.
3 RECEIVER AUDIO 5Ω. Low impedance differential audio output from op-
amp.
4 RX DISCRIMINATOR. The receiver discriminator audio output is buffered,
unfiltered and DC coupled to this point. Output impedance is low.
5 O/C ALARM OUTPUT #3. Open collector output sinks current to earth when
an active condition occurs. The function of the alarm and the trip points as
appropriate are programmable via the utility program. Selectable Alarm
functions are Low Fwd Power, High Refl Power, Low Supply Volts, High
Supply Volts, High PA Temp, TX Unlocked and RX Unlocked.
6 O/C ALARM OUTPUT #1. ./M-lead. This output is configurable via
MXTOOLS as either an M-lead or a third alarm output. Open collector output
sinks current to earth when an alarm condition occurs. The function of the
alarm and the trip points as appropriate are programmable via the utility
program. Selectable Alarm functions are Low Fwd Power, High Refl Power,
Low Supply Volts, High Supply Volts, High PA Temp, TX Unlocked and RX
Unlocked.
7 RX TALK. This control line enables or disables RX VF to line and TTR VF.
The polarity is selectable via the internal jumper JMP12. If this function is not
required then remove jumper JMP12 or place it in position 1&2.
8 REPEATER ENABLE. On/off mode control of internal repeater function. The
polarity is selectable via the internal jumper JMP14. If this function is not
9 TRANSMIT AUDIO INPUT 600Ω. Transmitter audio input to op-amps etc.
Nominal line input level is -10dBm. Can handle levels between -15dBm and
+6dBm. Unbalanced input with common return to analog Earth.
10 ANALOG EARTH. General analog earth common for VF input and output.
11 TX TALK. Enables or disables TX VF from line as well as TTR VF. The
polarity is selectable via the internal jumper JMP18. If this function is not
12 TX PTT IN. (E-LEAD). The standard PTT input is active low and may be
driven from standard +5V logic outputs or open collector

13 TX DC-FM INPUT OR WIDE BAND INPUT. Select the internal jumper

JMP8 to configure this input as either the DC-FM input or Wide Band input.
Remove jumper if not used.
DC-FM input (JMP8 in position 1-2)
Audio or data may be connected to this point. In order to conform to
transmitter bandwidth emissions limits, this input is hard limited to the peak
deviation and Bessel filtered -3dB @ 3400Hz for minimum group delay
distortion. Input impedance is >10KΩ. Input sensitivity is nominally 1Vp-p but
depends upon RV2 adjustment. If this input is not used then jumper # JMP8 on
the Micro Controller board should be removed to avoid any pickup of stray
signals, or alternatively do not connect any wires to this pin. Avoid the use of
ribbon cables longer than 30-50cm as this may result in excess coupling or
crosstalk.
WIDEBAND input: (JMP8 in position 2-3)
Wide band audio or data may be connected to this point. WARNING: In order
to conform to transmitter bandwidth emissions limits, the signal MUST be pre-
filtered and level controlled, failure to do this WILL result in non-compliance
of the TX emission spectrum. This input mode is not normally used except in
special cases.
CTCSS Input: (JMP27 in positions 1-2)
TX Subtone audio may be injected into this connection point. Input sensitivity
is Fixed at 1Vp-p. AC coupled
14 RX MUTE / SQUELCH MONITOR. The RF mute status may be monitored
by reading this voltage. +5volt logic signal indicates mute status. This output is
not CTCSS dependent. Output impedance approx 100Ω. The polarity is
selectable via the internal jumper JMP17.
15 RECEIVER AUDIO 600Ω. Receiver audio output from op-amp. Default
nominal line level is set to -10dBm. Unbalanced output with common return to
analog Earth.

7.1.2 CN2 DB9 Female Monitor Connector

This port provides monitor and test functions for the MX800. It may be
optionally located on the front panel of the MX800. The functions of the pins
are described in Table 7-3 below.
Pin No Function
1 EARTH. General earth common for VF input and output.
2 RX RSSI OUTPUT. The receiver's received signal strength indicator voltage
is proportional to the log of the signal level at the antenna input. Voltage
range is 0 to 5 volts. Output impedance is low. Dynamic range > 60dB.
3 EXTERNAL PTT INPUT OR MONITOR POINT. Input or output. Wired in
parallel with the normal PTT via a 10K isolating resistor This input can
override the normal PTT input on the DB15. Refer CCT.
4 TX FORWARD POWER. The voltage from the forward power directional
coupler in the Power Amplifier goes directly to this pin via a buffer. The
voltage should be about 3-4 Volts for 50 Watts.
5 +12 VOLTS OUTPUT. +12 Volt output to power small external devices or
interfaces. Max load 500mA.
6 TX REFLECTED POWER. The voltage from the reflected power directional
coupler in the Power Amplifier goes directly to this pin via a buffer. For a
50Ω terminated PA the voltage should be less than 200mV
7 MUTED RX VF. Monitor point and buffered output from the muted RX VF
section.
8 FINAL TX VF MONITOR. Monitor point for buffered audio fed to TX
VCO input.
9 TEST TX VF INJECT. Wide band audio or data may be connected to this
point. In order to conform to transmitter bandwidth emissions limits, this
input is hard limited to the nominal deviation and Bessel filtered -3dB @
3400Hz for minimum group delay distortion. Input impedance is >10KΩ AC
coupled. If this input is not used then do not connect any wires to this pin.
Also avoid the use of ribbon cables longer than 30-50cm as this may also
result in excess coupling or crosstalk.

7.1.3 CN3 DB25 Female Digital I/O Connector

Each CMOS logic input is protected by a 10K Ohm series resistor to the input
of the logic chip. There is also a 10K Ohm pull up/down resistor at each input
so as to default the input value to that set by JMP19. Each logic output is
protected by a 1K-Ohm series resistor from the output of the logic chip.
Pin No Function
13 DIGITAL EARTH or +5VDC output. JMP15 selectable.
25 INPUT PORT A. 8-bit Logic Input bit 0. (Power control bit 0)or Digital
CTCSS Control bit 0
12 INPUT PORT A. 8-bit Logic Input bit 1. (Power control bit 1)or Digital
CTCSS Control bit 1
24 INPUT PORT A. 8-bit Logic Input bit 2. (RX CTCSS control)or Digital
CTCSS Control bit 2
11 INPUT PORT A. 8-bit Logic Input bit 3. (TX CTCSS control)or Digital
CTCSS Control bit 3
23 INPUT PORT A. 8-bit Logic Input bit 4. (N/W address bit 0)
21 INPUT PORT B. Channel Select BCD Units bit 0. / Binary Bit 0.
19 INPUT PORT B. Channel Select BCD Tens bit 0. / Binary Bit 4.
17 OUTPUT PORT C. 8-bit Logic Output bit 7.
15 OUTPUT PORT C. 8-bit Logic Output bit 3.(Digital CTCSS Control bit 3)
2 OUTPUT PORT C. 8-bit Logic Output bit 2. (Digital CTCSS Control bit 2)

Note When the front panel channel select option is fitted, input port should
not be used from the external connector CN3 as it is wired to the
thumbwheel switch.

7.1.4 CN4 DB9 Male RS232 Connector

RS232 serial port to the MX800. It may be optionally located on the front
panel of the MX800. Only 3 wires are required for the MX800 TXD, RXD
and ground. The function of TXD and RXD pins can be interchanged by
changing jumpers JMP10 and JMP11. Table 7-5 below illustrates this.
Name Function JMP 10/11

(Referred to MX800) 2-3 1-2
CN4 Pin no CN4 pin no
TD Transmitted Data 3 2
RD Received Data 2 3
SG Signal Ground 5 5
Table 7-5 CN4 Connector Jumpers
Note Both JMP10 and JMP11 must be set to the same positions. In
position 2-3 the radio will require a serial cable with the TXD and
RXD lines cross-connected. In position 1-2 a one to one cable is
required.
7.1.5 CN6 Simplex Relay/External Reference

This is an N type connector, which acts as the RF I/O port for simplex
operation. Optionally the RX input for duplex operation may use this port
instead of the BNC port or if an external reference is required this port can be
used.
7.1.6 CN7 RX Input

This is a BNC connector used as the RX RF input.
7.1.7 CN8 TX Output

This is an N type connector used as the TX RF power output.
7.1.8 CN9 RJ45

This connector may optionally be fitted. The function depends upon which
option board is fitted. A standard option is the isolated line I/O and this
connector is used for this function when this option is fitted. See Options
section for connection details.
A rectangular knock out section in the chassis provides for mounting of the
connector should it be required.

7.1.9 CN5 DC Power Input

DC power is connected to the transceiver through this connector. The
transceiver is fitted with a 3-pin male connector. For 50W transceivers pins 2
and 3 are used for the 12V DC pin 1 is unused. The power lead to the
transceiver should be made from a gauge of wire suitable to ensure less than
0.5V drop at 10A for the required length of the lead.
PIN No Function
1 Unused
2 Ground
3 + 13.8VDC
Table 7-6 CN5 DC Power Input Connections
3 2
+ -
Figure 7-1 CN5 DC Input (View from rear of MX800)

7.2 MX800 Specifications

Minimum performance to exceed the following for 30 MHz to 960 MHz*:
AS4295-1995
ETS 300 086 Jan 1991,ETS 300 113
FCC Part 90
TIA/EIA-603
BAPT 225 ZV 1/2098 (German Soft keying)
CEPT T/R 24-01 E Sept 1988
EC Marking, EC EMC Directive 89/336/EEC
RFS25, RFS26, RFS32
*Conforms but may not be approved.
Consult Spectra Engineering regarding current type approvals and for latest
and current MX800 Specification Data sheet.
7.2.1 Operating Frequency Bands

The MX800 is available in a number of models, which cover the range of
operating frequency bands. As the transmitters and receivers are functionally
independent the radios may be cross-banded if required. Refer to section 7.4
for details of the band breakdown.

7.2.2 General
Parameter Specification
MX800 Rack Size: 2RU Case, 330mm deep including fan.
MX800 Overall Physical Size 89mm high, 360mm deep, 483mm wide
Weight < 9kG
Supply Voltage: 13.8V +/- 20%.
Power Consumption: <600 mA receive, typical 460mA. (TX VCO off)
<11A for 50W TX RF @13.8VDC.
Operating Temperature: -10 to +60 C.
Individual Module Dimensions: TX & RX W=100, L=180, H = 30mm.
PA W=78, L=300, H = 60mm.
Standard LED indicators: Power, TX, RX, CTCSS, Aux, Alarm.
Speaker output 1 Watt
Frequency Range: Coverage 30-960 MHz.
Synthesis Method: Non mixing PLL
Fractional N synthesiser.
Modulation: Direct FM, two point method
+/-2.5 kHz narrow band, +/- 5 kHz wide band
Channel Spacing: 50kHz, 30kHz, 25kHz, 20kHz or 12.5kHz.
Synthesiser Step Size: 25, 12.5,10, 7.5 or 6.25kHz.
Channels: 255 Software, DIP switch and rear port selectable.1-
99 through rear port if configured for BCD parallel
selection.
Table 7-7 General Specifications

7.2.3 Transmit
Measured in accordance with TIA/EIA-603 standards.
RF Power Output: 5W to 50W (30-520 MHz).
0W to 1W (395-520MHz). (800-960 MHz).
Frequency Stability: 20PPM, 2.5PPM, 1.5PPM(std) or 1.0PPM.
Audio response: Flat within +1, -3dB across bandwidth
Audio Bandwidth VF input: 300Hz to 3400Hz Bessel LPF
Audio Bandwidth DC FM input: DC to 3400Hz base band (-3dB)
Modulation Distortion: Less than 2% at 60% deviation.
S/N Ratio: Better than 50dB, wide band.
Better than 44dB, narrow Band.
Spurii: Better than –90dBc.
RF Switching Bandwidth Exciter: Same as band allocation.
RF Switching Bandwidth PA: Band dependent , typ >35Mhz
Duty Cycle: 100% for 50W RF output with thermally
controlled fan.
RF Rise Time: 4mS with continuous VCO selected (Controlled
RF envelope).
Table 7-8 Transmit Specifications

7.2.4 Receive
Measured in accordance with TIA/EIA-603 standards.
Sensitivity: Better than -117dBm for 12dB (25 kHz spacing),
De-emphasis. Typical -120dBm
Selectivity 30-50MHz: More than 90 dB for 25 kHz adj channel,
more than 80 dB for 12.5 kHz adj channel,.
Selectivity 66-520MHz: More than 80 dB for 25 kHz adj channel,
more than 75 dB for 12.5 kHz adj channel,.
Selectivity 805-960MHz: More than 70 dB for 25 kHz adj channel
more than 65 dB for 12.5 kHz adj channel.
Spurious Resp: Better than 90dB.
Intermodulation: Better than 80dB.@ 100kHz/200kHz offset
Blocking: Better than 100dB at +/- 1MHz point.
Distortion: Less than 2% at 60% deviation.
S/N Ratio: Better than 50dB wide band.
Better than 44dB narrow band.
Receiver Front End BW: Equal to band allocation, no retuning.
Discriminator Audio Bandwidth: DC to 3400Hz (-3dB)
Audio Bandwidth VF output: 300Hz to 3000Hz, +1/-3dB
Squelch Opening Time: Less than 20mS @ 20dB SINAD.

Squelch Closing Time: Less than 100mS.
Conducted Spurious: Less than -57dBm, typ -90dBm.
Table 7-9 Receive Specifications

7.2.5 Ancillaries
TX Timer: Programmable, on/off selectable
VF Level to Line: +6 to -15dBm, 600 ohms unbalanced or
differential
VF Level from Line: +6 to -15dBm, 600 ohms unbalanced, with
Compressor enabled.
Pre-Emphasis Accuracy: Within +1,-3dB of 6dB per octave curve
De-Emphasis Accuracy: Within +1,-3dB of 6dB per octave curve
VF Compressor Range: >30dB for line input
Digital Outputs: 1K-ohm 5V source/sink available
Alarm Output: Open collector
PTT Input: +5V Logic active low
Channel Select: 8 way Dip switch or RS232 or BCD/Binary
Repeater Tail Timer: Programmable
Table 7-10 Ancilary Specifications
7.3 Channel Select DIP Switch Settings

Refer to section 2.2.2.3 for a description on the alternative methods to select
the operating channel. If a hardware channel select method is chosen the
following table shows how to set the switches for each channel. Select the
fixed channel for the MX800 by using the DIP switch DIP1 located on the
Micro Controller Board. Channel 1 to 255 is available in binary selection.
Switch position 1 is channel 1, position 2 is channel 2, position 3 is channel
4, position 4 is channel 8, position 5 is channel 16, position 6 is channel 32,
position 7 is channel 64, position 8 is channel 128.
A table of DIP switch 1 settings follows, where switch ON is indicated by an

"x" in a cell and no entry in a cell represents a switch OFF.
SW8
SW7
SW6
SW5
SW4
SW3
SW2
SW1
SW8
SW7
SW6
SW5
SW4
SW3
SW2
SW1
CH
CH
0 13 X X X
1 X 14 X X X
2 X 15 X X X X
3 X X 16 X
4 X 17 X X
5 X X 18 X X
6 X X 19 X X X
7 X X X 20 X X
8 X 21 X X X
9 X X 22 X X X
10 X X 23 X x X X
11 X x X 24 X X
12 X X 25 X X X

SW8
SW7
SW6
SW5
SW4
SW3
SW2
SW1
SW8
SW7
SW6
SW5
SW4
SW3
SW2
SW1
CH
CH
26 X X X 79 X X X X X
27 X X X X 80 X X
28 X X X 81 X X X
29 X X X X 82 X X X
30 X X X X 83 X X X X
31 X X X X X 84 X X X
32 X 85 X X X X
33 X X 86 X X X X
34 X X 87 X X X X X
35 X X X 88 X X X
36 X X 89 X X X X
37 X X X 90 X X X X
38 X X X 91 X X X X X
39 X X X X 92 X X X X
40 X X 93 X X X X X
41 X X X 94 X X X X X
42 X X X 95 X X X X X X
43 X X X X 96 X X
44 X X X 97 X X X
45 X X X X 98 X X X
46 X X X X 99 X X X X
47 X X X X X 100 X X X
48 X X 101 X X X X
49 X X X 102 X X X X
50 X X X 103 X X X X X
51 X X X X 104 X X X
52 X X X 105 X X X X
53 X X X X 106 X X X X
54 X X X X 107 X X X X X
55 X X X X X 108 X X X X
56 X X X 109 X X X X X
57 X X X X 110 X X X X X
58 X X X X 111 X X X X X X
59 X X X X X 112 X X X
60 X X X X 113 X X X X
61 X X X X X 114 X X X X
62 X X X X X 115 X X X X X
63 X X X X X X 116 X X X X
64 X 117 X X X X X
65 X X 118 X X X X X
66 X X 119 X X X X X X
67 X X X 120 X X X
68 X X 121 X X X X X
69 X X X 122 X X X X X
70 X X X 123 X X X X X X
71 X X X X 124 X X X X X
72 X X 125 X X X X X X
73 X X X 126 X X X X X X
74 X X X 127 X X X X X X X
75 X X X X 128 X
76 X X X 129 X X
77 X X X X 130 X X
78 X X X X 131 X X X

SW8
SW7
SW6
SW5
SW4
SW3
SW2
SW1
SW8
SW7
SW6
SW5
SW4
SW3
SW2
SW1
CH
CH
132 X X 185 X X X X X
133 X X X 186 X X X X X
134 X X X 187 X X X X X X
135 X X X X 188 X X X X X
136 X X 189 X X X X X X
137 X X X 190 X X X X X X
138 X X X 191 X X X X X X X
139 X X X X 192 X X
140 X X X 193 X X X
141 X X X X 194 X X X
142 X X X X 195 X X X X
143 X X X X X 196 X X X
144 X X 197 X X X X
145 X X X 198 X X X X
146 X X X 199 X X X X X
147 X X X X 200 X X X
148 X X X 201 X X X X
149 X X X X 202 X X X X
150 X X X X 203 X X X X X
151 X X X X X 204 X X X X
152 X X X 205 X X X X X
153 X X X X 206 X X X X X
154 X X X X 207 X X X X X X
155 X X X X X 208 X X X
156 X X X X 209 X X X X
157 X X X X X 210 X X X X
158 X X X X X 211 X X X X X
159 X X X X X X 212 X X X X
160 X X 213 X X X X X
161 X X X 214 X X X X X
162 X X X 215 X X X X X X
163 X X X X 216 X X X X
164 X X X 217 X X X X X
165 X X X X 218 X X X X X
166 X X X X 219 X X X X X X
167 X X X X X 220 X X X X X
168 X X X 221 X X X X X X
169 X X X X 222 X X X X X X
170 X X X X 223 X X X X X X X
171 X X X X X 224 X X X
172 X X X X 225 X X X X
173 X X X X X 226 X X X X
174 X X X X X 227 X X X X X
175 X X X X X X 228 X X X X
176 X X X 229 X X X X X
177 X X X X 230 X X X X X
178 X X X X 231 X X X X X X
179 X X X X X 232 X X X X
180 X X X X 233 X X X X X
181 X X X X X 234 X X X X X
182 X X X X X 235 X X X X X X
183 X X X X X X 236 X X X X X
184 X X X X 237 X X X X X X

SW8
SW7
SW6
SW5
SW4
SW3
SW3
SW1
SW8
SW7
SW6
SW5
SW4
SW3
SW2
SW1
CH
CH
238 X X X X X X 247 X X X X X X X
239 X X X X X X X 248 X X X X X
240 X X X X 249 X X X X X X
241 X X X X X 250 X X X X X X
242 X X X X X 251 X X X X X X X
243 X X X X X X 252 X X X X X X
244 X X X X X 253 X X X X X X X
245 X X X X X X 254 X X X X X X X
246 X x X X X X 255 x X x X X X X X

7.4 MX800 Model Number Configuration Guide

The MX800 build can be specified by the model number. The diagram below
shows how the model number is derived from the wanted options. Consult
Spectra for availability details on specific configurations and options.
Tx Power Channel Allocation Frequency Stability

E 1 Watt (Extra Low, Bands N - Q) N 12.5 kHz (Narrow) 1 1.0 ppm (-30 to 60°C)
L 5 Watt (Low, N - Q3) M 20 kHz (Medium) 2° 1.5 ppm (-10 to 60°C) &
N 15 Watt (800 MHz Normal) W 25 kHz (Wide) 2.5 ppm (-30 to -10°C)
I 25 Watt (Intermediate) D 30 kHz (Data) 4 20 ppm (-30 to 60°C)
M 35 Watt (800 MHz Medium) C 50 kHz (Cellular) 5 2.5 ppm (-10 to 60°C) &
H 50 Watt (High) P 12.5/25 kHz 5 ppm (-30 to -10°C)
Z None Programmable
MX800
Tx Freq Rx Freq
Options RF Config
Band Frequency
Z No options D Duplex
A2 30-39 MHz S Options fitted S Simplex
A3 39-50 MHz (Specify separately)
A 66-80 MHz
B° 70-88 MHz
Controller Options Front Panel
C 135-160 MHz Z Standard Controller S Standard
D 155-180 MHz L LC Controller C Custom
D3° 148-174 MHz
E 177-207 MHz Band Frequency
E2 177-185 MHz R 805-825 MHz
F 195-225 MHz R2 746-764 MHz
G 220-250 MHz R3 776-794 MHz
H 245-275 MHz S 824-849 MHz
I 270-300 MHz T 850-870 MHz
J 295-325 MHz U 872-905 MHz
K 320-350 MHz V 890-915 MHz
L 345-375 MHz V2 900-925 MHz
M 370-400 MHz W 917-950 MHz
N 395-430 MHz X 925-960 MHz
N2° 400-435 MHz Z None
O 425-460 MHz
O2 435-470 MHz
P 455-490 MHz
P2° 450-485 MHz Notes:
P3 475-495MHz 1. Band E, L2, R3, Q2 receive only
Q° 485-520 MHz 2. Band E2, R2, V2 transmit only
Q2 500-532 MHz 3. 0 Indicates preferred band
Q3 485-505 MHz 4. Band A2, A3: 4 MHz Rx VCO Sw BW
Due to ongoing development please refer to www.spectraeng.com.au for the latest revision of this document
page.

7.5 MX800 System Applications

Comprehensive standard features along with a wide range of options and
accessories available to it mean that the MX800 is capable of being used in
many different applications. The most common of which are mentioned
below together with notes where applicable on the relevant aspect of the
MX800.
Figure 7-2 MX800 Setup in system rack
7.5.1 Conventional base station/repeater

Upper tier RF performance figures make the MX800 an excellent choice for a
conventional base station or repeater. The PA is continuously rated and
receiver figure of merit parameters such a sensitivity, intermodulation and
selectivity are all of a high standard. Independently adjustable PTT and
CTCSS tails mean that the mute crash can be eliminated in mobiles when
base transmit CTCSS is used. A 40ms RX audio delay option (T08) similarly
facilitates the elimination of the mute crash in the base station side.
As standard feature when the CTCSS encode/decode option is selected is

multiple tone groups. In excess of 25 tones can be selected as valid CTCSS
tones on a shared RF channel. Provision is made in the programming
software to enter tone pairs for each group without restriction on how the
tones are selected.
Many other attributes of the MX800 and its options are useful in conventional
base/repeater systems. For example:-
♦ Programmable channel bandwidth

♦ DCS / Digital Private Line
♦ Range of front panel functions available
♦ Optional two wire four wire operation
♦ Tone PTT with programmable PTT tone
♦ Optional balanced and isolated VF I/O and signaling lines
7.5.2 Link transceiver

In the UHF bands (400 to 520 MHz) the MX800 is available in 1W and 50W.
The 1W version being intended for link transceiver application. Transmit and
receive audio is conveniently brought out to the D15 connector on the rear of

the radio along with the mute and PTT signals. In addition, provision is made
to inject an Analog CTCSS tone into the transmit leg of the link and a 300Hz
low pass filtered CTCSS signal is available at the RX leg of the link to
recover the tone. Hence the Analog CTCSS tone can be transferred (or cross
banded) from one MX800 to another. On an RF path with good signal to
noise ratio, this enables CTCSS synchronization across the link in the
situation where multiple tone group operate at two different sites. Spectra
Engineering plans to upgrade this function with a digital 4 bit interface such
that the operating CTCSS group is decoded at the repeater and re-encoded or
cross encoded across the link, and the process repeated in reverse at the
remote end.
7.5.3 Data transceiver

The MX800 transmit audio path is user configurable to a very large degree.
TX modulation signals can be injected with or without processing depending
upon the individual application. The transmitter low pass filter (the deviation
limiter which sets the modulation bandwidth and ensures compliance with
regulatory requirements) is a Bessel filter with linear phase characteristics.
Fast transmitter key-up time and mute action mean reduced signalling turn
around overheads for data messages and better throughput especially in a
Simplex system with predominantly short messages.
7.5.4 Paging transmitter

Due to the two point modulation method employed in the MX800, the
transmit modulation frequency response can go down to DC as correctly
required for POCSAG or other FSK based modulation systems. In addition it
has a DC coupled FM modulator input biased to a voltage of 2.5 volts for
carrier frequency Fo. A square wave input signal of 0 to 5V injected on this
point drives the modulator to the positive and negative extremes of the
deviation limiter. In this case set to +/- 4.5kHz. This means that it can
transmit typical POCSAG paging signals. The modulation rise time is
controlled by the frequency response of the transmit audio path low pass filter
and is suitable for data rates of up to 2400 baud.
A typical system arrangement is shown in drawing SC004-1A.
SYSTEM ALIGNMENT
The FSK link deviation should be set to 60% of maximum deviation.
The paging transmitter alignment is similar to the standard alignment in

paragraphs 5.1.9 and 5.1.10 in the MX800 technical manual. In 5.1.9
“Procedure” item 3 set the peak deviation to +/-4.5kHz (instead of +/-
4.8kHz). In item 5 set the TX modulation frequency to half the data rate of
the POCSAG data eg 600Hz for 1200-baud data etc.
Other than these changes the TX alignment is as per the technical manual.

7.5.5 Trunking Base Station

The MX800 is widely used as a trunking base station. A one hundred percent
continuously rated transmitter is vital in the high duty cycle environment of a
trunking systems. MPT 1327 control channels are permanently keyed up.
Optionally the FSK signalling of MPT systems can be injected flat into an
non pre-emphasized input and received on an non de-emphasized output
which allows the signalling to go flat to air. As a compact two RU height
enclosure the MX800 permits a high channel density for a given rack height.
LTR trunking systems make use of a digital sub audible signalling scheme.
Once again the low frequency modulation capabilities (down to DC) of
MX800 are vital in ensuring that the signalling takes place and a low bit error
rate. A marginal system will result if the Transmitter modulation response
can not go below 10Hz.
7.5.6 Systems base

Typical small systems environments. Once again the user interface presented
at the rear of the radio and the software programmable functions through
MXTOOLS give systems designers and large degree of control over the base
station.
In a system, which operates in one RF band, it is particularly convenient and

cost-effective if all base stations can be made and programmed identically.
This reduces the number of spare base stations required to maintain the
system. MX800 supports this mode of operation in as much as the operating
characteristics of up to 255 channels can be pre-programmed in all of the
base stations, and insertion of an on-site channel selector and configuration
plug selects the particular operating parameters for that base station in that
location. Spectra will introduce additional features in this area.
7.5.7 Repeater with Morse ID

A programmable built in Morse ID encoder makes it convenient to use the
MX800 as a UHF CB repeater, Amateur repeater or auto identified repeater.
7.5.8 Simplex base station

Option T06 for the MX800 is a coaxial changeover relay. In a Simplex
system with a single antenna and common transmit and receive frequencies
this can be used for connection of the transmitter and or receiver to the
antenna. Provision is made in the programming to introduce a 50ms delay on
transmit to allow the relay to changeover prior to RF ramp up.

7.5.9 Duplicated base station

Spectra engineering has current plans for the development of an Automatic
Changeover Units to facilitate duplicated base station operation.
7.5.10 Power Save base station

For solar powered sites and other power critical applications the MX800 is
capable of a Power Save (Low Standby Current) Mode. This option can be
implemented in three stages. Stage one implementation replaces the micro
controller linear voltage regulators with switching regulators. Response times
are unaffected. Stage two involves removing power from the exciter when the
radio is in standby mode. In this case RX responses times are unaffected. In
stage three the RX power is cycled on and off at a user selectable duty cycle.
Essentially the choice of mode of operation involves a compromise between
response time and average current consumption. Current consumption of
250mA is achievable with a typical response time in the order of 1sec.
7.5.11 Tone key base station

T19/T26 is a new Spectra Engineering development, which incorporates a
number of features and functions, of which are covered in section 3.18
7.5.12 Voting base station

As noted in section 3.17 the MX800 with option to T19 can provide a
Variable tone encoder. This encoder is compatible with a commonly used
Variable tone-voting arbitrator.
MX800 can also be used with a SINAD voting arbitrator. Mute status of the
receiver can optionally be signalled to the voting arbitrator via tone or
through DC key E & M signalling.
Spectra engineering has current plans to implement the base station

component of a race voting system using a Central arbiter.
7.5.13 Simulcast base station

Precise control of transmitter RF frequency is essential in simulcasts systems.
Option T12 provides an external TX reference oscillator input for injection of
highly stable oscillator. Almost any frequency may be injected.
In addition, each transmitter channel frequency can be offset individually by

small amounts if the internal reference frequency is used. The 1PPM
frequency Stability option is specified for a minimum of 8PPM adjustment.

Take care if too much offset is used as this may effect the modulation
symmetry. The use of this feature and a low frequency carrier dithering has
proven to eliminate the previous requirements of extremely high stability
reference frequency inputs.
The MX800 has been widely installed for the use in simulcast systems. These
DSP based systems provide automatic compensation for changes in
modulation delay characteristics.
Drawing No. Description

SC001-1A MX800 Conventional Systems Examples
SC001-2A MX800 Conventional Systems Examples
SC003-1A MX800 T19/T26 option Board Example
SC004-1A MX800 Paging Configuration Example
SC006-1A MX800 Link System Configuration Example

118
MX800 Transceiver
MX800 Conventional repeater Systems
?
MX800
Transceiver
© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3
Technical Manual
TITLE MX800 Conventional Systems Examples
Portables and mobiles units SPECTRA ENGINEERING PTY LTD DRAWN AJCC
DOC No SC001-1A REV A CHECKED
SHEET 1 0F 1 DATE 08/03/04 APPROVED

Technical Manual
DUP DUP
Two MX800 Conventional repeater
Systems linked together
REP REP (Back To Back Repeaters)
Two MX800 Conventional repeater Systems

DUP DUP
linked together via a RF link using MX800
REP REP
LINK
DUP
LINK
DUP
Appendices
119
TITLE MX800 Conventional Systems Examples
SPECTRA ENGINEERING PTY LTD DRAWN AJCC

120
MX800 Transceiver
INTERFACE PCB INTERFACE PCB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E(b)
E(a)
E(b)
E(a)
M (NC)
M (NC)
M (COM)
Tx VF (a)
Rx VF (b)
M (COM)
RX leg (b)
Tx VF (a)
Rx VF (b)
RX leg (b)
TX VF (b)
TX VF (b)
RJ45 8P8C Socket RJ45 8P8C Socket

MX800 REAR PANEL MX800 REAR PANEL
DB15F LINE I/O DB15F LINE I/O
CN1 CN1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
RJ45 8P8C Socket RJ45 8P8C Socket
PTT
PTT
EARTH
EARTH
TX TALK
RX TALK
RX TALK
TX TALK
TX AUDIO
RX MUTE/
TX AUDIO
RX MUTE/
ALARM O/P # 2
ALARM O/P # 3
ALARM O/P # 2
ALARM O/P # 3
DC FM / WB I/P
DC FM / WB I/P
RX AUDIO 5 OHMS
RX AUDIO 5 OHMS
REPEATER ENABLE
REPEATER ENABLE
RX DISCRIMINATOR
RX AUDIO 600 OHMS
RX DISCRIMINATOR
RX AUDIO 600 OHMS
ALARM O/P # 1/M LEAD
TX VF LOOPBACK CTRL
ALARM O/P # 1/M LEAD
TX VF LOOPBACK CTRL
16 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 16 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 14 12 10 8 6 4 2
SKH SKH
MX800 MX800
Unit A Unit B
TITLE MX800 BACK TO BACK LINK DIAGRAM

Technical Manual


Technical Manual
Example of system configuration
2 or 4 Wire Line Interface

E & M Controlled by Tones or Isolated interface
MX800 MX800
Fitted with Fitted with
T19/T26 option Boards T19/T26 option Boards
SITE A SITE B
Portables and mobiles units
Portables and moblie units
Appendices
121
TITLE MX800 T19/26 Example of system configuration
This allow mobiles and portable from Site A to talk to Units in Site B SPECTRA ENGINEERING PTY LTD DRAWN AJCC


Technical Manual
MX800 MX800
RX TX
FSK 0 to 5V POCSAG signal to DC FM

Modem input. MX800 uses repeater PTT.
TX only MX800
Repeat VF source set to Line.
MX800TX
V23 FSK tones
PTT active low 5V

Cmos compatible
Modem
Digital POCSAG
bit stream
Paging Encoder
RS232
Paging terminal
Appendices
123
TITLE MX800 Paging Configuration Example
IBM Compatible DOC No SC004-1A REV A CHECKED

124
MX800 Transceiver
DUP
REP
DUP DUP
REP REP
LINK
LINK
DUP
DUP
LINK
DUP
LINK
DUP
Bridge
This section illustrates and This section illustrates and

MX800 connected to a link This section illustrates a MX800 repeater connected to MX800 connected to a link
transceiver. All that is required two link transceivers. For this type of connection and transceiver. All that is required
for this type of connection is a audio bridge is required such as the Omnitronics type 619. for this type of connection is a
back-to-back cable between the back-to-back cable between the
link transceiver and the repeater link transceiver and the repeater
transceiver transceiver
Technical Manual
TITLE MX800 Link System Configuration Example


8. Superseded Technical
Information
8.1 Power Amplifier Module
8.1.1 Technical Description
RF from the Exciter on CN1 is first attenuated by a 50-ohm pad, which is

used to provide good 50-ohm source impedance for the high power hybrid
amplifier IC1. The RF is amplified to between 5 and 13 watts at the hybrid
50-ohm output. The signal from the hybrid is then matched by a broadband
network to drive the low input impedance associated with the final transmit
power amplifier transistor TR1. The transistor's low collector impedance is
then also matched back to 50 ohms by a broadband matching network.
Trimmer capacitors enable adjustment of the power amplifier over a wide
bandwidth so as to maintain good conversion efficiency. Prior to transmission
a low loss 13 element elliptical low pass filter, filters out the unwanted
harmonics to less than -90dBc.

S5, S6 and S7 fabricated on the PCB artwork. The sampled RF energy is
rectified to provide a proportional DC voltage output on CN4-8 (FWD) and
CN4-5 (REFL).
TR2 serves to switch the DC supply to the Hybrid under control of the PTT
line from the Micro Controller on CN4-2. A thermistor TS1, physically
located on the PA heatsink to monitor the heatsink temperature, is connected
to the Micro Controller via CN4-4/6

8.1.2 PA Module Test Procedure

Test Equipment:
Tested MX800 with PA removed

RF Power Meter
RF Signal Generator
Multimeter
+13.8VDC 15A power supply
Preliminaries:
Program upper, middle and lower frequencies of band into 3 channels in

MXTOOLS channel screen. Although the PA will function over a wider
bandwidth, the nominal switching bandwidth of the PA is 10MHz. The
recommended procedure is to centre this 10MHz around the centre of the user
frequencies. (Note that 'Continuous Update Enabled' on the MXTOOLS
channel screen should be ticked for these tests)
Do not connect Exciter RF drive output CN1 to PA.
Procedure:
1. Remove PA top cover. Measure resistance of thermistor between CN4-

6 and CN4-4, this should be approximately 2kΩ. Connect DC power
lead and 10-way connector from MX800. Connect PA RF output to RF
power meter and PA RF input (CN1) to RF signal generator.
2. Set signal generator to centre frequency of PA under test and reduce RF
drive level (from signal generator) to zero. Switch DC power on and
check that supply is present on L9. Assert PTT (check that no output RF
power is emitted from the PA) check that the 13.8V supply is switched
through to the Hybrid on pin adjacent to RF input and that 5V is
switched to the Hybrid on the next pin along (pins not numbered on
Hybrid).
3. With PTT ON measure the PA bias current at the Gates of the FET’s.
The Bias current is band dependent. This is done by monitoring the
current drain of the whole PA with CN1 disconnected. Link the gate of
TR2 to GND. Measure current consumption (VHF High Band 200mA
,UHF 400mA.) This can be adjust by RV2. Measure gate volts ≈ 3.4V
Remove link from TR2. Measure current consumption, adjust RV1 so
that current is 2Amp total (VHF & UHF). Measure gate volts ≈ 3.9V
4. With PA transmitting at 50W into 50Ω load measure DC volts FWD

power sense CN4-8 and REFL power sense CN4-5. These voltages
should be approx. 2.8V and <250mV respectively. Reduce RF drive
until PA output is 10W and disconnect PA RF output cable. Measure

DC voltage on CN4-8 and CN4-5 again. These should now both read
lower approximately 1V. Remove PTT.
8.1.3 PA Fault Finding Procedure

First do a visual check of all the components on the PA looking for any
damaged components.
Connect the input of the PA to signal generator with the RF output switched
off.
With PTT off measure the +13.8V supply at the collector of the output
transistor.
Key up the PA and check the supply voltages on the hybrid module. Refer to
your circuit diagram for test points.
Turn the supply voltage OFF and lift the RF output lead of the hybrid and
solder a flying lead to the lifted leg. Connect the earth of the flying lead to the
earth of the PA.
Connect the Flying lead to a power meter. Turn ON the supply voltage and
the signal generator RF output, PTT the PA and increase the generator output
whilst measuring the hybrid power output.
The hybrid may be faulty if it has an output of less than 5W.
The PA RF transistor may be faulty if the hybrid has an output power of
greater than 5W.
See section 9.1 for superseded PA Drawings


Technical Manual
9. Drawings
Drawing No. Description Band
Figure 8.1 Receiver Component Overlay All
Figure 8.2 Exciter Component Overlay All
Figure 8.3 Power Amplifier Component Overlay N to Q
Figure 8.4 Micro Controller Component Overlay All
Figure 8.5 VCO Component Overlay A to Q3
Figure 8.6 VCO Component Overlay R to X
Figure 8.7 High Spec Rx VCO Component Overlay A to Q
BD001-1 Receiver Block Diagram All
BD002-1 Exciter Block Diagram All
BD003-1/2 Micro Controller Block Diagram All
BD004-1 Power Amplifier Block Diagram All
IC001-1 MX800 Interconnection Diagram All
CS001-1/6 Micro Controller Board Circuit Diagram All
CS002-1 Exciter Circuit Diagram All
CS003-2 Receiver Front End Circuit Diagram All
CS004-1 TX VCO Circuit Diagram A to Q
CS005-1 RX VCO Circuit Diagram A to Q2
CS010-1 PA 35W Circuit Diagram R to X
CS011-1 TX VCO Circuit Diagram R to X
CS012-1 RX VCO Circuit Diagram R to X
CS015-1/2 Receiver Module Mixer and Programmable 45MHz IF A&B
Section
CS016-1 Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram A&B
CS017-1/2 Receiver Module Mixer and Programmable IF Section All (except A&B bands)
CS018-1 Isolated Interface Option All
CS021-1 Trunk Interface Circuit diagram All
CS022-1 T11 option PCB Circuit diagram All
CS023-1 HP Rx VCO Circuit Diagram A to Q
CS025-1/2 Receiver Module Mixer and Programmable 70 MHz IF A3
Section
CS028-1 Wide Band Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram R2
CS029-1 Wide Band Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram N to Q
CS031-1 Wide Band Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram A to B
CS033-1 Wide Band Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram K to M
CS035-1 T29 isolated interface Circuit Diagram ALL
CS037-1 T19/T26 Line encoder/decoder interface All


CS037-2 T19/T26 Line encoder/decoder logic CCT diagram All
CS038-1 Wide Band Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram C to E2
CS039-1 Wide Band Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram E to G
CS040-1 Wide Band Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram H to J
CS041-1 Wide Band Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram A2
CS042-2 Wide Band Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram A3
DCS option PCB All
EV0001-1 MX800 Transceiver Final Assembly All
EV0002-1 MX800 PA Sub-Assembly All
EV0003-1 MX800 Rx & Exciter Module Sub-Assembly All
EV0004-1 MX800 Internal Power Cable Assembly All
Table 9-1 Drawings
9.1 Superseded Drawings

Consult Spectra Engineering regarding obtain Superseded Drawings.

CS003-1 Receiver Module old, Superseded by CS017
CS006-1 Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram C to D3
CS007-1 Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram E to F
CS013-1 Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram G to I
CS008-1 Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram J to M
CS009-1 Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram N to Q
CS010-1 Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram R to X
CS014-1 Power Amplifier 5W Circuit Diagram N to Q
CS020-1 Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram A2 & A3
CS024-1 Power Amplifier 25W / 50W Circuit Diagram N to Q
CS026-1 Power Amplifier 50W Circuit Diagram C to D3
CS032-1 VF Receiver Limiter Circuit Diagram All

Figure 9-1 Receiver Component Overlay

Figure 9-2 Exciter Component Overlay

Figure 9-3 PA Component Overlay - Figure 9-4 PA Component Overlay –New

Superseded Version Wide Band PA Version

Figure 9-5 Micro Controller Component Overlay (Rev P4)

Figure 9-6 Tx and Rx VCO Component Overlay Bands A to Q3

Figure 9-7 Tx and Rx VCO Component Overlay Bands R to X

Figure 9-8 HP Rx VCO Component Overlay Bands A to Q


" 2
" #
"

'
"

# "

!"

#
0
$ /

"
#

ENGINEERING P T Y L T D
$ .
,-
'
"
* +

&

&
&
S P EC T RA

#
5
)(
&

'(

&
&
&

%&
#
)

"&
!

.67+.2 7/88
&/*2 /3+45
)
#

"

4

1 7
#

&
&
2
&

2
1

#
&
" '
"
!"
#"
#
#
#&

#
8<=
89:
#
!
./0
+,-

(
9
#
;?
>
>9
; @A
B C D
"
#
!
# '
# '

#
!
#
#
#
#

!
!
#
#
*+,
#
#
&
#
#
#
"%
%
#
%
! %

#
1
!
!"
#
#
%
#
$
#
$
# "
$
$
$

" 2
!
" #
%% 3

$
$

0

! /

# %
# %
! .
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
(
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#

,-
"
& +
"
"
) *

$

$
%
3
%
S P EC T RA

('
%

&'

%
%
##

$%

" %%

/01,/* 1(22
$()* (+,-.
% %
#

"
4

1 7

%
%
1 2

#
%
#
"
#

8<=
89:
%
µ
#
"
%
#

$
;?
>
>9
; @A
#
B C D
!

!
"#
"
"
"
"
!
"
"
$
'

"
"
#
"
"
"
"
"
#
"
#
"
& #
"
"

*
.1*# ,5 ,5 ,5 21 +# , -
!
!
9
*#
*
)
*
)
( ( '( ( 1 (
/ &." 344 %
*
)
( ( '( ( 1 (
+*) +#
%/944 % ' ( 1 .
7 7 /' 5 7
*! ! ! / %&'( ! / %&'(
3 # # % 2 6* # % 6* (/'
*7 3 3 . %201 " &' 3 . %201 " &'
# % 2 67 " *!
*) 9 9 '' 9 ''7 '*:2')3 '" 1 .
! : : / .", : / .",
** *4 *4 '/ ' 5 *4
7 ** ** / &." # % ** / &." # % ('
*4 *) *) ( ' *) ( '
) *7 *7 '/ 1 5 ' *7
: *! *! '/ &." 344 % *! '/ &." 344 %
* *# *# % 2 6) *# +*)
*3 *3 +*) *3 +*)
"
"
(' (= > /
* " 7
7
" $ '' ?% 9
' *
.1)# ,5 ,5 ,5 21 " () ?% 3 )
'/ $ ) 7
*7 * * ." "' (' 2+# * * 8 7 * )
)# ) ) 0( 1"'84 ) () ( . ( ()
*) 7 7 0( 1"'8* 7 () ( . ( 1
)! ! ! / ' ,, .", ! %) ( . %% " " *
** # # '/ ' ,, .", # %) ( . 2 "
)7 3 3 ." "' "2 1"'8! 3 +*)
*4 ." "' "2 1"'8# * ) 7 ! # 3 9
)) 9 9 ." "' "2 1"'83 9 ?% ! /
* 7 '/ . -'
: : : ." "' "2 1"'8 : ." * "
' -< $

)* *4 *4 ( ,( 1"'84 *4 ( ,( 1"'84 %) ?%
9 ** ** ( ,( 1"'8* ** ( ,( 1"'8* ) ) / *
)4 *) *) ( ,( 1"'8) *) ( ,( 1"'8)
4 87 83 8: B4 87 83 8: ?% )4
*7 *7 ( ,( 1"'87 *7 ( ,( 1"'87 ?% 7 !44 > B )#44 > )
*: *! *! ( ,( 1"'8! *! ( ,( 1"'8!
7 *
3 *# *# ( ,( 1"'8# *# ( ,( 1"'8# '/ . -
*9 *3 *3 ( ,( 1"'83 *3 ( ,( 1"'83 " $%&'( 7
, 7 ) *
# * * ( ,( 1"'8 * ( ,( 1"'8
* *9 *9 ." "' 2 1"'84 *9
%) '/ . -' ' ?% 7*
! *: *: ." "' 2 1"'8* *: (' ' . % 1 @
*3 )4 )4 ." "' 2 1"'8) )4 * ?% )
7 )* )* ." "' 2 1"'87 )*
*# )) )) ." "' 2 1"'8! ))
) )7 )7 ." "' 2 1"'8# )7 ' #
*! )! )! ." "' 2 1"'83 )! '/ . -
* )# )# ." "' 2 1"'8 )# '/
F
)3 )3 ,," )3 ?% )9 ' ( $1 4 ?% :
*8) 4
* ) 7 "
! A A *4
,5& ,)7) .
.1:% )4
*
)87 ,
* )
3 ,)7) ' ,,", /. ' ,,",
7
)
!
# ,)7) ' ,,", '/. ' ,,", ,5&21 ,5&
7 " )7
3
9 * *

! ) )
9 % ,2
: )02!0 /. ' ,,", /. ' % ' ( 1 . 7 7
:
# , ! !
*4 !
'/. ' ,,", ,)7) '/. ' % ' ( 1 . # #
3 3
( '(
: 9 9
,5
;1 ". ?% *7 : :
?!# 7
*4 *4
* * / ( ?% *! 1 $ (. .", ;
) ) / ( 1 " * )
7 7 '/ (
! ! '/ ( 1 # ) *
# # %* ( . %% .*4
3 3 %* ( . 2 %)23
7

(* ( . ( (.
9 9 (* ( . ( 1 "
' ! " ' ! ?% )9

.:
-< $1
/. - 7 %*2#
* ) 7
7 / .( ; 2 ?% *# ((
,55 ,55 )
* * .", " ) *
) ) .", &' .9
7 7 * / .( ; "2 ) !
! ! ((
# #
" )#
?% )3 .", $
3 3
+*) ,
") * ) 7 .

9 9 %* ?% * 7
: :
((
*4 *4
** **
" '( * 7 " )4
*) *)
*7 *7 ,( " "2 " $%&'( ,," .3
*! *! ,( ( ' ) ) ()2)
*# *# ' 7 %* . /9)9 ' ,,
" ): ?% # ?% ) ((
*3 *3 5 &' 7 * ( .( 2
7)A 395 > ( '"%( ( .( 2
(* ",( .#
,5/ ,5/ 5 /9)9 . ' .( .( (*2*
* * ,. (
) ) , ('

7 7 ' ,, ' '/

! ! 012 1 " $ '' ,)7) . '
# # ,," " )*
3 3
" (* ' )
9 9
" )) %" (,, (. .", ;
: : (' . " (
*4 *4 .'%
** ** (' .'% ?% )*
. ' ." )
*) *) .'% ,'. ,,
*7 *7
.( .( &,( & '"
*! *!
*# *# ,( ( '
*3 *3 ' % ' %
" *:

('

C
;
<
?:
?
<@
:
9:;
<
9=>
D
7
E

AB
-? <
S P EC T RA
1

2
3

%
5

(
, ($ $
%

&'
('
$%

%
%
1
1

8

)
&
+,
(-
+-

.
/0
0
)
&
+,
(-
+-
&

%
4

.
/0
5

%
6
%

%
*
*
#
#
%
2
2

%

*:243243 '*:2')3 1 $1 @.

1
%

1.44! 1

'
"
*+ : 6
' () , 3
"
2 + , - . / 0 1 2 + , - . / 0 1 2 3 + , - .
'9 )9 5< =
1 + 1
* : 5< =
0 0 +
57) 5 7< ( =
/ / 1
5' )9 7 7
. . 0
5 7* & % 5 > &'
- - ,
4.& ) *
'* , > &' /
,
) )
!
!
+ >&'
+ -
+;+ +; >&'
.
4 +& 4 +&
, + , - . / 0 1 2 3 + + 2 0 . , 1 / - + / . , 2 0 . , - + 3 1 / - +
+ +
5% 5' ,

4 +& 5% * 5
+ +
' : 8,
, ,
) 95
- -
(
. .
( + , - . / 0 1 2 3 + , - . /
/ /
)
0 0
& 7
1 1
*+ :
2 2
(
3 3

(
*+ : 6
+ +
4+.& 5% * 5
, ,
%& & + , - . / 0 1 2 3 + , - . /
- - "
) 6
. .
) 6 5 5
/ /
) 5 ) 1
0 0 1
) ) + 0
5 () 1 1 0
5' 7 6 /
2 2 /

7 .
+3 +3 .
7* &' -
-
) ,
,
4.& +
4 +& 5 5*&5 + , - . / 0 1 2 3 + , - . / +
% 5 *() + + + 7 &'
% &' ()
, ,
% *() *
- -
(
5% 5' , . .
(
/ /
(

0 0
%5 5
1 1
*+ :
2 2
9 ( + , - . / 0 1 2 3 + , - . /
3 3
(
*+ : 6
+ +
4+.& 5 5*&5 < :%,=
, ,
%& &
- -
) 6
. .
) 6 5 5

/ /
) 5
0 0
)
1 1
(
2 2
(
+3 +3 ) )
)
+ . , 2 3 + , - . / 0 1 2 3 + , - . / 0 1 2 3 + , - . / 0 1 2 +3 + ++ +, +- +. ;+/

% *()
% ()
, + . + , - . / 0 1 2 3 +. + +- +, ++ 2 + 1 +3 0 2 / 1 . - , . + -
" , 3 # 0 /

! "# $ #
!
-.
#
/0
'
1

()

)
cd
`
D
dh
bg
abcd
aef

kl m
gb ij
;
<=

.
0
AB
0
C
#
$
%&
$
#
#'
&
$

)
?

,

+
H
^
FH
KMPG
JGH
M
HPF
S
I_
;

;]

56,
5

*4
78
79:
:
,56
5
*
) )

)>
*4
78
79:
() ?

)

*+, @)
)

)
23
23
K
O
L
M
Q
PF
GH
^
T
MJnH
K
O
JS
F

O[
Q
I
\Z
Z
VXU W
N HR
Q
HLGJ ST
G
H
P
S
YZ
Z
"
"
)
<
<

VXU W

O[
HQ
OF
JI
F
O
F[I
O
GO[G
H
K
H
M
I

EFGH
I
IJK
H
L
HMNO
KI
HKI
P
Q

`

)

2(3/(3/ 7%133 * 5 5 *

;)

* 33

* 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MDM_IP
PRE-EMPHASIS LPF + PRE-EMP CORRECTION TX HPF
3
VB VB VB VB +5
SKH-14 OFF C67
1u
+8 R97
JMP4
2 4K7
R101 VF COMPRESSOR
1K5 R81 R196 R195 R82 R99 R65 C52
PRE-EMP
R58
ON 100K 100K 100K 100K 10K 33K 120p TX HPF
IC36B 20K +5
SKH-12 R88 4053B R100 R66 R56
1
C78 LINE_IN JMP13
4K7 5K6 56K 51K
100n
1
ETH +8 1 10 11 6 JMP3
RV4/RV4B 15 7 1 3
TX_VF ON C45 C44
8
1K IC34A R144 2 5 IC30B IC29A
D TR6 C66 10n 10n D
13
SA571D 4K7 MC33202D MC33202D
2
TX VF GAIN BC857 10n ON OFF
12
R89 2 5 3
R12 R67 C51
10
1M IC32B IC26B 7 1
LINE IN 68K 10K 10n
2 6 4066 MC33202D 6 2
VCC
RectIn RES IC33B C47 C46
LM2903 OFF 10n 10n
3
4
8 IC33B-PIN5 5 LOOPBACK CONTROL VB
THDtr LIF2 TX_MOD_ON R54
7 ETH ETH TX NOMINAL LEVEL RV1
150K
4 6 10K
GND (REV O+)
R55 C50
3 ETH R62
GCin 56K VB 100n
ETH R95 +8 10K
C190
5 1 6K8 +5
-IN ReCap 100n
R40
OUT
IC25 PIN 9 (FX805) 270K
R90 CTCSS DC_FM_WB R177 C113
7
C76
15
470K 1K (NF) 2n2
1u R96
8
DC-FM WIDE BAND C48
1K3 C54
R39 100n TX LPF
1uF NC
3 51K
1 C37 SKX-3 C39 ETH R223 C151
C41 C43
IC33B-PIN2 2 56p 3n9 C49 1K 100n
3n9 1n MC_ID1
+5 56p
IC33A
4
R91 C74 R92
LM2903 R43 R45
22K 56p 22K R94
C73 C73B R36 100K 56K R34
1K5
100n 10u +8 100K IC29B R51 18K
IC28A RV2 DC_FM
IC28B R46 R48 MC33202D 220K R59
8
R57 R52 100K
MC33202D R42 R44 MC33202D 220K 4K7 5 1K
820R 3K9
R41 180K 8K2 2 7
C75 ETH ETH R285
ETH ETH 68K 5 1 6
1u 240K
6 7 3 R47 R49 R150 C145
7 6 330K 100K R53 R60 18K 10u
4
ETH SKE-1 5 15K 2K7 SKE-2
R50 +5
560K
IC24B
+5V DIGITAL CCT ONLY R284
MC33202D R38 +5 IC302
8
68K C38 C40 C42 R61

+5 IC21 IC35 +8 10K
330p 330p 330p 3K9 MC33202D C114
C 78MO5DT 78LO8 2 C
2n7
1 8 8 1 1
OUT IN IN OUT TTR_VF
ETH 3
COM
COM
R37
4
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH LIMITER R63

10K
1K8
6
6
C72
C19 C20 +5 +5
100n MIC_TXVF
100n 100n
ETH 3.4kHz BESSEL LPF R246
C164
18K
ETH 100n
R68
ETH ETH
L2 10K
+12 TEST POINT
8
100uH F1 IC27 +5 R131 VB

+VE POWER 3A 78M05DT 2 1K
SKG-1 1 3 SKE-10 1 VB
Vin Vout
3
IC26A
GND
4
SKG-2 MC33202D C107

1u
2
C30 C31 C192
R64
C12 100n 100n 10u
C138 C98 C139 C140 10K
2200u 25V +8V ETH
1n 100n 100n 1n
IC49B
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH LM2904 R198 ETH ETH ETH R26 R2
5 100R 10K 1K
+5 7 SKE-4 PWM
SKC-1 6
C33 C27
SKD-1 10n 100n
L1
+12 +5 +5 +5 +5
1mH C28 R32 R28 TEMP SENSE AMP POWER CONTROL
SKE-9 100n 10K 10K
1% 1% ETH ETH
ETH
15
16
15
16
IC11 IC10 +12

C35
DS1267S DS1267S
100n DIGITAL POTS
ETH R146
R29 3K9
D1 SKB-4
8
B ETH 1K 12 3 3 12 R24 IC23A B

BAV70 1% VCO MODULATION
REF OSC DEV REF OSC FREQ TX POWER
100K LM2904
R27 SKC-8 13 5 5 13 3
TS1 470K 1% 1 PWR_CNTRL
C11 TEMP SENS
N.F. 11 4 4 11 2
2200U 25V LOC ON PA
R145
R30 7 14 3K9 14 7 SKC-4
4
SKB-6
C32 C104
10K 1 10 10 1
SKA-1 1% 1n 10n
C13 R87
100n 6 10K 6 9 POTDAT1 9 6
7 TEMP_A/D R23
SKA-2 5 ETH ETH ETH 470K
2
8
8
2
TR1
FZT651
R13 ETH R3
IC23B
220R 47K
FAN LM2904 PA_FWD
R31 R25 ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
1K 1K
1% 1% C194
C29
10u
10n
+5 +5
1
ETH ETH ETH +12 JMP27

MIC_PTT2 IC24A
14
8
R33 CTCSS IN
MC33202D
R148 18K
C146 REF MODULATION DC_FM
1K 3
SKE-5 R17 1u SKC-19 POT_CLK
1 2 1 2
R151 0R R291
1
IC56B IC56C 2 JMP8

10K POT_RST
51K DEFAULT
R152 74HC14 74HC14 ETH
IC20A
10K
7
4
SKH-8 PTT
MC14584B
3 4 5 6 R93
3
270K 2 SKH-6
EXT PTT IN C143 ETH DC_FM_WB
R35 DC FM / FSK MOD
100n ETH ETH
R143 VCO SUPPLY 82K
IC44
10R
TPS2811
3
4
ETH C36
IC20F IC20E 1 8 56p T99 OPT
C144
R290 C17 C141
D3 100n
220R 13 12 11 10 IC20D 6 100n 100n
SW2 BAV99 5
A A
9 8 4 5 SKD-13
1
3
R16 D4 SKC-13
DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
10K C18 BAV99 R15
100n 10R 3/4/99 F: ADD LOCAL FNC GJ DESIGNED GJ 29/1/96 SPECTRA MX800 CONTROLLER
PTT2 SKK-3 2 7 2 2 +35V
IC20B
3/9/99 H: COMP & FILT GJ DRAWN GP 4/4/98 ENGINEERING
3 4 BOARD TRANSMITT
C16
1n 5/10/00 I: REMOVE TANTS GJ CHECKED PG
3
3
1
IC20C 9 TRADE ROAD MODULATION SECTION

C15 C14 17/2/04 L:RV1,R62,R35,R62, GJ APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062
5 6 10u 50V 10u 50V
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
ETH R145,R146 REF PHONE +618-92482755
ETH ETH ETH DRAWING No SHEET REV
ETH PCB MICROCL REVP+ (C) Copyright CS001-1O 1 OF 6 O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DE-EMPHASIS R131
1K
VB VB2
C88
3.4KHz LPF 10n
+5
300Hz HPF C107
1u
+5
R114
270K +5 ETH
IC39B
C86 C89
8
IC38A LM2904
3n9 10n
IC38B LM2904 R112 6
R109
8
IC37A LM2904 R108 R107 2 110K 7
R103 R105 C83 3K9
IC37B LM2904 6 13K 100K 1 5
D 15K C81 11K 10n C91 D
8
LM2904 2 7 3 JMP6 R113 IC39A JMP7
C93 C94 10n LPF
100n DE-EMP
6 1 5 R111 15K LM2904
10n 10n C90
3
3
3
7 3 12K 2
4
C85 180p
5 1
C84 ON 1n ON C87 ON
3
4
C82 10n 100n
JMP5
10n
2 ETH 2 2
4
R104 R106 R110 HPF
ETH ETH
30K 160K 750K
ETH OFF
ETH OFF VB2 MUTE_SW
OFF
VB2 VB2 VB2 ETH
1
1
1
SKK-4
R289
+5 +5 IC55D
100K
REMOVE FOR OPTION PC +8V 74HC02 D11
MONITOR_VF 12 BAV70
SKK-1
300Hz LPF
RV3 IC49A 13
C68 R288
1
JMP16 10K 11
8
1uF LM2904 100K
SKK-2 R85
TTR WB TTR_VF
8
IC31A 100R 2
C61 C63 C65 SKE-6
5
IC31B LM2904 1 IC32C

10n 10n 1uF
13
LM2904 R80 2 2 IC32A 3 4066
R77 R78 6 56K 1 SUB 4066
4
22K 160K 7 3 4 3
5 TTR NORM 1 2
R79 TTR LEVEL +5
4
3
C64
56K C193
C62 3n9
10u ETH MUTE/SQUELCH SWITCH
3n9 SUB OUT RX TALK
R83 R84
R203
ETH ETH REV N 100K 100K
10K
1
1
ETH R197
JMP12 JMP25 +5 100K
+5 R204 VB2
SKX-6 10K
C70 RX_TALK 2 2 R142
1u
8
IC57A 100K
C SKB-8 SKH-3 C
LM2904 MUTE/SQUELCH
14
2 ETH IC17F IC36C

1 SKE-3 74HC14 INHIBIT 4053B
3
PA_FWD 3 3
13 12 11
R86 RX TALK OFF SWITCH
4
WB/NB COMPENSATION 10K
C80 TTR
1n
12
13
R199
ETH 100K
IC55C VB2
ETH R282 IC55A IC55B 74HC02
100K R205 74HC02 74HC02 9
R283 SKD-10 SKB-5 10K 3 6 10
DISCRIMINATOR IN 1K5
IC57B 1 4 8
C92
1V P-P LM2904 2 5
DISC PA_REFL TX_TALK1 1u
5
TR14 SKE-8
7
BC847 TR5
+5 6 C71
SKH-9 BC847
ETH 1u
C79
R147 C106 ETH RV5/RV5B
1n
1K5 56p 100K
SKD-3
0.25V P-P RX LINE LEVEL
R281
C103
1K ETH R280
SKX-9 100n
R130 +5 R202 ETH 22K
R124 560K 100K LOCAL_VF
2K7 ETH VB2
R134 R185 R137 R228
R135
+5 R122 +5 10K 10K 22K 22K
220K SKK-8
6K8 R200
8
IC41A 100K
C105 C133
8
3
LM2904 R129
R126 C101 C102 3n9 C108 TX_VF
4p7
2 4K7 R132 IC42B 6
1K C99 C100 1n 1n 1n
6 1 2 10K MC33202D D7 7
1n 1n
7 3 1 6 BAV99 5
5 3 7 2
R201
5 +5
4
IC41B 100K
IC42A
4
LM2904 IC43B
B MC33202D +12 B
R127 R136 MC33202D C147 R120
R133
1
1K R123 R125 VB2 10K 1u 390K
10K
33K 330K
ETH ETH
6
16
ETH
RV6/RV6B IC40A
ETH ETH C148 R116
8
VB2 VB2 100K C97

IC17B C77 3 1u 10K MC33076 R149
10u
74HC14 1u 4 2 10R
+5 D6 5 1 SKH-11
3 4 REPEATER_ON BAV70 3
MUTE_OFF IC36A
8
9
7
4
3
4053B
R209 JMP14 C109 RV7
10K 10n 100K
R211 ETH
SKK-16 LOOP-BACK LEVEL R115
33K TR8 +8
10K
2 BC847 IC56A
74HC14 +5 ETH
C142 +5 IC43A ETH +5
IC17E 2 1 MUTE 100n MC33202D
SKH-1 R210
R208 74HC14
1
10K R194 R119
3
10K
LIFULOCEN JMP17 10K R215 33K R117
11 10 ETH IC40B
MUTE R140 100K 10K C96
ETH IC17C MC33076
HIGH 100K 10u
8
ETH R214 IC56E IC56F R138 R193 74HC14 6

IC17D 10K 2 R141 74HC14 74HC14 100K 10K 7 SKH-2
SKH-10 R206 74HC14 TX_MOD_ON 470R 2 LIFUISEN 5 6 5
10K LOW 10 11 12 13 1 R121
TX_TALK
3
3
9 8 IC56D 3 560R
TX_MOD1 74HC14 JMP9
1
TX_TALK1
R118
1
4
default C155 100K

+5 JMP18 8 9
R139 SKH-13 LIF2 100n
R212 2 2
10K
33K TR9
2 BC847
R207
R102 ETH ETH ETH
10K
100R R226 ETH
1
1
IC17A SKH-4 N.F. JMP26

R213 SUB OUT SKX-6
74HC14 REV N
3
10K
A 1 2 ETH A
ETH
NOTES:
5/3/03 M: REMOVE JMP20,21 GJ DESIGNED GJ 29/1/96 SPECTRA MX800 CONTROLLER
1. ALL JUMPERS AND LINKS SHOWN IN
CONVENTIONAL MODE OF OPERATION. 2/09/98 G: UPDATE CTCSS LPF AND HPF GJ DRAWN GP 4/4/98 ENGINEERING BOARD RECEIVER
3/4/99 F: ADD LOCAL FNC GJ CHECKED PG
9 TRADE ROAD DEMODULATION SECTION
18/9/99 I: ADD MUTE OFF FNC REV K PCB GJ APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
6/10/00 J: TANT REMOVE GJ REF PHONE +618-92482755
MICROCL REVN+ DRAWING No SHEET REV
DWGS
2/09/01 K: JUMP16,20,21 PIN# GJ (C) Copyright CS001-2O 2 OF 6 O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+5
* R178
100R
1
ALE
EMULATE
AD[0..7]
AD[0..7]
JMP1 2 /EA
* R179 C2 C3
+5 100R C1 +5
+5 100n +5 100n
100n
RUN
3
+5 A[0..7]
ETH ETH
28
28
D ETH D
IC3 27C512 IC4 IDT71256SA
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
/EA
/PSEN
A15
A14
A13
20
ETH A0 10 11 AD0 A0 10 11 AD0
A0 D0 A0 D0
AVREF+
AVREF-
TEMP C5 ETH IC2 74HC574 A1 9 12 AD1 A1 9 12 AD1
VCC
VCC
A1 D1 A1 D1
100n 1 A2 8 13 AD2 A2 8 13 AD2
OC A2 D2 A2 D2
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
C95 /ALE 11 A3 7 15 AD3 A3 7 15 AD3
VCC
CLK A3 D3 A3 D3
1n IC1 A4 6 16 AD4 A4 6 16 AD4
A4 D4 A4 D4
AD0 2 19 A0 A5 5 17 AD5 A5 5 17 AD5
1D 1Q A5 D5 A5 D5
ETH AD1 3 18 A1 A6 4 18 AD6 A6 4 18 AD6
/EA
ALE
2D 2Q A6 D6 A6 D6
AVSS
ETH AD2 4 17 A2 A7 3 19 AD7 A7 3 19 AD7
/PSEN
AVref-
AVref+
3D 3Q A7 D7 A7 D7
AD3 5 16 A3 A8 25 A8 25
P2.7/A15
P2.6/A14
P2.5/A13
P0.0/AD0
P0.1/AD1
P0.2/AD2
P0.3/AD3
P0.4/AD4
P0.5/AD5
P0.6/AD6
P0.7/AD7
4D 4Q A8 A8
61 AD4 6 15 A4 A9 24 A9 24
AVDD 5D 5Q A9 A9
PA_REFL
62 43 A12 AD5 7 14 A5 A10 21 A10 21
P5.7/ADC7 P2.4/A12 6D 6Q A10 A10
PA_FWD63 42 A11 AD6 8 13 A6 A11 23 A11 23
P5.6/ADC6 P2.3/A11 7D 7Q A11 A11
64 41 A10 AD7 9 12 A7 A12 2 A12 2
GND
P5.5/ADC5 P2.2/A10 8D 8Q A12 A12
65 40 A9 A13 26 A13 26
P5.4/ADC4 P2.1/A09 A13 A13
66 39 A8 A14 27 A14 1
P5.3/ADC3 P2.0/A08 A14 A14
10
VOLTS_MON 67 38 A15 1
P5.2/ADC2 NC A15
DISC_DET 68 37 /RD 22
P5.1/ADC1 VSS OE
RSSI 1 36 20 /WR 27
P5.0/ADC0 VSS CE WE
2 80C552 35 ETH ETH /PSEN 22 A15 20
GND
GND
VDD XTAL1 OE CS1

3 34
STADC XTAL2
MC_ID 4 33
/PWM0 NC * R181 * R182
14
14
PWM 5 32 180R
+5 /PWM1 NC
/EW 6 31 /RD +5 220K ETH
/EW P3.7/RD
CT_CMND_DAT 7 30 /WR
P4.0/CMSR0 P3.6/WR
CT_CLK 8 29 FSK_OP ETH ETH
P4.1/CMSR1 P3.5/T1 R180
CT_DAT_OUT 9 28 MUTE_SW 180R R225
C P4.2/CMSR2 P3.4/T0 C
C22 27 /INT1 10K
P3.3/INT1
100n C7 C8 +5 +5
22p XTAL1 22p
14.745MHz
P4.3/CMSR3
P4.4/CMSR4
P4.5/CMSR5
P4.6/CMT0
P4.7/CMT1
RST
P1.0/CT0I
P1.1/CT1I
P1.2/CT2I
P1.3/CT3I
P1.4/T2
P1.5/RT2
P1.6/SCL
P1.7/SDA
P3.0/RXD
P3.1/TXD
P3.2/INT0
16
16
ETH ETH ETH IC5 IC19

SKC-14 +5 +5 +5 74HC138 74HC138
R192
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
33K SKC-6 SKH-15 A12 1 15 /OP_CNTRL1 A9 1 15 /EX_IO_1
A Y0 A Y0
TX_VCO ALARM 2 A13 2 VCC 14 /OP_CNTRL2 A10 2 14 /CS_MDM_1
VCC
IC16B B Y1 B Y1
R220 R219 R218 SKC-5 A14 3 13 /IP_CNTRL A11 3 13 /CS_MDM_2
C Y2 C Y2
+5 4K7 4K7 4K7 74HC14 12 /CHAN_SEL 12 /EX_IO_2
Y3 Y3
11 /STATUS 11 /IP_CNTRL2
Y4 Y4
PLL_CLK 10
PLL_DATA 11
/POT_RST 12
POT_CLK 13
POTDAT1 14
RST
TTR
MUTE
PTT
RXD
TXD
/INT0
/PSEN 3 4 4 10 /IO_SEL1 /IO_SEL1 4 10
R216 E1 Y5 E1 Y5
R191 R187 DE_CHAN_SEL3 33K 5 9 /IO_SEL2 5 9
C111 E2 Y6 E2 Y6
DE_CHAN_SEL2 A15 6 7 6 7
GND
GND
1n 6K8 1K E3 Y7 E3 Y7
DE_CHAN_SEL1 TR4
BC847 ETH +5
8
8
ETH +5 ETH
R4
SCL
SDA
ETH SKD-15 1K
SKC-3 ETH
4
R186 SKC-15 +5 SKH-7 ETH ETH

R128 ALARM 3
33K 1K R217
RX_VCO 33K
R5
13
VCC ETH MC_ID2 6 5

1K TR10
SKD-14 SKD-18 BC847 R221 R222 ETH
C110 R190 2K2 22K IC15B
16
6K8 +5 /WR 12 11 /BWR MC_ID MC_ID1 74HC125
1n
B SKC-18 IC6 B
SKK-9 (POWER SAVE1)
1 15 ETH ETH C149 C150
S0 PP IC15D
2 14 74HC125 100n 47n
VCC
S1 NC 8 9
ETH ETH 3 13 C134 C9
NC NC IC15C
4 12 100n 100n
10
NC NC +5 ETH 74HC125
5 11 ETH ETH IC16D
NC NC +5
SKD-4 SKE-7 6 10 SCL 74HC14
NC SCL ETH
7 9 ETH
GND
C137 S2 SDA ETH /RD 9 8 /BRD
SKB-10 R19 FSK_CNTRL
1n 10K
RSSI X24F128 +5 +5
8
1
14
SKC-12
IC15A
ETH
SKD-12 +12 IC16C
FSK_OP 2 3 FSK R1 IC16C D8 R1
C152 ETH ETH 1 100K 74HC14 BAV99 100K 74HC14
1u SDA
DISC DISC_DET 74HC125 R21 IC65 3 5 6 RST 5 6 RST
+5
7
SKB-7 2K7 M51943BML-600C
C136
D9 SKC-9 VOLTS_MON 2 C4
1u R224 R232
+ C4
BAV99 +5 ETH 1u
560K 10K 1u
SKD-9 R22 C135
ETH 1K
SKK-7 (POWER SAVE2) 1n
1
ETH ON ETH ETH
+5 ETH
JMP2 2 /EW ETH ETH

IC16A SKB-3 NC
14
74HC14
A SKB-1 SPECTRA A
DESIGNED GJ
3
ALE 1 2 /ALE OFF
MX800 CONTROLLER
SKB-9 ENGINEERING
DRAWN GP BOARD DIGITAL
ETH
7
CHECKED PG
1. SKB = PA
9 TRADE ROAD SECTION
APPROVED GJ 2. SKC=EXCITER
MALAGA 6062
ETH 3. SKD=RECEIVER
ETH WESTERN AUSTRALIA
* REV P ONWARDS
PHONE +618-92482755
DRAWING No SHEET REV
PCB CS001-3J 3 OF 6 J
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C6
+5 100n LED5 LED4 +5
IC8D AMBER, AUX +5 GRN, CTCSS
74HC32 SIP1
IC8C 10K
LED6 LED3
20
ETH /WR 12 1 C34
74HC32 IC7 11 RED, ALARM RED, TX +5 100n
/OP_CNTRL1 9 ETH 1 /STATUS 13 C21
OC
8 11 100nF +5
VCC
CLK
D /WR 10 D
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
AD0 2 19 RXEN SKD-8 DIP1 ETH
1D 1Q IC14
AD1 3
2D 2Q
18 FAN R11 R10 R9 R8 SW DIP-8 74HC541 20
AD2 4 17 PA/PTT ETH 470R 470R 470R 470R
3D 3Q
20
AD3 5 16 /RX_STRB SKD-17 1 16 2 18 AD0
4D 4Q D1 Q1
AD4 6 15 IC18 2 15 3 17 AD1
VCC
5D 5Q D2 Q2
AD5 7 14 /TX_STRB SKC-17 ETH 1 3 14 4 16 AD2
6D 6Q OC D3 Q3
AD6 8 13 VCO/PTT SKC-7 11 4 13 5 15 AD3
VCC
7D 7Q CLK D4 Q4
AD7 9 12 TX_MOD_ON SKK-15 5 12 6 14 AD4
GND
8D 8Q D5 Q5
AD0 2 19 6 11 7 13 AD5
1D 1Q D6 Q6
74HC574 AD1 3 18 7 10 8 12 AD6
2D 2Q D7 Q7
10
AD2 4 17 8 9 9 11 AD7
3D 3Q D8 Q8
AD3 5 16
4D 4Q
AD4 6 15 /RD 1
5D 5Q E1
+12 ETH AD5 7 14 /CHAN_SEL 19
GND
SKJ-1 6D 6Q E2
AD6 8 13 ETH
7D 7Q
AD7 9 12
GND
8D 8Q
10
D2
BAV70 74HC574 XTAL2
10
SKB-2 4MHZ
SKJ-2 C56 C55
PTT OUT R6 R7 ETH
18p 27p
TR3 470R 470R
R14 BC847 R18
10K ETH
470R COAX_REL SKH-5
ETH ETH
ALARM
TR7 LED1 LED2
TR2 BC847 R98
FMMT491 GRN, PWR AMBER, RX
10K
C57
C R71 +5 100n C
1M
ETH ETH
+5
ETH
+5 ETH MUTE_OFF C60 +5

+5 1u R76
150K
IC8A ETH
74HC32
20
3
2
1
24
23
22
14 IC12 +5 VBIAS
/OP_CNTRL2 1 ETH 1 IC25 C58
OC
3 11 100n
VCC
CLK
/WR 2 R69
VDD
AD0 2 19 SKD-10
NTTM
1D 1Q 10K
/WAKE
7 AD1 3 18 SKD-11 R75 ETH

XTAL/OP
2D 2Q 150K
ADR_SEL
AD2 4 17 SKC-11 /INT1 4 21

XTAL/CLK
3D 3Q /IRQ COMPOUT
AD3 5 16 /CS_CTCSS +5 CT_CLK 5 20
4D 4Q SCLK COMPIN(+)
AD4 6 15 MODEM_SEL CT_CMND_DAT 6 19
5D 5Q R20 CMND_DAT COMPIN(-)
ETH AD5 7 14 DE_CHAN_SEL4 SKC-10 10K /CS_CTSS 7 18 VBIAS
6D 6Q /CS VBIAS
AD6 8 13 TRM CT_DAT_OUT 8 17 R74
7D 7Q REPLY_DAT RXSAUDOUT
AD7 9 12 FSK_CNTRL CTCSS 9 16
GND
8D 8Q TXSAUDOUT RXSAUDIN 10K
+5
74HC574 C10 R70
10
1u 10K
JMP24
SKC-20
AUDIN
AUDOUT
VSS
RXAMP(-)
RXAMP(+)
RXAOUT
NORM,MASTER,SLAVE C53
B R229 10n B
ETH 4K7 FX805 SUB
10
11
12
13
14
15
ETH 1 3
R188 R189 ETH
2
10K 10K 4. = N.C.

2
+5 ETH
SKD-16 SKC-16 3 1
C26 C23
IC22 R72 D5
+5 100n 100n SKI-3 270K
ADM202EARN BAV99
20
1
3
IC13
TX_LD 2 18 AD0 1 16 D10
D1 Q1 C1+ VCC BAV70
RX_LD 3 17 AD1 C24 2 15 JMP11 JMP10 R73
VCC
D2 Q2 V+ VSS
7 TX_FSK 4 16 AD2 100n 3 14 2 2 82K
D3 Q3 C1- T1OUT
6 TX_VCO_CONT 5 15 AD3 4 13
D4 Q4 C2+ R1IN
5 REPEATER_ON 6 14 AD4 5 12 RXD
D5 Q5 C2- R1OUT
4 TX_TIMER_ON 7 13 AD5 6 11 TXD
3
1
D6 Q6 V- T1IN
3 SIMPLEX_ON 8 12 AD6 C25 7 10 + C59
D7 Q7 T2OUT T2IN
2 PTT_DEL 9 11 AD7 100n 8 9 SKI-5 10u
D8 Q8 R2IN R2OUT
+5 /RD 1 ETH R230 R231 SKI-9
E1
1
SIP2 /IP_CNTRL 19 ETH ETH ETH
GND
E2 150K 150K
6
5
4
3
2
1
10K
74HC541 ETH
10
DIP2
SW DIP-6
DATE REVISION NOTES APP BY DATE TITLE
ETH
A DESIGNED GJ SPECTRA A
7
8
9
10
11
12
MX800 CONTROLLER
DRAWN GP ENGINEERING BOARD DIGITAL
CHECKED PG
ETH 1. SKB = PA
NOTES: APPROVED GJ 2. SKC=EXCITER
MALAGA 6062
3. SKD=RECEIVER
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
1. REMOVE R229 IF MORE THAN 4 UNITS ON AN RS232 BUSS * REV P ONWARDS
PHONE +618-92482755
DRAWING No SHEET
PCB CS001-4J 4 OF 6 J
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D D
+5 +5 +5
IC9D
74HC32
20
20
IC45 IC63 SIP5 12 /CS_MDM_2
74HC245 74HC541 R260-R267 10K 11
8x 10K
AD0 2 18 BAD0 18 2 SKL-6 MIC_PTT 2 13
A0 B0 Q1 D1
AD1 3 17 BAD1 17 3 SKL-3 HOOK 3
VCC
VCC
A1 B1 Q2 D2
AD2 4 16 BAD2 16 4 SKL-2 PB2 4 SIP3
A2 B2 Q3 D3
AD3 5 15 BAD3 15 5 SKL-1 PB1 5 10K
C A3 B3 Q4 D4 C
AD4 6 14 BAD4 14 6 6 1
A4 B4 Q5 D5
AD5 7 13 BAD5 13 7 7 +5
A5 B5 Q6 D6
AD6 8 12 BAD6 12 8 8 +5
A6 B6 Q7 D7
AD7 9 11 BAD7 11 9 SKK-4 9
A7 B7 Q8 D8
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
/IO_SEL1 19 1 /IP_CNTRL2
E E1
20
20
/BRD 1 19 /BRD IC47 IC48
GND
GND
DIR E2 R161-R168 R153-R160
74HC541 8 X 10K 8 X 10K 74HC541
BAD0 18 2 SKF/A-10 SKF/B-4 SKF-2 2 18 BAD0
Q1 D1 D1 Q1
10
10
VCC
VCC
Q2 D2 D2 Q2
Q3 D3 D3 Q3
Q4 D4 D4 Q4
ETH ETH BAD4 14 6 SKF/A-14 SKF/B-6 SKF-6 6 14 BAD4
Q5 D5 D5 Q5
IC9C C112 BAD5 13 7 SKF/A-15 SKF/B-3 SKF-7 7 13 BAD5
74HC32 Q6 D6 D6 Q6
+5 100n BAD6 12 8 SKF/A-16 SKF/B-9 SKF-8 8 12 BAD6
Q7 D7 D7 Q7
/CS_MDM_1 9 BAD7 11 9 SKF/A-17 SKF/B-8 SKF-9 9 11 BAD7
Q8 D8 D8 Q8
8
10 ETH 1 /BRD DIGITAL INPUT PORT B DIGITAL INPUT PORT A /BRD 1
E1 E1
19 /EX_IO_1 BCD CHANNEL SELECT /EX_IO_2 19
GND
GND
E2 E2
20
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
IC46
74HC574
10
10
ETH ETH 1
OC
11
VCC
CLK R169-R176
8 X 1K 1
BAD0 2 19 SKF-25 ETH ETH
1D 1Q SIP4
BAD1 3 18 SKF-24 +5 +5
2D 2Q 10K
BAD2 4 17 SKF-23 SKF/A-26 NC
3D 3Q
B BAD3 5 16 SKF-22 B
4D 4Q
1
3
IC9B BAD4 6 15 SKF-21

74HC32 5D 5Q
BAD5 7 14 SKF-20 JMP15 JMP19
6D 6Q
/EX_IO 4 BAD6 8 13 SKF-19 +5 OUT PULL-UP
7D 7Q
6 BAD7 9 12 SKF-18 SKF-1 2 2
GND
8D 8Q
/BWR 5 PULL-DOWN
DIGITAL OUTPUT PORTC SKF/B-1 ETH OUT
10
3
1
SKF/B-10
ETH
ETH ETH

A DESIGNED GJ SPECTRA MX800 CONTROLLER A
NOTESENGINEERING
DRAWN GP BOARD DIGITAL
CHECKED PG
1. SKB = PA
APPROVED GJ 2. SKC=EXCITER
MALAGA 6062
3. SKD=RECEIVER
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
* REV P ONWARDS
PHONE +618-92482755
PCB CS001-5I 5 OF 6 I
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R249
100R LINK IF RV9
IC58
SKL-1 C168
+5 NOT FITTED C167 78M05 +12
100n
470u/16V
IC60
8
6
IC64A TDA8551 SPEAKER
C169
MC33202D ETH ETH
C182 VB
1u SKM-2
R278 3 8
100n OUT
5K6 1 4
VCC
MONITOR_VF
IN SKM-1
2 5 C189
D OUT D
100n
4
1 3
VOL
RV9 ETH ETH
GND
100K
ETH C170
2
7
R277 ETH 10u
C184
47K
100n
LINE_IN ETH ETH ETH +5
RV10
C183 C181
100K R279
100n 56p
10K R250 SW1
2K2 VOL UP
VOL DOWN
C171
JMP23
C187 100n
ETH R237 R236
100n
100K 10K
MC_ID2 ETH
CUT IF SW1 ETH
FITTED
C188 TONE TO SPEAKER
47n
R292 D8
ETH IC12 1K
PIN 15
+8 R238
4K7
+5
R239
R248 4K7
220R
C SKL-2 C
R240
IC34B TR11 TX HPF
4K7
SA571D BC857 PRE-EMPHASIS LPF + PRE-EMP CORRECTION
R241 R276
+8 1M 20K
15 11 VB VB +5 MIC_TXVF
RectIn RES IC59B
LM2903
+5 9 IC33B-PIN5 5 +5
R251 THDtr
7 R256 R273
560R R245 R247 R259 C175
MIC GAIN ETH 6 10K 51K
100K 100K 33K 120p
8
IC61A
JMP22 MC33202D R235 14 R258 R257
VB
GCin C179 C180
8
C173 R254 3 68K 5K6 56K IC62B IC62A

10n 10n
100n 10K 1 12 16 8 9 6 MC33202D MC33202D
SKL-4
-IN ReCap
2 7 5 3
OUT
+8 5 7 1
MIC VF C161 C174
R253 R242 C69 6 2
4
6
100n IC32D 10n C177 C178
10
470K 470K 10u
4066 R255 C176 10n 10n
8
IC61B
4
10K 10n
MC33202D
R275
ETH ETH 3
150K
R252 1
470K IC33B-PIN2 2 VB
C165 R274
ETH ETH ETH
1u 56K VB
IC59A
4
SKL-5
C163
C172 LM2903
R243 56p R244
56p
MIC ETH 22K 22K
C166
+8 ETH
1u
ETH
C162
+12
1u R286
C191 240K
100n
ETH C186
100n
B +5 B
SKH-16
C185
R287
100n SKK-11
68K LOCAL_VF
R270 REMOVE FOR OPTION PC
10K SKK-12
RV11
ETH 100K SKC-2
TX SUPPLY
ETH
MIC_PTT2
MIC TO LINE LEVEL
R269 R272
33K TR12 33K TR13
SKL-3 BC847 BC847 SKK-13
MIC PTT REMOVE FOR OPTION PC
SKK-14
R268 R271 SKD-2
10K 10K
RX SUPPLY
ETH ETH ETH ETH
ANALOG CCTS +5
SKD-5 NC
SKK-8
SKD-6 NC
SKD-7 NC DIGITAL CCTS +5
SKD-19 NC SKK-10
SKD-20 NC
SKK-5
IC64B
A MC33202D A
VB 5 ETH
7
6 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
3/9/99 C: COMP CHANGE GJ DESIGNED GJ 29/1/96 SPECTRA MX800 CONTROLLER

6/10/00 D: TANT REMOVE GJ DRAWN GP 4/4/98 ENGINEERING BOARD LOCAL VF
24/9/01 E: R278,C169 GJ CHECKED PG
22/01/03 F:SKL PIN # SWAP GJ APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB MICROCL REVL+ (C) Copyright CS001-6G 6 OF 6 G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R9 R17 R12
120R 120R 15R
+8 RF OUT
C20
ETH CN1
L4 1n
R28 390n
SKC-1
C7 C8 R10 18R C16 C17
100n 1n 1K5 C12 1n 100n
TR3
C1 C4 1n
BC857
1n 100n
C19
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH L3 ETH
C13 100n
0R
1n
ETH D1 ETH
R4 R11
ETH BAV99 R80 R78
100R 10K
IC1 IC2 R15 1K 1K
D C2 C3 D
R2 MAR-6 MAV-11 150R SKC-3 SKC-6
VCO RF 1n 1n R13 R16
56R ETH
1K 470R
ETH
C118 C119 C115 C116
IN IN 1n 1n 1n 1n
C21 R5
1n 470R
TR4 ETH ETH ETH ETH
R1 R3 C11 C15
+12 BFG591
1n R14 47p C18 R81
120R 120R
1K NF
R20 +12 FITTED ONLY ON 1K SKC-5
100R +8
TR8 IC3 SPECIAL APPLICATION
ETH
FZT751
ETH ETH ETH 78L08 ETH ETH ETH
R8 C120 C121
8 1
Vin Vout 470R 1n 1n
ETH
GND
ETH ETH
C6 C10 C14 VR2
TRM OPTION 1n 100n 100n
1K 10T
2-7
POWER CONT
R19 D2
R25
470R C48 1K
TR2 BZX84C10V
IF RF ETH ETH ETH ETH SET POWER SKC-4
BC847 1u
MX1 C29 C31

MIXER 1n 1n
ETH ETH ETH
R6 R18
ETH LRFMS-2 56R 100R C9
+12 ETH ETH
100n ZD1 PTT
CN2 R21 IC8 R23 ZD2 R24
LO BZX84C10V R26
10R 78L08 33K 3V9 100R
TEST OUT C46 100R
8 1 SKC-7
1n Vin Vout
ETH ETH
TR5
ETH ETH
GND
BC847 C28 C30
C32
C22 C23 C24 C25 1n 1u
R7 R22
L5 100n 100n 100n 470n 1n
100R 1K
2-7
1u8H
ETH ETH ETH ETH
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH TR6

VR1
C C26 BC857 C
5K 10T
10u
RX TEST LEVEL C47
ETH
220p
ETH
C35
C36 1n
IC4 100n SKT-6 RF OUT SKU-3
R27 PTT R39
TRM 74HC393 ETH
1K
1K 14 SKC-11
VCC C42 C5
SKC-20 2 C27
RESA 1n 1u
3 R30 SKT-2
Q1A 1u C50 C51
470R
1n 1n
4 13
Q2A CLKB
C33 C34 ETH ETH ETH
5 1 ETH ETH
1n 1n Q3A CLKA VCO R40
R31 SKT-3 1K
6 SKC-10
Q4A 100K
11
Q1B
ETH ETH
C52 C53
12 10 R36
RESB Q2B 1n 1n
SKT-1 4K7
CONTROL
7 SKT-4 ETH ETH
GND VCO MOD
8
Q4B TR7 R32 C41 C43
REF R34
BC847 1K 100n 1n C45
ETH ETH SAMPLE RF SKU-1 22R
10n
CN3 L7 R58 +28V
390nH 100R
ETH SKC-13
ETH
C40 R33 R35
1n 220R 220R C44 C71 C72 C73 C79 C80
1n 100n 470n 470n 1n 1n
SKT-5
SKU-2
ETH
ETH ETH ETH ETH
C37
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
1n
B IC9A B
RF OUT MC33272
8
R51
IC9B
REF MOD R41 100R
MC33272
1K MOD ETH 3 R56 R57 TUNE VOLTS
X1 C61
SKC-19 R49 R48 1 5 1K 1K
1n
TCXO +VE 2 7 SKC-14
33K 10K
6
C54 C55 C56 C67
4
1n 1n 1n 47n C76 C77 C78

ETH R29 SA7025DK R50 1n 1n 1n
R53
100R 1K5
17
16
ETH ETH ETH ETH 22K ETH

IC10
R45 ETH ETH ETH
33R 5
RFIN
RF
RN
ETH R54 R59 CLOCK IN

VCO MOD R42 R66 R43 8 14 ETH 82K 220R
REFIN PHP
1K 1K 10K 19 13 C68 SKC-15
C62 TST PHI
SKC-8 20 1 3u3/16V
1n VDD CLK
2
DAT C81 C85
R46 15 3
C57 C58 C60 VDDA STB C74 100p 100p
33R ETH R60 DATA IN
1n 1n R44 1n 100n
18 ETH 220R
1K LOCK
11 ETH ETH SKC-18
PHA
ETH ETH 10
AUX
ETH IC5 9
C63 C64 RA C82 C84
ETH 78L05
VCCP
*RFIN
VSS
VSSA
100n 1n 100p 100p

+12 8 1 R61 STROBE
Vin Vout
+12V IN L6 220R
7
6
4
12
390nH ETH ETH SKC-17
GND
SKC-2 R47
33R ETH
C86 C83
2-7
C89 C90 C91 C92 C93 C94 C38 C96 100p 100p
ETH R62 LOCK
100n 470n 470n 1n 1n 100n 1u 1u
1K
C65 C66
ETH ETH ETH SKC-16
1n 10n
ETH ETH R64 ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
C87 C88
10K ETH ETH
1n 1n
A EE DATA R63 A
220R ETH ETH
SKC-9 +5
IC6 +12 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
* IC7
C97 C98 * X24C16
78L05 15/2/98 B: DEL SPARE COMP DESIGNED GJ 29/1/96 SPECTRA
100p 100p
8 3 1 8 MX800 EXCITER MODULE
VCC A2 Vout Vin
EE CLK R65 NOTE: 1/3/00 C: PLL OPTIMIZE DRAWN GJ 11/6/97 ENGINEERING
ETH ETH 5 2
GND
220R DATA A1 20MHz to 1000MHz

SKC-12 1. NOT ALL COMPONENTS FITTED 22/8/00 D: TANT REMOVE CHECKED
C101
6 1
CLK A0 100n 9 TRADE ROAD
2-7
2. * DEPENDS ON APPLICATION 16/6/03 E: EE CLK & DATA APPROVED

C99 C100
4 7
MALAGA 6062
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
100p 100p VEE GND WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
ETH ETH DRAWING No SHEET REV
ETH ETH ETH ETH PCB EXMOD-2 REVE CS002-1G 1 OF 1 G
(C) Copyright 1996
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A FLA B D F FLB G I
IC12
JUMPER JUMPER ETH ETH ETH JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER
SGA-6489 2dB PAD
TO MIXER
4
CN1 D1
C2 SHEET 1 OF 2
RECEIVE RF INPUT BAV99
C1 1n
R8
1 2 "A"
C E H J
JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER
3
B18 B19
ETH ETH ETH R7 R9 ETH ETH
R4 A18
CN2 A1 A19 B1
1K
RX TEST PORT FIRST FILTER SECTION A +8 SECOND FILTER SECTION B
ETH
D A7 A13 B7 B13 D
ETH ETH
R2
18R A4 A10 A16 L5 R6 B4 B10 B16
R1 R3 R94 C69 CN5
270R
270R 270R
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH R5 ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
82R
A2 A3 A5 A6 A8 A9 A11 A12 A14 A15 A17 C3 C4 C5 C6 CN4 B2 B3 B5 B6 B8 B9 B11 B12 B14 B15 B17
1n 100n 1n 1n
COMPONENT VALUES FOR DISCRETE BAND PASS FILTER SECTION A & B NOTES
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 R7
R8 R94 C1 C69 L5
BAND FILTER BW IF B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 R9
150p - 180p
560p 220p - 6.5T 68p 470p 560p 120p - 6.5T - 120p 560p - 470p 6.5T 470R 12R 560R 10n 1n 1u2 B18=45MHz NOTCH
A2 30-39MHz 90MHz 270p 3.5T 330p
330p NIL 220p 120p A18=70MHz NOTCH

27p 120p 5.5T 330p 470p 47p - 5.5T - 47p 470p 39p 330p 5.5T 3.5T 470R 12R 560R 10n 1n 1u2
A3 39-50MHz 70MHz 220p 47p 120p 470p B18=35MHz NOTCH
A 66-80MHz 45MHz
56p - 56p 5.5T - 56p 56p - 56p 5.5T 56p - 56p - 56p 5.5T 56p 5.5T 150p 470R 12R 560R 1n 1n 390n A18,B18=45MHz NOTCH
B 70-88MHz 45MHz
C 135-160MHz 90MHz
-
18p - 10p 5.5T 2p2 12p 12p 3p9 10p 5.5T 10p 3p9 12p - 12p 5.5T 5.5T 39p 470R 12R 560R 1n 1n 390n A18,B18=90MHz NOTCH
D 155-180MHz 90MHz 8p2
D3 148-174MHz 90MHz
C C
22p 3p9
- 8p2 5.5T - 8p2 5p6 2p7 8p2 5.5T 8p2 2p7 5p6 - 8p2 5.5T - 15p
E 175-200MHz 90MHz 15p 8p2
F 195-225MHz 90MHz 15p - 6p8 5.5T - 6p8 3p9 - 8p2 5.5T 8p2 - 3p9 - 6p8 5.5T 6p8 - 15p
G 220-250MHz 90MHz
10p - 3p9 5.5T - 3p9 2p2 - 5p6 5.5T 5p6 - 2p2 - 3p9 5.5T 3p9 - 10p
H 245-275MHz 90MHz
I 270-300MHz 90MHz
J 295-325MHz 90MHz 6p8 - 2p7 5.5T - 2p2 1p2 - 3p9 5.5T 3p9 - 1p2 - 2p2 5.5T 2p7 - 6p8 470R 12R 560R 1n 1n 390n
10p - 15p 2.5T 10p 3p9 5p6 8p2 2.5T 8p2 5p6 3p9 - 10p 2.5T 15p - 10p
K 320-350MHz 90MHz -
L 345-375MHz 90MHz 6p8 - 12p 2.5T 8p2 1p8 3p3 8p2 2p7 2.5T 2p7 8p2 3p3 1p8 8p2 2.5T 12p - 6p8 470R 12R - 1n - 390n
10p 8p2 8p2 5p6

M 370-400MHz 90MHz - 2.5T - 8p2 3p3 8p2 1p2 2.5T 1p2 8p2 3p3 - 8p2 2.5T - 470R 12R - 1n - 390n
6p8 10p 10p 6p8
N 395-430MHz 90MHz 8p2 - 5p6

5p6 - 8p2 2.5T 6p8 - 2p7 8p2 - 2.5T - 8p2 2p7 - 6p8 2.5T 220R 22R - 1n - 390n B18=IMAGE NOTCH @240MHz
15p 2.5T 22p
N2 400-435MHz 90MHz
8p2 - 6p8
4p7 8p2 - 2.5T - 5p6 2p2 5p6 2p2 2.5T 2p2 5p6 2p2 - 5p6 2.5T 220R 22R - 1n - 390n B18=IMAGE NOTCH @268MHz
O 425-460MHz 90MHz 12p 2.5T 18p
P 455-490MHz 90MHz 5p6 - 3p9

B 3p9 5p6 - 2.5T - 5p6 1p8 4p7 1p2 2.5T 1p2 4p7 1p8 - 5p6 2.5T 220R 22R - 1n - 390n B18=IMAGE NOTCH @295MHz B
10p 2.5T 15p
P2 450-485MHz 90MHz
5p6 - 3p3
P3 475-495MHz 90MHz 3p3 - 5p6 2.5T 1p5 3p3 1p5 2p7 3p3 2.5T 3p3 2p7 1p5 1p5 3p3 2.5T B18=IMAGE NOTCH @310MHz
8p2 2.5T 15p
Q 485-520MHz 90MHz 6p8 - 4p7

4p7 - 6p8 2.5T - 3p9 1p2 2p2 3p3 2.5T 3p3 2p2 1p2 - 3p9 2.5T 220R 22R - 1n - 390n B18=IMAGE NOTCH @330MHz
8p2 2.5T 12p
Q2 500-532MHz 90MHz
5p6 - 3p3
3p3 - 5p6 2.5T 1p5 3p3 1p2 1p8 3p3 2.5T 3p3 1p8 1p5 1p5 3p3 2.5T B18=IMAGE NOTCH @321MHz
Q3 480-512MHz 90MHz 8p2 2.5T 15p
A18,B18=600MHz NOTCH
3p3 - 2p7 2.5T - 1p 0p47 - 1p5 2.5T 1p5 - 0p47 - 1p 2.5T 2p7 1.5T 6p8
R3 776-794MHz 90MHz 750-800MHz Range L5=82nH
22p 5p6 1p 1.5T 0p47 1p2 0p47 - 1p 2.5T 0p47 0p47 0p47 1p5 1p5 1.5T 4p7 1.5T 5p6 470R 12R - 1n - 390n
R 805-825MHz 90MHz FLA/FLB= DFC3R815P020BHD
S 824-849MHz 90MHz 22p 5p6 1p 1.5T 0p47 1p2 0p47 - 1p 2.5T 0p47 0p47 0p47 1p5 1p5 1.5T 4p7 1.5T 5p6 470R 12R - 1n - 390n
FLA/FLB= DFC3R836P025BHD
T 850-870MHz 90MHz 22p 5p6 1p 1.5T 0p47 1p2 0p47 - 1p 2.5T 0p47 0p47 0p47 1p5 1p5 1.5T 4p7 1.5T 5p6 470R 12R - 1n - 390n
FLA/FLB= DFC3R860P020BHD
22p 5p6 1p 1.5T 0p47 1p2 0p47 - 1p 2.5T 0p47 0p47 0p47 1p5 1p5 1.5T 4p7 1.5T 5p6 470R 12R - 1n - 390n
U 872-905MHz 90MHz FLA/FLB= DFC3R888P033BHD
V 890-915MHz 90MHz 22p 5p6 1p 1.5T 0p47 1p2 0p47 - 1p 2.5T 0p47 0p47 0p47 1p5 1p5 1.5T 4p7 1.5T 5p6 470R 12R - 1n - 390n FLA/FLB= DFC3R902P025BHD
W 917-950MHz 90MHz FLA/FLB= DFC3R933P033BHD
X 925-960MHz 90MHz 22p 4p7 - 1.5T - 1p5 0p47 - 0p47 2.5T - 0p47 0p47 1p5 1p2 1.5T 4p7 1.5T 5p6 470R 12R - 1n - 390n FLA/FLB= DFC3R942P035BHD
A A
7-6-98 E: ADD NEW BANDS RL DESIGNED GJ 29/1/96 SPECTRA

16-8-99 F: CHANGE VALUES RL DRAWN GJ 7-6-98 ENGINEERING
MX800 RECEIVER MODULE
10-2-00 G: N2&K ADJUST RM CHECKED FRONT END SECTION
9 TRADE ROAD
3-7-01 H-K: trim values GJ APPROVED MALAGA 6062
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
13-11-01 J: Add R3 band GJ REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB SEARX REVH+ CS003-2L 2 OF 2 L
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VCO COMPONENT VALUES (Switching BW = Max)

L3,4 L6,7
BAND FREQ RANGE C11 C17 C12 C5 C9 C10 C16 C19 R5 ,5 ,10 L11 NOTES
CT1=15.5T
A2 30-39MHz 56p 33p 33p 39p 3p3 22p 100n - 220R 3u3H 3u3H 15.5T R11,12,14=56R
CT1=11.5T
A3 39-50MHz 47p 15p 22p 33p 3p3 12p 100n - 220R 3u3H 3u3H 11.5T R11,12,14=56R
A 66-80MHz Same as 'B' band

D D
NIL CT1
B 70-88MHz 4p7 15p 18p 15p 3p3 10p 1nF 1nF 100R 680nH 3u3H 11.5T D1=BB619/BB133
C 135-160MHz 27p 5p6 22p 10p 1p8 3p9 1nF 18p 100R 680nH 3u3H 4.5T L7=1u8H
D 155-180MHz 27p 5p6 22p 10p 1p8 3p9 1nF 18p 100R 680nH 3u3H 4.5T L7=1u8H
D3 148-174MHz 27p 5p6 22p 10p 1p8 3p9 1nF 18p 100R 680nH 3u3H 4.5T L7=1u8H
L7=1u8H
E 175-200MHz 6p8 3p9 10p 3p9 1p 1p5 1nF 1nF 220R 390nH 3u3H 3.5T NIL CT1
F 195-225MHz 6p8 3p3 6p8 4p7 1p 1p5 1nF 15p 10R 220nH 3u3H 3.5T
G 220-250MHz 6p8 3p3 6p8 4p7 1p 1p5 1nF 15p 10R 220nH 3u3H 3.5T
H 245-275MHz 8p2 3p3 15p 4p7 1p 1p 1nF 22p 10R 220nH 3u3H 2.5T
SKU-3 +7.4
ETH I 270-300MHz
+7.4V SWITCHED
J 295-325MHz
SKU-2 K 320-350MHz 5p6 3p3 33p 8p2 1p 1p 1nF 27p 10R 120nH 390nH 1.5T R6=270R
ETH
L 345-375MHz 4p7 2p7 15p - 1p 1p 1nF 15p 10R 120nH 390nH 1.5T
ETH M 370-400MHz 4p7 3p3 12p - 1p 1p 1nF 8p2 56R 120nH 390nH 1.5T
C C
N 395-430MHz 5p6 2p7 27p 4p7 1p 1p 1nF 27p 10R 120nH 390nH 6mm L
C13 C14 N2 400-435MHz 5p6 2p7 27p 4p7 1p 1p 1nF 27p 10R 120nH 390nH 6mm L
100n 1n
O 425-460MHz 4p7 3p3 22p 3p9 1p 1p 1nF 18p 10R 120nH 390nH 6mm L
ETH ETH
L6
P 455-490MHz 3p3 2p7 15p - 1p 1p 1nF 27p 10R 82nH 390nH 6mm L NIL D6,D7
P2 450-485MHz 3p3 2p7 15p - 1p 1p 1nF 27p 10R 82nH 390nH 6mm L NIL D6,D7
C15 Q 485-520MHz 3p3 2p7 15p - 1p 1p 1nF 10p 10R 82nH 390nH 6mm L NIL D6,D7
1n
L7
ETH
R5
C17
R6
C12
150R
TR1
B SST-310 B
+7.4V C11
L10
R11 C5
L11
ETH L4 10R
C9
ETH ETH ETH

C16 ETH
C4 C3
1n 1n D6 D2
C10
BB133 BB133
R12 R10
L5 VCO CONTROL SKT-1
ETH ETH 27R 2K2
R1 R2
C19 CT1
270R 270R
2-20pF
SKT-5
D1 D7 D3
C18 C22
BB811 BB133 BB133
1n 1n
ETH ETH OR BB131 R8
*100K NTC
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
L1 ETH ETH
390nH
L3
IC1
4
MAR-6SM R14 R7
C1 C6 SKT-4
R3 10R *2K2 VCO MODULATION
1n 1n
560R
2 1
SKU-1
3
C8 R13 R9 C21
TO PRE-SCALER 1n *100K NTC *100K 1n
ETH
ETH
ETH ETH ETH
A L2 ETH A
390nH
IC2
4
MAR-6SM DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
C2 C7
R4
1n 1n
560R 14-6-98 ADD A2 & A3 BANDS DESIGNED GJ 11/6/96 SPECTRA MX800 TX VCO
2 1
11-11-99 D: VALUES DRAWN GJ 1/6/98 ENGINEERING
SKT-6 1-3-00 E: D3 BAND VALUES CHECKED
CCT DIAGRAM, BAND
3
RF OUT 9 TRADE ROAD
21-8-00 F: NEW BANDS APPROVED MALAGA 6062 A2 TO Q (30-520 MHz)
* DEPENDS ON APPLICATION WESTERN AUSTRALIA
ETH REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB IV3 REVF CS004-1I 1 1 I
(C) Copyright OF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VCO COMPONENT VALUES (SWITCHING BW = MAX)

L6,7
BAND FREQ RANGE LO INJECT C11 C17 C12 C5 C16 C19 R5 R6 L4,5 ,10 L11 NOTES
A 66-80MHz 111-125MHz 5p6 4p7 6p8 6p8 1nF 1nF 10R 220R 680nH 390nH 8.5T
B 70-88MHz 115-133MHz 5p6 4p7 6p8 6p8 1nF 1nF 10R 220R 680nH 390nH 8.5T
D C 135-160MHz 225-250MHz 10p 4p7 15p 4p7 33p 6p8 68R 220R 220nH 390nH 3.5T D
D 155-180MHz 245-270MHz 10p 4p7 15p 4p7 33p 6p8 68R 220R 220nH 390nH 3.5T
D3 148-174MHz 238-264MHz 10p 4p7 15p 4p7 33p 6p8 68R 220R 220nH 390nH 3.5T
E 175-200MHz 265-290MHz
F 195-225MHz 285-315MHz 5p6 2p7 15p 4p7 1nF 6p8 10R 150R 150nH 390nH 2.5T
G 220-250MHz 310-340MHz
H 245-275MHz 335-365MHz 5p6 3p3 15p 4p7 1nF 22p 10R 270R 390nH 390nH 1.5T
I 270-300MHz 360-390MHz
+7.4 J 295-325MHz 385-415MHz 4p7 4p7 8p2 4p7 1nF 5p6 10R 150R 220nH 390nH 1.5T
SKU-3
ETH
+7.4V SWITCHED K 320-350MHz 230-260MHz 10p 3p9 15p 4p7 1nF 6p8 220R 150R 220nH 390nH 3.5T
L 345-375MHz 435-465MHz
SKU-2
ETH L2 345-375MHz 435-465MHz 1p8 3p9 6p8 4p7 27p 8p2 10R 150R 390nH 390nH 1.5T SW BW=10MHz
M 370-400MHz 280-310MHz 5p6 3p3 12p 4p7 1nF 6p8 10R 220R 220nH 390nH 2.5T
ETH
N 395-430MHz 305-340MHz 4p7 3p3 12p 3p9 47p 8p2 10R 220R 82nH 390nH 2.5T
C C
N2 400-435MHz 310-345MHz 4p7 3p3 12p 3p9 47p 8p2 10R 220R 82nH 390nH 2.5T
C14
C13 O 425-460MHz 335-370MHz 6p8 4p7 18p 5p6 1nF 18p 10R 220R 220nH 390nH 1.5T
1n
1u
P 455-490MHz 365-400MHz 4p7 3p3 10p 4p7 1nF 15p 10R 220R 220nH 390nH 1.5T
ETH ETH
L6
P2 450-485MHz 360-395MHz 4p7 3p3 10p 4p7 1nF 15p 10R 220R 220nH 390nH 1.5T
P3 475-495MHz 385-405MHz 2p7 3p9 6p8 4p7 1nF 15p 10R 150R 390nH 390nH 1.5T SW BW=20MHz
C15
1n Q 485-520MHz 395-430MHz 4p7 2p7 15p - 1nF 6p8 10R 220R 220nH 390nH 1.5T
L7
Q2 500-532MHz 410-442MHz 4p7 2p7 15p - 1nF 6p8 10R 220R 220nH 390nH 1.5T
ETH
Q3 485-505MHz 395-415MHz 2p7 3p9 5p6 4p7 1nF 15p 10R 220R 390nH 390nH 1.5T SW BW=20MHz
R5
C17
C12
R6
B +7.4V C11 B
L10
R11 C5
L11
ETH L4 10R TR1
SST-310
ETH ETH ETH

C16 ETH
C4 C3
1n 1n D6 D2
BB133 BB133
R12 R10 VCO CONTROL SKT-1
ETH ETH L5 10R 2K2
R1 R2
C19 CT1
270R 270R
2-20pF
SKT-5
D7 D3 C18 C22
BB133 BB133 10n 100n
ETH ETH
ETH ETH ETH ETH

L1 ETH ETH
IC1
390nH
MAR-6SM
4
C1 C6
R3
1n 1n
560R
2 1
SKU-1
3
TO PRE-SCALER
ETH
L2 ETH
IC2
A 390nH A
MAR-6SM
4
C2 C7
R4 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
1n 1n
560R
2 1 1-8-99 D: VALUE CHANGES GJ DESIGNED GJ 11/6/96 SPECTRA MX800 RX VCO
1-11-99 E: IMPROVED SPEC RL DRAWN GJ 1/6/98 ENGINEERING
SKT-6
3
CHECKED
CCT DIAGRAM, BAND
RF OUT
9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 A TO Q (66-520 MHz)
ETH
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB IV3 REVF CS005-1F 1 1 F
(C) Copyright OF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH
REFL VOLTS CN4-5

ETH C19
1n
D2 R18 C17 C40
R9 R19 10K 1n 1n
56R
HSMS-2800 1K ETH ETH ETH
D D
R8
68R S8 S9 S10 S11 S12
ETH
ETH
S5
IC1 ETH C47 RF OUTPUT
15p S3 S4
RF POWER HYBRID C16 CN3
S6 L4 L3 L2 L1
R6
10R C44
S1 S2 10p 33p
RF OUT
C46 CT2 ETH
15p 1-7.5pF
S7
ETH
CT1 L10 C45 ETH
1-7.5pF 43nH 10p TR1
R10
MRF847 R7 L8 68R
ETH ETH
10R
ETH ETH
R16
1K D1
R11
C22 C21 56R IC3
L6 470n 1n HSMS-2800 *78L05 IC4
+VE
C C18 * X24C04 DATA CN4-7 C
ETH ETH 1n ETH
RFC
8
C1 C2 C3 C11 C35 C42

1n 100n 3u3/16V 1n ETH 1n
100n 2 5
VCC
A1 DATA
ETH
ETH ETH ETH ETH 3 6
A2 CLK
ETH CLOCK CN4-10
ETH 7
+VE TST
A0
VEE
C43
1
4
1n
C4 C6 C7 ETH
100n 100n 3u3/16V ETH
ETH ETH ETH

TR2 L9
L5 FZT751 RFC L7
+VE +12V IN CN2-2
RFC RFC
C9 C29
3u3/16V C8 C5 C10 C20 C23 C24 C25 470u C26 C30 C31 C32
RF IN 100n 1n 1n R4 1n 1n 1n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
10K
ETH ETH ETH ETH
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
D3 CN2-1
N.F. BZW03C18
B B
R2 R5 ETH
CN1 CN4-8
5R6 FWD VOLTS
RF IN 1K8
R3 C37 C15
ETH 820R 1n 1n R17
10K C41
R1 1n
820R ETH ETH ETH ETH
PA COMPONENT VALUES CN4-9
ETH ETH
CN4-2 PTT IN
BAND FREQ RANGE IC1 CN4-1
CN4-6 R 805-825MHz MHW820-2
S 824-849MHz MHW820-2 ETH
C39 C14 TS1 C13

1n 1n KTY10-5 1n T 850-870MHz MHW820-2
2K CN4-3
ETH TEMP SENSOR ETH U 872-905MHz MHW820-3
CN4-4
(IN HEATSINK)
V 890-915MHz MHW820-3 C36
C38 C12 1n
W 817-950MHz MHW820-3
1n 1n ETH
X 925-960MHz MHW820-3
ETH ETH
A SK2-3 A
DESIGNED GJ 10-2-97 SPECTRA

C34 C33 NOTE: DRAWN GJ 12-5-97 ENGINEERING
MX800 35 WATT POWER
1n 100n
1. NOT ALL COMPONENTS FITTED CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
9 TRADE ROAD
ETH ETH 2. * DEPENDS ON APPLICATION APPROVED MALAGA 6062 BANDS R-X 805-960MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB PA800960 REVB CS010-1A 1 OF 1 A
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VCO COMPONENT VALUES

BAND FREQ RANGE CR1 C11 C12 C17 C9 C10 C19 L3,4,5 NOTES
R13=2K2
R2 746-764MHz 950MHz, C3 2p2 1p8 3p3 1p0 1p0 5p6 56nH R4=100R
D R13=2K2 D6,D7 NF D
R2 746-764MHz 940MHz, ER37 1p8 1p8 3p3 1p0 1p0 5p6 120nH D1,D2,D3=BB149
R 805-825MHz
SKU-3 +7.4
ETH S 824-849MHz
+7.4V SWITCHED
T 850-870MHz 1.1GHz, C3 1p5 1p5 3p3 1p 1p 4p7 33nH

C28=1n
SKU-2 T 850-870MHz 1.1GHz, C5 1p5 3p9 2p7 1p 1p 3p9 120nH R13=2K2
ETH D6,D7 NF
T 850-870MHz 1.09GHz,ER37 1p5 1p0 4p7 1p0 1p0 3p3 120nH D1,D2,D3=BB149
ETH U 872-905MHz
V 890-915MHz
R13=2K2,
C13 C14 V2 900-925MHz 1.1GHz, C5 2p7 1p5 2p2 1p 1p 4p7 120nH NIL D6,D7
100n 1n
R13=2K2
W 917-950MHz 1.15GHz, C5 2p2 1p2 1p8 0p47 0p47 4p7 120nH NIL D6,D7
ETH ETH L6 R13=2K2
390nH W 917-950MHz 1.210Hz, ER37 1p5 1p 3p9 1p 1p 2p7 120nH D1=BB149 D6,D7=BB131
X 925-960MHz
C28
C C
C15
L7
1n
390nH
ETH
R5 R8
220R 3K3
C12
TR1
CR1 2SC3583
+7.4V CERAMIC
C11 C17
COAXIAL ETH
L4
ETH RESONATOR
C9
C20 R9
ETH
1n 1K5
C4 C3 R6
C19
1n 1n D6 D2 100R
C10
BB131 BB131
ETH R10 VCO CONTROL
L5 SKT-1
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH 2K2
R1 R2
270R 270R
SKT-5
L3 D1 D7 D3 C18 C22
BB131 BB131 BB131 1n 1n
B B
L8
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH 220nH
L1 ETH ETH
IC1 BB131 UNLESS NOTED
390nH R14
MAR-6SM
NF
4
C1 C6
R3 ETH
1n 1n
560R
2 1
R7 SKT-4
2K2 VCO MODULATION
SKU-1
3
TO PRE-SCALER
ETH
R15 R13 C21
C8
NF 2K2 1n
1n
L2 ETH
IC2
390nH
MAR-6SM
ETH
4
ETH ETH ETH
C2 C7
R4
1n 1n
100R
2 1
SKT-6
3
RF OUT
ETH
A A
12-9-01 B: ADD NEW BAND GJ DESIGNED GJ 11/6/96 SPECTRA MX800 TX VCO

NOTE:
DRAWN GJ 16/3/97 ENGINEERING
1. NOT ALL COMPONENTS FITTED CCT DIAGRAM, BAND
CHECKED
2. * DEPENDS ON APPLICATION 9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 R TO X (746-960 MHz)
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
TV2 REVB DRAWING No SHEET REV
PCB CS011-1E 1 1 E
(C) Copyright OF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VCO COMPONENT VALUES

BAND FREQ RANGE LO INJECT CR1 C11 C12 C17 C19 C28 L4/5 NOTES
FR4 PCB
R3 776-794MHz 686-704MHz 0.8GHz, C3 1p8 1p5 4p7 4p7 - 56nH C19=8p2
D FR4 PCB, D2,D3=NF D

R3 776-794MHz 686-704MHz 0.79GHz, ER37 1p8 1p0 3p9 5p6 - 120nH D6,D7=BB149
R 805-825MHz 895-915MHz 1.1GHz, C3 1p2 1p5 2p7 4p7 - 33nH FR4 PCB
SKU-3 +7.4
ETH R 805-825MHz 715-735MHz 0.9GHz*, C3 1p5 1p8 3p9 4p7 - 33nH FR4
+7.4V SWITCHED
R 805-825MHz 715-735MHz 0.85GHz, C5 3p3 1p5 3p9 4p7 3p3 120nH CERAMIC PCB
D2,D3 NF
SKU-2 R 805-825MHz 715-735MHz 0.85GHz, ER37 2p2 1p0 3p9 5p6 1p0 120nH D6,D7=BB149
ETH
S 824-849MHz
D2,D3 NF L7=180nH
ETH T 850-870MHz 760-780MHz 0.910GHz, ER37 1p8 1p0 3p9 5p6 1p0 120nH D6,D7=BB149 R5=180R
U 872-905MHz
V 890-915MHz 800-825MHz 1.0GHz, C3 2p7 2p7 2p2 - 120nH CERAMIC PCB

C13 C14
100n 1n
1p8 1p 3P9 5p6 1p D2,D3 NF L7=180nH
W 917-950MHz 827-860MHz 1.060GHz ER37 120nH D6,D7=BB149 R5=180R
L6
ETH ETH
390nH
X 925-960MHz
C C
C15
1n
L7
390nH
ETH
R5 R8
220R 3K3
C12
TR1
CR1 2SC3583
+7.4V CERAMIC
C28 C11 C17
COAXIAL ETH
L4
ETH RESONATOR
C20 R9
ETH
1n 1K5
C3 R6
C19
1n D6 D2 100R
BB131 BB131
ETH R10 VCO CONTROL
L5 SKT-1
ETH ETH ETH ETH 2K2
R1 R2
270R 270R
SKT-5
D7 D3 C18 C22
BB131 BB131 10n 100n
L8
B 220nH B
ETH ETH ETH ETH
L1 ETH BB131 UNLESS NOTED ETH
IC1
390nH ETH
MAR-6SM
4
C1 C6
R3
1n 1n
560R
2 1
SKU-1
3
TO PRE-SCALER
ETH
L2 ETH
IC2
390nH
MAR-6SM
4
C2 C7
R4
1n 1n
100R
2 1
SKT-6
3
RF OUT
ETH
A A

1-8-99 B: FILT CHANGE GJ DESIGNED GJ 11/6/96 SPECTRA MX800 RX VCO
12-9-01 C: NEW BAND GJ DRAWN GJ 16/3/97 ENGINEERING
10-10-02 D: LX & R10 GJ CHECKED
CCT DIAGRAM, BAND
9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 R TO X (805-960 MHz)
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB TV2 REVF DRAWING No SHEET REV G
(C) Copyright CS012-1G 1 OF 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MIXER
L9 R19 +8 +5 R20
M1 3u3H 0R 10R
C14
LRFMS-2-17 100n
ETH
C20 C17 C24 C23
100n 1n 100n 1n
TR2
L10 R22
BFG591
R15 R12 3u3H 470R
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
2K2 220R C27
R25
15p FL4
ETH C10 C21 33R
C22 C12 45F15A IF SIGNAL
L7 L1
18p 1n 1n 100n
680nH 150nH T1
D M213 D
"A" RF IF
S5
R21 C28 C61
TO FRONT END 3u3H S6
1K 15p N.F. R93
R10 R11 3u3H
SHEET 2 OF 2 10K
56R 56R T2
C36 R16 C16 R17 FL3/A FL3/B R18 C18 C25
LO M213
68p 220R 8p2 1K 45F15B 1K 12p 1n
ETH
CN6
ETH ETH ETH S7
R13 C7
N.F.
4R7 100n
L8 C13 C9
ETH
18n5 470p N.F. R23 TR3
2K2 2SC3583
ETH ETH
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
R24
C58 150R
ETH ETH
+17dBm 330p
C15 D2
1n BAV99
ETH ETH
CT1
C26
5-20p
1n
IC9 ETH
C57
+12 78M08 +8
1n
NOTES:
CN4-1
1. NOT ALL COMPONENTS FITTED
C63
100n C65 C66 CN4-1 +5
100n 100n
+12
R37 CN4-1
IC3 ETH
R40 C53 C54
0R LP2951
330K 10n 1u CN4-1
8 1 ETH ETH ETH
Vin +9V
5
R42
C C
560R
ETH
GND
EN
C46 C49
100n 100n R41
4
3
7
56R
4
ETH
C64
L16 R44 V.C.O. BOARD
1n
ETH ETH 390nH 18R SKT-6
ETH 2 1 RF OUT
R33
10K
R39 IC4
3
51K MSA-0886 R43 R45
270R 270R
R36 C48 R34
1K 1n 33K SKT-2
ETH ETH
SKD-8
ETH ETH
TR4
C45 C47 R35
BC847
1n 1n 10K
ETH ETH ETH
C55 C56 C59
1u 1n 1u SKU-3 SKT-3
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH +7.4V L21
R85
390nH +30V
100R
SKD-13
SKT-1
TUNE
ETH
SAMPLE RF
ETH
C75 C77 C78 C87 C88
TR5 100n 470n 470n 1n 1n
IC2
BC847
78L08
8 1 ETH ETH
Vin Vout
R57 R56 ETH ETH ETH
1K 2K7
GND
SKT-5
SKU-1
SKU-2
SKD-6 R38
C50 C51 C67
1K R47
100n 470n C89 1n
ETH ETH 22R
2-7
C130 C106 1n C72
1n 1n 100n
ETH ETH ETH
B ETH ETH ETH ETH B
C52 R46 R48
C52B ETH IC11A
3u3 220R 220R C113
8
100u R76 MC33172D IC11B

1n
CN3 C107 100R MC33172D
C91
3 R83 R84
1n 1n
ETH ETH ETH ETH 1 5 1K 1K
R73 R74
2 7
33K 10K SKD-14
6
C115
4
10n C125 C126 C127

ETH
R67 R68 R75 1n 1n 1n
R88 R86 R77
R50 C104 100K 470R IC10 1K5
17
16
1K SKD-7 1K ETH R66 ETH 4K7 ETH

SKD-19 10K 1n SA7025DK
1K R72 ETH ETH ETH
33R 5
RFIN
RF
RN
R78 R80
C137 C135 C133 C132
RF OUT 8 14 ETH 18K 220R
1n 1n 1n 1n TR6 C105 REFIN PHP
19 13 C114
BC847 100n C108 TST PHI SKD-15
20 1
1n VDD CLK 3u3
ETH R87 ETH ETH R62 ETH X2 +VE 2
DAT C119 C120
1K 1K ETH ETH R69 R71 15 3
SKD-5 VDDA STB 100p 100p
SKD-20 TCXO 100R 33R ETH R81
C116
18 ETH 220R
LOCK 470nF
11 ETH ETH
C136 C134 C131 C129 R49 PHA SKD-18
ETH 10
1n 1n 1n 1n 10K AUX
+12 9
C109 C110 RA C121 C122
VCCP
*RFIN
VSS
VSSA
100n 1n 100p 100p

ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH R79
R70 220R
7
6
4
12
33R ETH ETH

+12V IN SKD-17
SKD-2 8 1 ETH
Vin Vout
C60 C128 C118
L22
GND
C92 C93 C94 C99 C112 C101 1u 100p 100p
390nH ETH R82
100n 470n 470n 1n 1u 100n C111 C117
IC8 220R
1n 1n
78L05 ETH ETH
2-7
SKD-16
SKD-1 ETH
C123 C124
ETH
1n 1n
A ETH R63 A
220R ETH ETH
SKD-9 +5
R65 IC6
IC7 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
10K * X24C04
78L05
C95 C96
8 3 1 8 28/8/00 C: Tant remove GJ DESIGNED GJ 11/6/99 SPECTRA
100p 100p VCC A2 Vout Vin MX800 RECEIVER MODULE
R64 5 2
GND
DATA A1 22/01/03 D: IC6 PINS GJ DRAWN GJ 11/6/97 ENGINEERING
ETH 220R ETH MIXER & IF SECTION
C100 C103
SKD-12 6 1 CHECKED
CLK A0 100n 1n 2-7
9 TRADE ROAD 45MHZ FOR BANDS A,B
4 7 APPROVED
C97 C98 VEE GND MALAGA 6062
100p 100p WESTERN AUSTRALIA
ETH ETH ETH REF PHONE +618-92482755
ETH ETH SEARX REV H+ DRAWING No SHEET REV
ETH ETH PCB CS015-1G 1 OF 2 G
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R95
33R
IF SIGNAL
T28 OPTION +5
D C37 D
N M
T28 NOTE: R27 = 0R 1n NOTES:
ETH
IC13B R14 = N/F 1. Programable IF: FL5,FL6=SFGCG455DX. FL5A,FL6A=CFUCG455GX.
+5
DG213DY 2. WB Only: FL5,FL6=SFGCG455DX
R97 3. NB Only: FL5,FL6=CFUCG455GX
C102 ETH
1K 4. MB Only: FL5=SFGCG455DX,FL6=CFUCG455GX
100n L15
U
680nH
S8
16
1
8
9
CT1
C11 680R
5-20p
100n
2 7 R99 R98 LO FREQ ADJUST
14 11 27K 0R ETH
C40
3 15 FL5 10 6 C71
1n
ETH 10n L23
*
C70 390nH
4
5
IC13A
12
13
+5 10n
DG213DY C35
ETH TR1 C31 C32 C90 ETH
1n
BC847 100n 100n 100n
IC1
V T ETH X1
C19 R100 SA615
ETH FL5B 44.545MHz
100n 6K8
2 1 ETH
* RFBP RFIN
13 4
DCPL XT2
12 3
DCPL XT1
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH 20 7
DG213 OPTION MIXO RSSI C41
18 6
IFIN VCC 56p
16 8
IFOP AUDM
14 5
LIMI MUTE
9 15
AUDU GND
10 11
QUIN LIMO
L K 17 19
DCPL DCPL R31 C42
15K 18p
C43
C62
R27 470n
47u
2K2
ETH ETH
16
1
8
9
IC14B ETH ETH ETH
C30 C33
DG213DY
100n 100n
2 7 IC5B
C 14 11 MC33202 C
3 15 10 6 R59
ETH 5 1K
C34
IC14A 7
4
5
10p SKD-4
12
13
DG213DY FL6 6
R14 RSSI
ETH
3K3 * C81 C82
C44 R32 1n 1n
C29 R26 3n9 100K
100p 100K
ETH FL6B +5 ETH ETH
C8 *
ETH ETH
100n
ETH ETH
ETH
C68
11
ETH
100n
L14
R28 R30
C38 1.5mH 12 IC15B
47K 10K
ETH 82p 74HC4066
NTC RSSI CORRECTION
R29
10
33K TEMP COMPENSATION

+5
C39
100n R91
R54
2M7
+5 100K
R92
ETH
100K
ETH
R90 R51
100K 2K2
B B
4
R61
1K
5 IC15C +5
SKD-10
74HC4066
IF MODE IC5A
C86 C85
8
MC33202
3
1n 1n
R58
3 100R
ETH ETH 1
SKD-3
2
HIGH = WB (DEFAULT) DISC OUT
R52 C73 C79 C80
4
LOW = NB 220R 100n 1n 1n
DC OFFSET CORRECTION
ETH ETH
ETH ETH
R96 R55
R53
3K3 2K
2M2
R60
1K
C74
ETH ETH
TEMP COMPENSATION 4p7 IC15A IC15D SKD-11
74HC4066 74HC4066
R89
C83 C84
2M2
1n 1n
1 2 8 9
ETH ETH
ETH
6
13
GAIN CORRECTION
A A
28/8/00 C: Tant remove GJ DESIGNED GJ 11/6/99 SPECTRA

CHECKED
MIXER & PROGRAMMABLE
9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 45MHZ IF FOR BANDS A,B
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB CS015-2E 2 OF 2 E
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
REFL VOLTS CN4-5

ETH C19
C28 1n
18p R18 C17 C40
D2 R19
R9 10K 1n 1n
22R
HSMS-2800 1K ETH ETH ETH
D D
L11
17n5H R8 R14
56R 330R S8 S9 S10 S11 S12
R25 ETH C60

10R C16
100n 27p S5
ETH ETH ETH
IC1 RF OUTPUT
RF POWER HYBRID C59 C4 CN3
220p L21 L13 L12 S6 L4 L3 L2 L1
C54 R6
56p 2R2 0.5T 2T 43nH
L14 560p C44 C47 C49 C51
43nH L23 L20
C67 C5 CT2 ETH
RF 18n5H 0.5T 680p 330p 5-60p C7 N.F. 12p 15p 8p2

S7
OUT C45 C46 C48 C50 C52
C53 CT1 C57 L10 C58 ETH ETH ETH ETH 27p 39p 39p 39p 22p
15p 5-60p 220p 43nH 1n TR1 R13 R10 ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
SD1446 R7 L8 330R 56R
ETH ETH
N.F.
ETH ETH ETH ETH

R16
1K D1
R11
C22 C21 22R * IC3
L6 470n 1n HSMS-2800 78L05 IC4
+VE
C C18 C27 * X24C04 DATA CN4-7 C
ETH ETH 1n 18p ETH
RFC
8
C1 C3 C11 C35 C42

100n 3u3/16V 1n ETH ETH 1n
100n 2 5
VCC
A1 DATA
IC2 ETH
ETH ETH ETH 3 6
A2 CLK
78L05 ETH CLOCK CN4-10
ETH 7
+VE TST
A0
VEE
C43
1
4
1n
C6 ETH
100n ETH
ETH ETH
TR2 L9
L5 FMMT591 RFC L7
+VE +12V IN CN2-2
RFC RFC
C9 C29
3u3/16V C8 C10 C20 C23 C24 470u C26 C30 C31 C32
RF IN 100n 1n R4 1n 1n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
10K
ETH ETH ETH
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
D3 CN2-1
N.F. BZW03C18
B B
R2 R5 ETH
CN1 CN4-8
68R FWD VOLTS
RF IN 1K8
R12 R3 C37 C15
ETH 220R 100R 1n 1n R17
10K C41
R1 1n
180R ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
PA COMPONENT VALUES CN4-9
ETH ETH
CN4-2 PTT IN
BAND FREQ RANGE IC1 C53 C7 C5 CN4-1
CN4-6 A 66-80MHz M67743L 33p
B 74-88MHz M67743H 47p ETH
C39 C14 TS1 C13

1n 1n KTY10-5 1n
2K CN4-3
ETH TEMP SENSOR ETH
CN4-4
(IN HEATSINK)
C36
C38 C12 1n
1n 1n ETH
ETH ETH
A SK2-3 A

C34 C33 NOTE: DRAWN GJ 20-7-97 ENGINEERING
MX800 50 WATT POWER
1n 100n
1. NOT ALL COMPONENTS FITTED CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
9 TRADE ROAD
ETH ETH 2. * DEPENDS ON APPLICATION APPROVED MALAGA 6062 BANDS A-B 66-88MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
3. CONNECT PADS G,N,O,P,J REF PHONE (618) 92482755
FAX (618) 92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
DWGS CS016-1A 1 OF 1 A
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MIXER L9 R19 R20 C23 L10

+8 +5
M1 C14 3u3H 0R 10R 1n 3.3uH
LRFMS-2-17 100n R22
ETH
470R
C20 TR2 C17 C24
100n BFG591 1n 100n
R15 R12
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH FL4
2K2 220R C27 R25
* 90M15A
C22 C12 C10 C21 6p8 18R
L7 L1 IF SIGNAL
T1 ETH
12p 1n 1n 100n
220nH 33nH
D M309 D
"A" RF IF S5
680nH R21
TO FRONT END C28 R93
R10 R11 S7
560R
SHEET 2 OF 2 FL3/A FL3/B T2 22p 10K
56R 56R R16 1.2uH
C36 C25
LO * * M309
220R
18p 1n ETH
CN6
ETH ETH ETH
S6
C7
390nH
L8 C13 ETH C61
100n TR3
18n5 100p 8p2
2SC3583
ETH ETH
ETH ETH ETH R13 ETH ETH ETH
ETH ETH C16 R17 R18 C18 R24
+17dBm 4R7
C58 R23 NOTES:
8p2 3K3 5K6 8p2 150R
C9 C15 D2
5p6 2K2
ETH ETH 1. NOT ALL COMPONENTS FITTED
18p 1n BAV99
C26
CT2
1n
5-20p 2. * 50kHz SPACING;
IC9 FL3 = 90M30B, FL4 = 90M30A
C57 +12 78M08 +8
ETH CN4-1
1n CN4-1 3. * 30kHz SPACING;
CN4-2 +5 FL3 = 90M20B, FL4 = 90M20A
CN4-2
CN4-3
C63 CN4-3 ETH 4. * 25kHz SPACING;
100n C65 C66 CN4-4
+12 CN4-4 FL3 = 90M15B
100n 100n
R37 IC3
0R LP2951
8 1 ETH ETH ETH 5. * 20kHz SPACING;
Vin +9V
5 R42 FL3 = 90M15B
C C
560R
ETH
GND
EN
C46 C49 R40 C53 C54
100n 100n 330K 10n 1u R41 6. * 12.5kHz SPACING ;
4
3
7
56R FL3 = 90N8B / 90M8B
4
C64 R44 V.C.O. BOARD
ETH OR FL3 = 90M15B
ETH ETH 1n 18R SKT-6
ETH 2 1 RF OUT
R33 7. * 25/12.5kHz PROGRAMMABLE SPACING ;
L16
10K
R39 390nH FL3=90M15B
R43 R45
3
51K
270R 270R
R36 8. * 30kHz FOR EXTRA VF BW
IC4
1K R34 SKT-2
SKD-8 ETH MSA-0886 ETH FL3/4 = 90M20A/B
ETH ETH R18=8K2,C58=3p3, OTHER VALUES MAY VARY
33K TR4
C45 BC847 9. VALUES MAY VARY IN SPECIAL CASES
1n
ETH ETH ETH
C55 C56 C59 SKU-3 SKT-3 L21
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH 1u 1n 1u +7.4V R85
390nH +30V
100R
C48 C47 R35 SKD-13
1n 1n 10K SKT-1
TUNE C75
ETH
SAMPLE RF
ETH
C77 C78 C87 C88
TR5 100n
IC2
BC847 470n 470n 1n 1n
78L08
8 1 ETH ETH
Vin Vout R56
R57 ETH ETH ETH
1K 2K7
GND
SKT-5
SKU-1
SKU-2
SKD-6 R38
C50 C51 C67 R47
1K
100n 470n C89 1n
ETH ETH 22R
2-7
C130 C106 1n
C72
1n 1n
100n
ETH ETH ETH IC11A
B ETH ETH ETH ETH B
C52 R46 R48 MC33172D
C52B C113 ETH IC11B
CN3 100n 220R 220R
8
100u R76
1n
100R MC33172D
C91 C107 R83
3
1n 1n
ETH ETH ETH ETH 1 5 1K R84
R73 R74
2 7 SKD-14
33K 10K
6
C115
1K
4
10n C127
ETH C125
R67 R68 R75
R88 R86 R77
R50 C104 100K 470R 1K5 1n 1n
17
16
1K SKD-7 1K ETH R66 IC10 ETH 4K7 ETH

10K 1n
SKD-19 1K R72 SA7025DK ETH ETH ETH
TR6 33R 5
RFIN
RF
RN
BC847 R78 R80 C126

C137 C135 C133 C132
RF OUT 8 14 ETH 18K 220R
1n 1n 1n 1n C105 REFIN PHP 1n
19 13 C114 SKD-15
100n C108 TST PHI
20 1 3u3/16V
1n VDD CLK
DAT C119 C120
1K 1K ETH ETH R69 R71 15 3
SKD-5 VDDA STB 100p 100p
SKD-20 TCXO 100R 33R ETH R81
C116
18 ETH 220R
LOCK 470nF
11 ETH ETH SKD-18
C136 C134 C131 C129 R49 PHA
ETH 10
1n 1n 1n 1n 10K AUX
+12 9
C109 C110 RA C121 C122
VCCP
*RFIN
VSS
VSSA
100n 1n 100p 100p

R70 220R
7
6
4
12
33R ETH ETH SKD-17

+12V IN
SKD-2 8 1 ETH
Vin Vout
C60 C128 C118
L22
GND
C92 C93 C94 C99 C112 C101 1u 100p 100p
390nH ETH R82
100n 470n 470n 1n 1u 100n C111 C117
IC8 220R
1n 1n
78L05 ETH ETH SKD-16
2-7
SKD-1 ETH
C123 C124
ETH
1n 1n
A ETH R63 A
220R ETH ETH
SKD-9 +5
R65
IC6 IC7 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
10K
* X24C04 78L05
C95 C96
8 3 1 8 8/02/00 R39,40 ammend GJ DESIGNED GJ 11/6/99 SPECTRA
100p 100p VCC A2 Vout Vin
R64 5 2
GND
DATA A1 1/05/00 J: Update IF GJ DRAWN GJ 11/6/97 ENGINEERING
ETH 220R ETH
C100 C103
SKD-12 6 1 25/08/00 D: TANT REMOVE GJ CHECKED
CLK A0 100n 1n 2-7 MIXER & IF SECTION
9 TRADE ROAD
4 7 22/01/03 E: IC6 PINS GJ APPROVED
ETH ETH SEARX REV J+ DRAWING No SHEET REV
ETH ETH PCB CS017-1H 1 OF 2 H
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
T28 OPTION +5
D C37 D
N M R95
T28 NOTE: R27 = 0R 4p7 CHANNEL SPACING NOTES:
33R ETH
IC13B R14 = N/F IF SIGNAL 1. Programable IF: FL5,FL6=SFGCG455DX. FL5A,FL6A=CFUCG455GX.
+5
R97 C102 3. NB Only: FL5,FL6=CFUCG455GX
ETH
2K2 100n 4. MB Only: FL5=SFGCG455DX,FL6=CFUCG455GX
L15
U
680nH
S8
16
1
8
9
CT1
C11 4K7
5-20p
100n
14 11 27K 0R ETH
C40
3 15 FL5 10 6
C71 1n
ETH L23
* 10n C70 C35
390nH
4
5
IC13A 10n 1n
12
13
DG213DY C90
ETH +5 TR1 ETH
C31 C32 100n
BC847
100n 100n
ETH
V T IC1 X1
C19 R100
ETH FL5B SA615 89.545MHz
6K8
100n 2 1 ETH
* RFBP RFIN
13 4
DCPL XT2
12 3
DCPL XT1
MIXO RSSI C41
18 6
IFIN VCC 33p
16 8
IFOP AUDM
14 5
LIMI MUTE
9 15
AUDU GND
10 11
QUIN LIMO
L K 17 19
DCPL DCPL R31* C42
15K 3p9
C33 C43
C62
*R27 100n 470n
47u
2K2
ETH ETH
16
1
8
9
IC14B ETH ETH ETH
C30 IC5B
DG213DY
100n MC33202
2 7
C 14 11 /MCP6002 C
3 15 10 6 R59
ETH 5 1K
C34
7 SKD-4
4
5
IC14A 10p
12
13
FL6 6 RSSI
*R14 DG213DY
ETH
3K3 * C81 C82
C44 R32 1n 1n
C29 R26 3n9 100K
100p 100K
ETH FL6B +5 ETH ETH
C8 *
ETH ETH
100n
ETH ETH
ETH
C68
11
ETH
100n
L14 IC15B
C38 R28 R30
1.5mH 12 74HC4066
82p 47K 10K
ETH
NTC RSSI CORRECTION
R29
10

+5
C39
100n R91
R54 2M7
+5
R92 100K
ETH
100K
ETH
R90 R51
100K 2K2
B B
4
R61
1K
SKD-10 5 IC15C +5
IC5A
74HC4066
MC33202
IF MODE C86 C85 /MCP6002
3
1n 1n
R58
3 10R
ETH ETH 1 SKD-3
2 DISC OUT
HIGH = WB (DEFAULT) R52 C73 C79 C80
4
LOW = NB 220R 100n 1n 1n
ETH ETH
ETH ETH
R96 R55 R53

3K3 2K 2M2
R60
1K
C74
ETH ETH SKD-11
4p7
IC15A IC15D
R89 74HC4066 74HC4066
C83 C84
TEMP COMPENSATION 2M2
1n 1n
1 2 8 9
ETH ETH
ETH
6
13
GAIN CORRECTION
A A
NOTES: 2/5/00 C: Update IF GJ DESIGNED GJ 11/6/99 SPECTRA

25/8/00 D: Tant remove GJ DRAWN GJ 1/8/99 ENGINEERING
1. * VALUE MAY VARY
4/10/01 E: R58 to 10R GJ CHECKED
9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 IF SECTION
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB SEARX REVJ+ CS017-2G 2 OF 2 G
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
STANDARD CONNECTIONS ADDED CONNECTIONS FOR OPTION T05

ADDED CONNECTIONS FOR OPTION T04
HEADERS LOCATED REAR CONNECTOR HEADERS LOCATED REAR CONNECTOR

ON CONTROLLER PCB LOCATED ON CHASSIS ON CONTROLLER PCB LOCATED ON CHASSIS
INTERFACE PCB
D D
SKH RIBBON CABLE CN1 SKH. RIBBON CABLE SK1 SK2 CN3
16 PIN IDC DB15/F 16 PIN IDC 16PIN 16PIN DB15/F
1 REPEATER ENABLE 8 1 REPEATER ENABLE 1 1 8
2 RX AUDIO 600 OHMS 15 2 RX AUDIO 600 OHMS 2 2 15
3 RX TALK 7 3 RX TALK 3 3 7
4 RX MUTE 14 4 RX MUTE 4 4 14
5 ALARM O/P #1 6 5 ALARM O/P #1 5 5 6
6 DC FM / WB INPUT 13 6 DC FM / WB INPUT 6 6 13
7 ALARM O/P #3/ MLEAD 5 7 ALARM O/P #3/ MLEAD 7 7 5
8 PTT 12 8 PTT 8 8 12
9 RX DISCRIMINATOR 4 9 RX DISCRIMINATOR 9 9 4
10 TX TALK 11 10 TX TALK 10 10 11
11 RX AUDIO 5 OHM 3 11 RX AUDIO 5 OHM 11 11 3
12 EARTH 10 12 EARTH 12 12 10
13 TX VF LOOP BACK CTRL 2 13 TX VF LOOP BACK CTRL 13 13 2
14 TX AUDIO 600 OHM 9 14 TX AUDIO 600 OHM 14 14 9
15 ALARM O/P #2 1 15 ALARM O/P #2 15 15 1
16 +12V O/P 16 +12V O/P 16 16
R6
470R T2
+12 ETH
ETH T1
CN5
C 8 RX AUDIO LEG A C
ETH 7 RX AUDIO LEG B
6 TX AUDIO LEG A
5 TX AUDIO LEG B
4 M LEAD COMMON
3 M LEAD NC
2 E LEAD LEG A
1 E LEAD LEG B
RJ45 8WAY
SKE RIBBON CABLE CN2

10 PIN IDC DB9/F
+12V O/P
2
1 5 JMP1
2 TEST TX VF I/P 9 RL1
3 TX FWD POWER 4 2 9 1 3
4 FINAL TX VF O/P 8 3 8
5 MON PTT 3 4 7
6 MUTE RX VF 7
7 RSSI O/P 2
8 TX REFL PWR 6 10 1 JMP2
9 EARTH 1 +12
10 +5V O/P
D3
BAV99
R1 D1
22K BAV99
R2
IC1
22K
MOC8050
R3
22K D2
BAV99
R4
22K
B ETH P1 B
R5
22K
ETH
SKE. RIBBON CABLE SK3 SK4 CN4

10 PIN IDC 16PIN 16PIN DB9/F
1 +12V O/P 1 1 5
2 TEST TX VF I/P 2 2 9
3 TX FWD POWER 3 3 4
5 MON PTT 5 5 3
6 MUTE RX VF 6 6 7
7 RSSI O/P 7 7 2
8 TX REFL PWR 8 8 6
9 EARTH 9 9 1
10 +5V O/P 10 10
A A

DRAWN GJ 8-8-99 ENGINEERING
MX800 ISOLATED
CHECKED
INTERFACE OPTION
9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 CCT DIAGRAM
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB CS018-1E 1 OF 1 E
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
STANDARD CONNECTIONS ADDED CONNECTIONS FOR OPTION
HEADERS LOCATED REAR CONNECTOR HEADERS LOCATED CONNECTOR LOCATED

ON CONTROLLER PCB LOCATED ON CHASSIS ON CONTROLLER PCB ON CHASSIS
INTERFACE PCB
VF I/O
SKH RIBBON CABLE CN1 SKH. RIBBON CABLE SK1 +5 +5 INTERFACE
16 PIN IDC DB15/F 16 PIN IDC 16PIN
REPEATER ENABLE REPEATER ENABLE SK7
1 8 1 1
2 RX AUDIO 600 OHMS 15 2 RX AUDIO 600 OHMS 2 DB37/F
3 RX TALK 7 3 RX TALK 3 R2 R1 BCD TENS BIT 0 1
D 4 RX MUTE 14 4 RX MUTE 4 10K 10K BCD UNITS BIT 3 20 D
5 ALARM O/P #1 6 5 ALARM O/P #1 5 BCD TENS BIT 1 2
6 DC FM / WB INPUT 13 6 DC FM / WB INPUT 6 BCD UNITS BIT 2 21
7 ALARM O/P #3/ MLEAD 5 7 ALARM O/P #3/ MLEAD 7 BCD TENS BIT 2 3
8 PTT 12 8 PTT 8 BCD UNITS BIT 1 22
9 RX DISCRIMINATOR 4 9 RX DISCRIMINATOR 9 JMP5 JMP4 BCD TENS BIT 3 4
10 TX TALK 11 10 TX TALK 10 BCD UNITS BIT 0 23
11 RX AUDIO 5 OHM 3 11 RX AUDIO 5 OHM 11 5
12 EARTH 10 12 EARTH 12 +5 24
13 TX VF LOOP BACK CTRL 2 13 TX VF LOOP BACK CTRL 13 JMP1 6
14 TX AUDIO 600 OHM 9 14 TX AUDIO 600 OHM 14 25
15 ALARM O/P #2 1 15 ALARM O/P #2 15 R3 MAIN GND 7
16 +12V O/P 16 +12V O/P 16 10K FINAL TX VF MONITOR 26
8
TX S-METER 27
BUSY CARRIER DETECT 9
JMP3 TX REFELECTED POWER 28
DIG I/O DIG I/O 10
SK6 CN3 SKF SK5 TX TALK 29
26 PIN IDC DB25/F 26 PIN IDC 26PIN JMP6 11
1 DIGITAL ETH / +5V 13 1 DIGITAL ETH / +5V 1 TX VF LOOP BACK 30
2 DIG IN BIT 0 25 2 DIG IN BIT 0 2 SQUELCH DISABLE 12
3 DIG IN BIT 1 12 3 DIG IN BIT 1 3 TX DC-FM INPUT 31
4 DIG IN BIT 2 24 4 DIG IN BIT 2 4 13
5 DIG IN BIT 3 11 5 DIG IN BIT 3 5 TX PWR & VSWR ALARM 32
6 DIG IN BIT 4 23 6 DIG IN BIT 4 6 RX AUDIO 600 OHMS 14
7 DIG IN BIT 5 10 7 DIG IN BIT 5 7 TX AUDIO 600 OHMS 33
8 DIG IN BIT 6 22 8 DIG IN BIT 6 8 PTT 15
9 DIG IN BIT 7 9 9 DIG IN BIT 7 9 MODULATION GND 34
10 BCD UNITS BIT 0 21 10 BCD UNITS BIT 0 10 RX S-METER 16
11 BCD UNITS BIT 1 8 11 BCD UNITS BIT 1 11 TEST TX VF INJECT 35
12 BCD UNITS BIT 2 20 12 BCD UNITS BIT 2 12 RX DISCRIMINATOR 17
13 BCD UNITS BIT 3 7 13 BCD UNITS BIT 3 13 +5 VOLTS 36
14 BCD TENS BIT 0 19 14 BCD TENS BIT 0 14 REPEATER ENABLE 18
15 BCD TENS BIT 1 6 15 BCD TENS BIT 1 15 +5 VOLTS 37
16 BCD TENS BIT 2 18 16 BCD TENS BIT 2 16 MUTED RX VF 19
17 BCD TENS BIT 3 5 17 BCD TENS BIT 3 17
18 DIG OUT BIT 7 17 18 DIG OUT BIT 7 18
C 20 DIG OUT BIT 5 16 20 DIG OUT BIT 5 20 C
24 DIG OUT BIT 1 14 24 DIG OUT BIT 1 24 ALARMS
26 26 26 SK8
DB9/F
+12V OP 1
ALARM O/P #1 6
TX AUDIO 600 OHMS 2
SKE RIBBON CABLE CN2 MAIN GND 7
10 PIN IDC DB9/F RX AUDIO 5 OHM 3
1 +12V O/P 5 MAIN GND 8
2 TEST TX VF I/P 9 ALARM O/P #3/ MLEAD 4
3 TX FWD POWER 4 GND RETURN 9
4 FINAL TX VF O/P 8 MON PTT 5
5 MON PTT 3
6 MUTE RX VF 7 JMP2
7 RSSI O/P 2
8 TX REFL PWR 6
9 EARTH 1
10 +5V O/P
ETH
FRONT
PANEL
MONITOR
SKE. RIBBON CABLE SK4 SK6. CN6
10 PIN IDC 16PIN 16PIN DB9/F
1 +12V O/P 1 +12V O/P 1 5
2 TEST TX VF I/P 2 TEST TX VF I/P 2 9
3 TX FWD POWER 3 TX FWD (CAL)POWER 3 4
4 FINAL TX VF O/P 4 FINAL TX VF O/P 4 8
5 MON PTT 5 MON PTT 5 3
B 6 MUTE RX VF 6 MUTE RX VF 6 7 B
7 RSSI O/P 7 RSSI (CAL)O/P 7 2
8 TX REFL PWR 8 TX REFL PWR 8 6
9 EARTH 9 EARTH 9 1
10 +5V O/P 10 +5V O/P 10
RV2
1K
RV1
1K
ETH ETH RS-232

SKI RIBBON CABLE SK3 SK2. CN5
10 PIN IDC 16PIN TX FWD PWR CAL ADJ RSSI CAL ADJ 16PIN DB9/M
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 6
3 RXD * 3 RXD * 3 2
4 4 4 7
5 TXD * 5 TXD * 5 3
6 6 6 8
7 7 7 4
8 8 8 9
9 GND 9 GND 9 5
10 10 10
A A
DESIGNED SPECTRA
DRAWN ENGINEERING
MX800 TRUNK INTERFACE
CHECKED
CCT DIAGRAM
* MODE IS SWAPABLE 9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 FOR DB37F
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB CS021-1A 1 OF 1 A
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
300Hz ELLIPITIC HPF VF DIGITAL DELAY

1
+5 JMP4
R14 R28 R37
+5 56K 33K +5 12K OFF
2 SKK-1
C21
R15 R29 R38
D C12 100n D
39K 220K 1M2 ON
100n
R13
ETH
3
47K
1
4
5
6
24
ETH
IC2B C15 C16
8
8
IC2A C14 C13 C18 C17 IC3A IC3B IC4
10n 10n
LM2904 10n 10n LM2904 10n 10n LM2904 LM2904 M65830 C30
C20 R11 3 5 3 5 C35 R55 R54 10u
REQ
SCK
VCC
VDD
100n 47K 1 7 1 7 10U 15K 8K2
DATA
SKK-2 2 6 2 6 23
F1IN
1
R17 R26 R39 JMP3 13
F2OUT
270K 820K 390K 8
4
4
C34 IDFLAG R49
ON R53
1n C29 15K
15K R48
1n
R10 R20 R30 R42 2 22 8K2
F1OUT
ETH 47K 1M2 1M5 ETH 3M3 14
F2IN
OFF C36
17 C31 R50
3n9 CC2 C32
R18 R12 R25 R27 R40 R36 68n 15K
3
3n9
C11 82K 10K 220K 10K 270K 10K 18 16
CC1 OP2IN
56p ETH
15 ETH
OP2OUT
R19 R31 R41 2
XIN
180K 1M8 330K 20
C23 C22 OP1IN
21
47n 47n OP1OUT
3
XOUT C33
19
REF 68n
ETH ETH
R16 C19 R21 R24 R22 R23 R33 R34 R32 R35 R43 R46 R44 R45 IDSW
TEST1
TEST2
DGND
AGND
47K 100n 220K 1M2 180K 1M2 68K 100K 100K 220K 1M2 3M3 1M8 5M6 C24 C25
+5
47n 47n R51 R52
7
9
68R 56R
10
11
12
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH R47
R56
1M
4K7
C26
X1 ETH 10u
C 1MHz C
R57
C37 ETH
4K7
10u
C28 C27
ETH ETH
220p 220p
ETH ETH
POWER SAVE
R1 C9
8K2 3n9
R3 R2
1K5 3K9
4
+12 ETH IC1 +5
LM2595S
L2 L1 L3
IN RFC PE-53819 100uH OUT
2 1
C8 C7
C1 C2 D1 C3 C4 C38
100n 1n C6 C5
47u 47u MBRS340 100u 100u 2200uF
100n 1n
3
5
B B
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
+12 +5
SKK-13 JMP1
EX NORM
SKK-11 D2
MBRS340
+5 TR1
SKK-10 FZT751
SKK-12
SKK-8
R4 R5
10K 1K8
C10
100n
TR3
BC847 R8
SKK-5 +5 33K
JMP2 SKK-7
ETH RX NORM
D3
MBRS340
SKK-3 TR2 ETH

FZT751
SKK-14
SKK-4
A A
SKK-6 R6 R7 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE

10K 1K8
SKK-15
DESIGNED GJ 7/6/99 SPECTRA MX800 CONTROLLER
TR4
BC847 R9 DRAWN GJ 29/6/99 ENGINEERING
33K OPTION BOARD
SKK-16 SKK-9
CHECKED
9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
ETH PCB CS022-1A 1 OF 1 B
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NOMINAL BAND VCO COMPONENT VALUES

L1,L2 L4,L5 NOTES: TYP
BAND FREQ BAND LO INJECT FREQ RANGE SWITCHING BW C11 C17 C12 C5 C20 R5 R6 L6, L10 L8,L9 L7 CR1/L11 A.C.R.@25kHz
A2 30-39MHz 120-129MHz 30-39MHz 4MHz 1p5 12p 6p8 18p - 56R 560R 390nH 1u8H 1u5H 9.5T AL 94dB
A3 39-50MHz 109-120MHz 39-50MHz 4MHz 1p5 12p 6p8 18p - 56R 560R 390nH 1u8H 1u5H 9.5T AL 94dB
D A 66-80MHz 111-125MHz 66-80MHz 14MHz 4p7 6p8 8p2 12p - 68R 220R 390nH 1u5H 1u5H 9.5T AL 88dB D
B 70-88MHz 115-133MHz 70-88MHz 18MHz 4p7 6p8 8p2 12p - 68R 220R 390nH 1u5H 1u5H 9.5T AL 88dB
C 135-160MHz 225-250MHz 135-160MHz 25MHz 2p7 6p8 8p2 15p - 22R 220R 390nH 390nH 390nH 4.5T AL 86dB
D 155-180MHz 245-270MHz 155-180MHz 25MHz 2p7 6p8 12p 15p - 22R 220R 390nH 390nH 390nH 3.5T AL 85dB
D3 148-174MHz 238-264MHz 148-174MHz 26MHz 2p7 6p8 12p 15p - 22R 220R 390nH 390nH 390nH 3.5T AL 85dB
E 177-207MHz 267-297MHz 175-200MHz 30MHz 2p7 4p7 6p8 5p6 - 22R 220R 390nH 390nH 390nH 3.5T AL 85dB
F 195-225MHz 285-315MHz 195-225MHz 30MHz 1p2 4p7 3p9 6p8 - 22R 220R 390nH 220nH 390nH 3.5T AL 85dB
G 220-250MHz 310-340MHz 220-250MHz 30MHz 2p2 6p8 8p2 8p2 - 10R 180R 390nH 180nH 390nH 2.5T AL 85dB
SKU-3
+7.4V SWITCHED H 245-275MHz 335-365MHz 245-275MHz 30MHz 2p2 4p7 5p6 6p8 - 22R 180R 390nH 180nH 390nH 2.5T AL 85dB
I 270-300MHz 360-390MHz 270-300MHz 30MHz 2p7 8p2 12p 8p2 - 10R 180R 390nH 180nH 390nH 1.5T AL 84dB
SKU-2 J 295-325MHz 385-415MHz 295-325MHz 30MHz 2p7 6p8 8p2 8p2 - 22R 150R 390nH 220nH 390nH 1.5T AL 84dB
ETH
K 320-350MHz 410-440MHz 320-350MHz 30MHz 2p2 8p2 6p8 10p - 22R 180R 390nH 220nH 390nH 1.5T AL 84dB
ETH L 345-375MHz 435-465MHz 345-375MHz 30MHz 1p8 4p7 5p6 4p7 - 10R 150R 390nH 220nH 390nH 1.5T AL 84dB
M 370-400MHz 460-490MHz 370-400MHz 30MHz 2p7 6p8 6p8 8p2 1p8 22R 150R 390nH 220nH 390nH 2.5T AL 84dB FIT CT1
C C
C13 C14 N 395-430MHz 305-340MHz 395-430MHz 35MHz 1p5 3p3 8p2 10p - 10R 180R 390nH 180nH 390nH 2.5T AL 85dB
100n 1n
N2 400-435MHz 310-345MHz 400-435MHz 35MHz 1p5 3p3 8p2 10p - 10R 180R 390nH 180nH 390nH 2.5T AL 85dB
ETH ETH
L6
O 425-460MHz 335-370MHz 425-460MHz 35MHz 2p2 4p7 5p6 6p8 - 10R 180R 390nH 180nH 390nH 2.5T AL 85dB
P 455-490MHz 365-400MHz 455-490MHz 35MHz 2p7 8p2 12p 8p2 - 10R 180R 390nH 180nH 390nH 1.5T AL 84dB
C15 P2 450-485MHz 360-395MHz 450-485MHz 35MHz 2p7 8p2 12p 8p2 - 10R 180R 390nH 180nH 390nH 1.5T AL 84dB
100n
L7
Q 485-520MHz 395-430MHz 485-520MHz 35MHz 2p7 6p8 8p2 8p2 - 22R 150R 390nH 220nH 390nH 1.5T AL 84dB
ETH
Q2 500-532MHz 410-442MHz 500-532MHz 32MHz 2p7 6p8 8p2 8p2 - 22R 150R 390nH 220nH 390nH 1.5T AL 83dB
CR1 R5
CERAMIC RESONATOR
ETH
165-186MHz 21MHz 1p8 8p2 6p8 18p - 22R 220R 390nH 390nH 390nH 3.5T AL 80dB@12.5kHz
C17 148-174MHz 12MHz 1p0 8p2 5p6 18p - 10R 220R 390nH 390nH 390nH 4.5T AL 89dB,80dB@12.5kHz
66-88MHz 4MHz (B2) 1p5 12p 6p8 18p - 10R 560R 390nH 1u8H 1u5H 9.5T AL 94dB
B C12 B
400-420MHz 10MHz (N3) 3p9 4p7 6p8 3p9 22p 10R 150R 390nH 390nH 390nH 380MHz 92dB
L11
450-470MHz 10MHz (P3) 2p7 4p7 5p6 4p7 6p8 10R 150R 390nH 390nH 390nH 440MHz 92dB
TR1
C11 SST-310
R11
C20 L4 10R
R6
C3
ETH
1n
ETH C5
L10
ETH
ETH
D1 D2
R1 R2 BB133 BB133
CT1
270R 270R
2-6pF R12 R10 VCO CONTROL
SKT-5 SKT-1
L5 10R ETH ETH 2K2
ETH
(For resonator only) C18 C22

ETH
D3 D4 10n 100n
ETH
L1 IC1 BB133 BB133
MAR-6SM
4
R8 ETH
C1 C6
R3 L8 10R ETH
1n 1n
560R
2 1
ETH
SKU-1
3
D5 D6
TO PRE-SCALER
BB133 BB133
ETH R13
A L9 10R A
L2
ETH
IC2
MAR-6SM DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
D7 D8
4
C2 C7 BB133 BB133 DESIGNED GJ 11/5/99 SPECTRA MX800 HP RX
R4
1n 1n
560R DRAWN GJ 23/6/99 ENGINEERING
2 1 VCO CCT DIAGRAM BAND
ETH ETH CHECKED
9 TRADE ROAD
SKT-6 APPROVED
3
MALAGA 6062 A TO Q (30-532 MHz)
RF OUT WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (61-8) 92482755 FAX (61-8)
92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
ETH DWGS 1 1 F
(C) Copyright CS023-1F.S01 OF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MIXER
L9 R19 +8 +5 R20
M1 3u3H 0R 10R
C14
LRFMS-2-17 100n
ETH
C20 C17 C24 C10 C21 C23
100n 1n 100n 1n 100n 1n
R22
L10
R15 R12 180R
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH 3.3uH
2K2 220R C27 FL4
ETH R25
6p8 * 70M15A
TR2 33R
C22 IF SIGNAL
L7 L1 BFG591
22p T1
220nH 56nH
D M309 D
"A" RF IF S5
1.2uH
R21 C28 S6
TO FRONT END S7
C12 1K 33p 680nH R93
R10 R11 1.5uH
SHEET 2 OF 2 1n 22K
56R 56R T2
C36 R16 C25
LO FL3/A FL3/B M309
39p 220R 1n
* * ETH
ETH ETH ETH CN6
R13 C7
4R7 100n
TR3
L8 C13 C9 C61
ETH 2SC3583
18n5 150p 27p 10p
D2 C15
BAV99 1n
ETH ETH
R24
ETH ETH ETH C16 R17 R18 C18 ETH ETH ETH
C58 150R
ETH ETH 15p 10K 10K 12p R23
+17dBm 2p2
2K2
ETH ETH
CT2 C26 NOTES:
5-20p 1n
1. NOT ALL COMPONENTS FITTED
ETH
IC9
C57
+12 78M08 +8 2. * 25kHz SPACING;
1n
FL3 = 70M15B
CN4-1
+5 3. * 20kHz SPACING;
C63 CN4-2
100n C65 C66 FL3 = 70M15B
100n 100n CN4-3
+12 IC3 ETH
R37 R40 C53 C54
LP2951 CN4-4
4. * 12.5kHz SPACING ;
0R 330K 10n 1u
8 1 ETH ETH ETH FL3 = 70M15B
Vin +9V
5
R42
C C
560R
ETH
GND
EN
5. * 25/12.5kHz PROGRAMMABLE SPACING ;
C46 R41
FL3=70M15B
4
3
7
100n 56R
4
ETH
C64 V.C.O. BOARD
R44
1n 6. # VALUE MAY VARY
ETH ETH 18R SKT-6
ETH 2 1 RF OUT
R33
C49 R39
10K L16
100n 51K
3
390nH R43 R45
R36 270R 270R
IC4
1K R34 SKT-2
ETH MSA-0886 ETH
SKD-8
ETH ETH
33K
C45
TR4 ETH ETH ETH
1n
BC847
C55 C56 C59 SKU-3 SKT-3
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH +7.4V L21 R85
1u 1n 1u
390nH 100R +30V
C48 C47 R35 SKD-13
1n 1n 10K SKT-1
TUNE
ETH
SAMPLE RF
ETH
C75 C77 C78 C87 C88
TR5 100n 470n 470n 1n 1n
IC2
BC847
78L08
8 1 ETH ETH
SKD-6 R57 Vin Vout
R56 ETH ETH ETH
1K 2K7
GND
SKT-5
SKU-1
SKU-2
R38
C50 C67
C51 1K R47
100n C89 1n
470n ETH ETH 22R
2-7
C130 C106 1n C72
1n 1n 100n
ETH ETH ETH
B ETH ETH ETH ETH B
C52 R46 R48
C52B ETH IC11A
CN3 100n 220R 220R C113
8
100u R76 OP284FS IC11B

1n
100R OP284FS
C91 C107
3 R83 R84
1n 1n
ETH ETH ETH ETH 1 5 1K 1K
R73 R74
2 7 SKD-14
33K 10K
6
C115
4
10n C125 C126 C127

ETH
R67 R68 R75 1n 1n 1n
R88 R86 R77
R50 C104 100K 470R 1K5
17
16
1K 1K ETH R66 IC10 ETH 4K7 ETH

10K 1n
SKD-19 SKD-7 1K R72 SA7025DK ETH ETH ETH
TR6 33R 5
RFIN R78
RF
RN
BC847 R80
C137 C135 C133 C132 18K
RF OUT 8 14 ETH 220R
1n 1n 1n 1n C105 REFIN PHP
19 13 C114 C116 SKD-15
100n C108 TST PHI
20 1 3u3/16V 470nF
1n VDD CLK
DAT C119 C120
1K 1K ETH ETH R71 15 3
VDDA STB 100p 100p
SKD-20 SKD-5 TCXO 33R ETH R81
18 ETH 220R
LOCK
11 ETH ETH SKD-18
C136 C134 C131 C129 R49 PHA
ETH R69 10
1n 1n 1n 1n 10K AUX
+12 100R 9
C109 C110 RA C121 C122
VCCP
*RFIN
VSS
VSSA
100n 1n 100p 100p

R70 220R
7
6
4
12
33R ETH ETH SKD-17

+12V IN
SKD-2 8 1 ETH
Vin Vout
L22 C60 C128 C118
GND
C92 C93 390nH C94 C99 C112 C101 1u 100p 100p
ETH R82
100n 470n 470n 1n 1u 100n C111 C117
220R
1n 1n
IC8 ETH ETH SKD-16
2-7
SKD-1 ETH
78L05
C123 C124
ETH
1n 1n
A ETH R63 A
220R ETH ETH
SKD-9 +5
R65 IC7
IC6 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
10K
* X24C04 78L05
C95 C96
8 3 1 8 22/01/03 B: IC6 PINS GJ DESIGNED GJ 11/6/99 SPECTRA
100p 100p VCC A2 Vout Vin MX800 RECEIVER MODULE
R64 5 2
GND
DATA A1 DRAWN GJ 28/7/00 ENGINEERING
ETH 220R ETH MIXER & PROGRAMMABLE
SKD-12 6 1 C103 CHECKED
CLK A0 2-7
1n 9 TRADE ROAD 70MHZ IF FOR BAND A3
4 7 APPROVED
ETH ETH C100 SEARX REV J+ DRAWING No SHEET REV
ETH ETH PCB CS025-1D 1 OF 2 D
100n (C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R95
33R
IF SIGNAL
T28 OPTION +5
D C37 D
N M
T28 NOTE: R27 = 0R 8p2 CHANNEL SPACING NOTES:
ETH
IC13B R14 = N/F 1. Programable IF: FL5,FL6=SFGCG455DX. FL5A,FL6A=CFUCG455GX.
+5
R97 C102 3. NB Only: FL5,FL6=CFUCG455GX
ETH
1K 100n 4. MB Only: FL5=SFGCG455DX,FL6=CFUCG455GX
L15
U
680nH
S8
16
1
8
9
CT1
C11 2K2
5-20p
100n
14 11 27K 0R ETH
C35 C40
3 15 FL5 10 6
C71 1n 1n
ETH L23
* 10n C70
390nH
4
5
IC13A 10n
12
13
ETH
DG213DY TR1 C90
ETH C31 C32 ETH
BC847 100n
+5 100n 100n
V T IC1 X1
C19 R100
ETH FL5B SA615 69.545MHz
6K8
100n 2 1 ETH
* RFBP RFIN
13 4
DCPL XT2
12 3
DCPL XT1
MIXO RSSI C41
18 6
IFIN VCC 47p
16 8
IFOP AUDM
14 5
LIMI MUTE
9 15
AUDU GND
10 11
QUIN LIMO
L K 17 19
DCPL DCPL R31* C42
15K 15p
C33 C43
C62
*R27 100n 470n
47u
2K2
ETH ETH
16
1
8
9
IC14B ETH ETH ETH
C30
DG213DY
100n
2 7 IC5B
C 14 11 MC33202 C
3 15 10 6 R59
ETH 5 1K
C34
7 SKD-4
4
5
IC14A 10p
12
13
FL6 6 RSSI
*R14 DG213DY
ETH
3K3 * C81 C82
C44 R32 1n 1n
C29 R26 3n9 100K
100p 100K
ETH FL6B +5 ETH ETH
C8 *
ETH ETH
100n
ETH ETH
ETH
C68
11
ETH
100n
R28 L14
C38 R30 IC15B
47K 1.5mH 12
82p 100K 74HC4066
ETH
NTC RSSI CORRECTION
R29
10

+5
C39
100n R91
2M7
+5
R92 R54
ETH
100K 100K
ETH
R90 R51
100K 2K2
B B
4
R61
1K
SKD-10 5 IC15C +5
IF MODE 74HC4066
IC5A
C86 C85
8
MC33202
3
1n 1n
R58
3 100R
ETH ETH 1 SKD-3
2 DISC OUT
HIGH = WB (DEFAULT) R52 C73 C79 C80
4
LOW = NB 220R 100n 1n 1n
ETH ETH
ETH ETH
R96 R55 R53

3K3 2K 2M2
R60
C74 1K
ETH ETH 4p7 SKD-11
TEMP COMPENSATION IC15A IC15D
R89 74HC4066 74HC4066
C83 C84
2M2
1n 1n
1 2 8 9
ETH ETH
ETH
6
13
GAIN CORRECTION
A A
NOTES: DESIGNED GJ 11/6/99 SPECTRA

1. * VALUE MAY VARY
CHECKED
9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 70MHZ IF SECTION
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB SEARX REVJ+ CS025-2C 2 OF 2 C
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
ETH
ETH
C53 C52
1p8 1n C49
1n
R16
1K REFL VOLTS
R14
CN4-5
27R
(57W)
D4
D R15 C48 C63 D
R17 HSMS-2800 3K3 1n 1n
82R
R13
39R
ETH ETH ETH
ETH ETH
R18
68R
RF OUTPUT
C39 C41
C47 (50W)
15p 10p
ETH ETH ETH ETH 22p
ETH ETH ETH ETH CN3

TR2 L6 L7 L8 L9
C21 C26 C29 C37
C28 MRF9085
4p7 4p7 4p7 15p
22p
C10 C12 C14 C16
TR1
2p7 3p9 4p7 10p
PD55008S
C46 ETH
C38 C40 C44
22p
15p 12p 10p
R10
CN2-1
68R
C27 ETH ETH ETH ETH
C22 C23 C24 C30 C31 C36
4p7 4p7 4p7 22p 4p7 8p2 15p
ETH
C11 C13 C15 C17 R19
2p7 3p9 4p7 12p 39R
CN4-9
R9
82R
D3
ETH ETH ETH ETH 3.9V R11
HSMS-2800
1K
3.4V L5 CN4-1
C1 L3 R20
8n R7 R8
22p 27R
R5 560R 560R
270R
C51 C50
C ETH C
1n 1p8
ETH
RF IN L4
-3dB PAD 1Amp
(0.2W) RFC
C18 C19
ETH ETH
1n 1u
R3 CN1 C33 C32
18R
1u 1n
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS
C35 C34 ETH ETH CN4-8
1n 100n
R4 R2 R1
L2
270R 560R 560R R12 C64
ETH ETH
RFC 3K3 1n
C43 C42
100n 1n
7Amp
L1
ETH ETH
RFC
+13.8V IN
R6 CN2-2
1K
C70 C65
C72 C71 C68 C69 C67 C66 C59 C58
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
R31 BC857
5.68V 1K
R25 R32
B 1K 1K R22 B
D2 4K7
3V9
RV1
RV2 R23
2K CN4-6
2K 100R
SET BIAS TR1 SET BIAS TR2

C73 C62
TS1
1n 1n
IC2 KTY10-5
LE50
R21 C78 C77 DATA 2K
D1 ETH ETH
R33 R29 10K 100n 1n TEMP SENSOR
BAV99 CN4-7
1K 1K
(IN HEATSINK) CN4-4
8
IC1
C2
ETH ETH 24LC02
100p
C5 C4 C74 C61
2 5
VCC
100n 2u2 A1 DATA 1n 1n

ETH
3 6
A2 CLK CLOCK
ETH ETH ETH 7 CN4-10 ETH ETH
C79 TST
A0
VEE
1n
C3
ETH
1
4
100p
ETH
ETH
ETH
CN4-2 PTT IN
A A
C60 C75 C76
1n 1n 1n DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE

ETH ETH ETH MX800 50 WATT POWER
DRAWN JJ 5-09-01 ENGINEERING
NOTE:
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
1. NOT ALL COMPONENTS FITTED 9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED GJ 7-09-01 MALAGA 6062 BAND R2 746-764MHz
2. * DEPENDS ON APPLICATION WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
3. LPF LINKS: C,E,H,J,I,O,N,P,Z, U,X,Y FAX (618) 92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
DWGS CS028-1B 1 OF 1 B
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R31 ETH ETH

270R
ETH
ETH
C48 C47
R25
2p2 1n C58
270R
1n
R15
10K REFL VOLTS
R13
CN4-5
27R
R29
270R (57W)
D4
D R14 C43 C44 D
HSMS-2800
R16 10K 1n 1n
82R
R27
R12
270R
39R
ETH ETH ETH
ETH ETH
R17
R30
68R
270R
C50 C51 C52 RF OUTPUT
C34 C35 1p8 2p7 1p2
C42 (50W)
27p 6p8
ETH ETH ETH 82p
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH TR2 CN3

RD70HVF L4 L3 L2 L1
C16 C27 C33
C23
100n 5p6 39p
C26
C7 C10 C11
C5 C9
15p 15p 18p
C41
ETH
C36 C37 C3 22p
27p 8p2 5p6
CN2-1
R8
68R
C25 ETH ETH ETH ETH
C28 C29 C32
C24 82p
5p6 8p2 39p
ETH
C8 C12 C13 R18
C2 CN4-9
10p 15p 18p 39R
TR1
R9
PD55008S ETH ETH ETH ETH
82R
D3
ETH ETH ETH ETH 3.9V R10
HSMS-2800
10K CN4-1
3.4V L9
C1 L8 R19
17.5nH
33p R7 R6 27R
R5
560R 560R
270R
C45 C46
C ETH C
1n 2p2
ETH
-3dB PAD RF IN
1Amp L5
(0.2W) C14 C15 RFC
ETH ETH
1n 1u C31 C30
R3 CN1
1u 1n
18R
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS

C17 C18
ETH ETH CN4-8
1n 100n
R4 R2 R1
270R 560R 560R L7 R11 C59
ETH ETH
RFC 10K 1n
C39 C38
100n 1n
7Amp
L6
ETH ETH
RFC
+13.8V IN
R35 CN2-2
1K
C65 C60
C67 C66 C64 C63 C61 C62 C53 C54
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n R32 1n 100n 100n 1n
100R
TR3
R28 BC857
5.68V 1K
IC4
LE50 DATA
R26 R23
B CN4-7 B
1K 1K R21
D2 4K7
3V9 C4
100p
8
IC2
C74 C75
RV2 RV1 24LC02
100n 2u2
2K 2K ETH
2 5
VCC
A1 DATA CLOCK
3 6 CN4-10
A2 CLK
ETH ETH ETH
7
TST C6
A0
VEE
100p
D1 R20 C73 C72
R24 PA COMPONENT VALUES
1
4
BAV99 R22 10K 100n 1n

ETH
1K 1K
ETH ETH BAND PA BW C2 C5 C9 C23 C24 C26 C3 C32 C33 C34 C36 C37 C35
ETH
N/O 395-470MHz 8p2 18p 33p 15p 8p2 33p 5p6 56p 56p 39p 39p 12p 12p
C81 P2/P3 450-512MHz 8p2 10p 33p 8p2 8p2 33p NF 47p 39p 33p 27p 8p2 8p2
1n
ETH ETH Q 485-520MHz 3p9 5p6 15p 15p 15p 33p NF 39p 39p 27p 27p 8p2 6p8
ETH
MICA CAPS
CN4-6
PTT IN
C68 C57
CN4-2 TS1 LPF: ABCDFHIMSTZA1
1n 1n
KTY10-5
A
2K A
C55 C70 C71 TEMP SENSOR
ETH ETH
1n 1n 1n (IN HEATSINK) DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
CN4-4
C69 C56 DRAWN JJ 5-09-01 ENGINEERING
NOTE: 1n 1n
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ 7-09-01 MALAGA 6062 BAND N-Q 395-520MHz
2. * DEPENDS ON APPLICATION ETH ETH
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
DWGS CS029-1D 1 OF 1 D
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
ETH
ETH
C53 C52
1p8 1n C49
R16 1n
1K REFL VOLTS
R14
CN4-5
27R
(57W)
D4
D R15 C48 C63 D
HSMS-2800
R17 10K 1n 1n
82R
R13
39R
ETH ETH ETH
ETH ETH
R18
68R
TR2 RF OUTPUT
C39 C41
MRF9085 10p 8p2 C47 (50W)
ETH ETH ETH ETH
22p
ETH ETH ETH ETH CN3
L6 L7 L8 L9
C21 C26 C29 C37
C28
4p7 3p3 6p8 8p2
C16 22p
C10 C12 C14
6p8 TR1
2p7 3p9 4p7
PD55008S
C46
ETH
C38 C40 C44 22p
10p 8p2 10p
R10
CN2-1
68R
C27 ETH ETH ETH ETH
C22 C23 C24 C30 C31 C36
22p
4p7 3p3 3p3 NF 6p8 8p2
ETH
C15 C17 R19
4p7 6p8 39R
CN4-9
R9
82R
D3
ETH ETH 3.9V R11
HSMS-2800
1K
3.4V L5 CN4-1
C1 L3 R20
8n
22p R7 R8 27R
R5 560R 560R
270R
C51 C50
C ETH C
1n 1p8
ETH
RF IN L4
-1dB PAD 1Amp
(0.2W) RFC
C18 C19
ETH ETH
1n 1u C33 C32
R3 CN1
1u 1n
5R6
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS

C35 C34
ETH ETH CN4-8
1n 100n
R4 R2 R1
820R 1K5 1K8 L2 R12 C64
ETH ETH
RFC 10K 1n
C43 C42
100n 1n
7Amp
L1
ETH ETH
RFC
R6 +13.8V IN
1K CN2-2
C70 C65
C72 C71 C68 C69 C67 C66 C59 C58
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
R31 BC857
5.68V 1K
R25 R32 R23

B 1K 1K R22 100R B
D2 4K7
3V9
IC2
78L05
RV2 RV1
2K 2K DATA CN4-6
CN4-7
8
IC1
C2 C73 C62
24LC02 TS1
100p 1n 1n
KTY10-5
C5 C4 2K
2 5
VCC
100n 100n A1 DATA

ETH TEMP SENSOR
D1 R21 C78 C77
3 6 ETH ETH
BAV99 R33 R29 10K 100n 1n A2 CLK CLOCK (IN HEATSINK)
1K 1K
ETH ETH ETH 7 CN4-10 CN4-4
TST
A0
VEE
ETH ETH
C3
1
4
100p C74 C61

1n 1n
ETH
ETH ETH ETH

C79
1n
ETH
ETH
PTT IN
CN4-2
A A
C60 C75 C76
1n 1n 1n

NOTE:
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ 7-09-01 MALAGA 6062 BAND T 850-870MHz
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
3. LPF LINKS: B,C,G,J,N,P,R,S,U,Y FAX (618) 92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
DWGS CS030-1C 1 OF 1 C
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
R31 ETH
1K5
ETH
C48 C47
22p 1n C58
1n
R30 R15
1K5 1K REFL VOLTS
R13
CN4-5
22R
(57W)
D4
R29
D HSMS-2800 R14 C43 C44 D
1K5
R16 10K 1n 1n
22R
R12
27R
R25 ETH ETH ETH
1K5
ETH ETH ETH
R17
56R
C49 C50 C51 C52 RF OUTPUT
R27
C20 C35 C32 N.F. 12p 15p 8p2
1K5 (50W)
270p 220p 270p C42
ETH
1n
L11 L10 CN3
TR2 1T 2T L6 L7 L8 L9
C16 C21
RD70HVF
100n 47p C26
1n
C41 C83 C85 C84 C86 C87

L12 L13 ETH
C40 C37 C33 C36 C34 1n 27p 39p 39p 39p 22p
100n 82n
270p 270p 270p 82p 22p
R8
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH CN2-1
C25 56R
C3 C4 180p
TR1
39p 100p
PD55008S ETH
R18
27R
CN4-9
R9
ETH ETH
22R
D3
3.9V R10
HSMS-2800
1K
3.4V L4 L3 CN4-1
C1 R19
17.5nH 4T
1n R7 R6 22R
R5 560R 560R
270R
C45 C46
C ETH C
1n 22p
ETH
-6dB PAD RF IN
1Amp L5
(0.2W) C14 C15 RFC
ETH ETH
1n 1u C31 C30
R3 CN1
1u 1n
39R
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS

C17 C18
ETH ETH CN4-8
1n 100n
R4 R2 R1
150R 330R 270R L2 R11 C59
ETH ETH
RFC 10K 1n
C39 C38
100n 1n
7Amp
L1
ETH ETH
RFC
R33 +13.8V IN
1K CN2-2
C65 C60
C67 C66 C64 C63 C61 C62 C53 C54
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
BC857
R28
5.68V 1K
R26 R23
B 1K 1K R21 B
D2 4K7
3V9
R32
VR1 VR2 100R
2K 2K
R20 C73 C72

D1
R24 10K 1u 1n
BAV99 R22
1K
1K IC2
78L05
ETH ETH
DATA
CN4-7
8
IC1
C2
24LC02
100p
C81 C74 C75
2 5
VCC
1n 100n 100n A1 DATA

ETH ETH ETH
3 6
A2 CLK CLOCK
ETH ETH ETH ETH 7 CN4-10
TST
A0
VEE
C5
1
4
100p
CN4-6
ETH
PTT IN
C68 C57
CN4-2 TS1 ETH
1n 1n
KTY10-5
A
2K A
ETH ETH
CN4-4
NOTE: 1n 1n
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062 BAND A,B 66-88MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R31 ETH ETH

180R
ETH
ETH
C48 C47
R25
5p6 1n C58
180R
1n
R15
1K REFL VOLTS
R13
CN4-5
33R
R29
180R (57W)
D4
D R14 C43 C44 D
HSMS-2800
R16 10K 1n 1n
47R
R27
R12
180R
39R
ETH ETH ETH
ETH ETH
R17
R30
68R
180R
C50 C51 C52 RF OUTPUT
C34 C35 2p7 3p3 1p8
56p 22p C42 (50W)
ETH ETH
82p
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH TR2 CN3
RD70HVF L4 L3 L2 L1
C16 C27 C33
100n C26 5p6 82p
C5 C7 C9 C10 C11 100p
18p 15p 15p 15p 18p
C41
ETH
C36 C37 C3 22p
56p 22p 12p
R8
CN2-1
C25 68R
ETH ETH ETH ETH
82p C28 C29 C32
5p6 8p2 82p
TR1 ETH
C2 C6 C8 C12 C13 R18
PD55008S
10p 15p 10p 15p 18p 39R
CN4-9
R9
ETH ETH ETH
47R
D3
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH 3.9V R10 HSMS-2800
1K
3.4V L9 CN4-1
C1 L8 R19
17.5nH
82p R7 R6 33R
R5 560R 560R
270R
C45 C46
C ETH C
1n 5p6
ETH
-3dB PAD RF IN
1Amp L5
(0.2W) C14 C15 RFC
ETH ETH
1n 1u C31 C30
R3 CN1
1u 1n
18R
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS

C17 C18
ETH ETH CN4-8
1n 100n
R4 R2 R1
270R 560R 560R L7 R11 C59
ETH ETH
RFC 10K 1n
C39 C38
100n 1n
7Amp
L6
ETH ETH
RFC
R33 +13.8V IN
1K CN2-2
C65 C60
C67 C66 C64 C63 C61 C62 C53 C54
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
R28 BC857
5.68V 1K
R26 R23
B 1K 1K R21 B
D2 4K7 R32
3V9 100R
RV2 RV1
2K 2K
IC2
D1 R20 C73 C72
78L05
BAV99 R22 R24 10K 100n 1n
1K 1K DATA
CN4-7
ETH ETH
8
IC1
C4
24LC02
100p
C74 C75
2 5
VCC
100n 100n A1 DATA

ETH
3 6
C81 A2 CLK CLOCK
1n
ETH ETH ETH 7 CN4-10
TST
ETH ETH
A0
VEE
C19
ETH
1
4
100p
ETH
CN4-6
ETH
PTT IN
C68 C57
CN4-2 TS1
1n 1n
KTY10-5
A
2K A
ETH ETH
CN4-4
NOTE: 1n 1n
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ 7-09-01 MALAGA 6062 BAND K-M 320-400MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
DWGS CS033-1D 1 OF 1 D
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
STANDARD CONNECTIONS ADDED CONNECTIONS FOR OPTION T05
HEADERS LOCATED REAR CONNECTOR HEADERS LOCATED REAR CONNECTOR

ON CONTROLLER PCB LOCATED ON CHASSIS ON CONTROLLER PCB LOCATED ON CHASSIS
INTERFACE PCB
D D
SKH RIBBON CABLE CN1 SKH. RIBBON CABLE SK1 SK2 CN3
16 PIN IDC DB15/F 16 PIN IDC 16PIN 16PIN DB15/F
1 REPEATER ENABLE 8 1 REPEATER ENABLE 1 1 8
2 RX AUDIO 600 OHMS 15 2 RX AUDIO 600 OHMS 2 2 15
3 RX TALK 7 3 RX TALK 3 3 7
4 RX MUTE 14 4 RX MUTE 4 4 14
5 ALARM O/P #1 6 5 ALARM O/P #1 5 5 6
6 DC FM / WB INPUT 13 6 DC FM / WB INPUT 6 6 13
7 ALARM O/P #3/ MLEAD 5 7 ALARM O/P #3/ MLEAD 7 7 5
8 PTT 12 8 PTT 8 8 12
9 RX DISCRIMINATOR 4 9 RX DISCRIMINATOR 9 9 4
10 TX TALK 11 10 TX TALK 10 10 11
11 RX AUDIO 5 OHM 3 11 RX AUDIO 5 OHM 11 11 3
12 EARTH 10 12 EARTH 12 12 10
13 TX VF LOOP BACK CTRL 2 13 TX VF LOOP BACK CTRL 13 13 2
14 TX AUDIO 600 OHM 9 14 TX AUDIO 600 OHM 14 14 9
15 ALARM O/P #2 1 15 ALARM O/P #2 15 15 1
16 +12V O/P 16 +12V O/P 16 16
6 T2 3
+12 ETH
R2
470R ETH 4 1
6 T1 3
ETH 4 1
CN5
RJ45 8WAY
C E LEG B 1 C
E LEG A 2
TX VF LEG B 3
RX VF LEG B 4
RX VF LEG A 5
TX VF LEG A 6
M LEAD COMMON 7
M LEAD N/O 8
SKE RIBBON CABLE CN2

10 PIN IDC DB9/F
1 +12V O/P 5
2 TEST TX VF I/P 9 RL1
3 TX FWD POWER 4 7 4
5 MON PTT 3 9 2 +12
6 MUTE RX VF 7
7 RSSI O/P 2
8 TX REFL PWR 6 10 1
9 EARTH 1
10 +5V O/P
3 2 R1 D3
4K7 2 BAV99
D1 3
BAV99
1
5 1
D2
4 2 2 BAV99
IC1
MOC8050 3
B +12 ETH 1 B
1
1
1
1
JMP1 JMP2 JMP3 JMP4
2 2 2 2
3
3
3
3
ETH
A A

DRAWN GJ 8-8-99 ENGINEERING
MX800 ISOLATED
CHECKED SE
T29 INTERFACE OPTION
9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 CCT DIAGRAM
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB CS035-1B 1 OF 1 B
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CONNECTORS ON PIN HEADERS TO PIN HEADERS TO TP3

CHASSIS CHASSIS MAIN CONTROLLER PCB 1Vp-p
VB
CN1 SKH/B SKH R75
3
DB15 IDC16 IDC16 1K R65
LPF OUT
8 1 1 REPEATER ENABLE C30 100K
15 2 2 RX AUDIO 600 OHMS TR4 56p C37 JMP7 C35
7 3 3 RX TALK BC847 R76 C44 100n 100n
14 4 4 RX MUTE 10K 56p 2
6 5 5 ALARM O/P #1 TTR_ENABLE
DC FM / WB INPUT IC19-61 LPF IN
3
13 6 6 R59
NOTCH OUT
5 7 7 ALARM O/P #3 4K7 IC1A
PTT PTT OUT
1
1
12 8 8 +5 R67 R66 4066 C39
4 9 9 RX DISCRIMINATOR DISC 330K 330K 100n +5
JMP8
11 10 10 TX TALK JMP6 1 2 2 +5
COMPENSATION
D 3 11 11 RX AUDIO 5 OHM RX VF ETH D
10 12 12 EARTH IC14 2 +12 R60 IC15 IC16 IC17
NOTCH IN NOTCH LPF LPF
2 13 13 TX VF LOOP BACK CTRL 78M05 22K MSHN3S MAX7403 MAX7403
13
9 14 14 TX AUDIO 600 OHM TX AUDIO +12 +5 8 4 RX NOTCH CLOCK 2 7 2 7
1
IN CLK IN SHDN IN SHDN
ALARM O/P #2 IC19-26
8
1 15 15 R61
16 16 +12V O/P IN 10K 6 2 5 5 4 5 4
3
OUT VDD OUT VDD OUT VDD
3 7
1 5 7 3 3 1 3 1
GND TYPE GND BIAS GND BIAS
TR13 ETH 2
BC847 C43 C47 IC13B RX_AUDIO_SW 1 6 C79 8 6 8 6
FSEL VSS CLK OS CLK OS
IC19-2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
100n 100n IC10A R62 MCP6002 10n
4
ALARM 1 EXT/M LEAD LM2904 22K ETH ETH
IC19-63 DIP1 *NOT FITTED *NOT FITTED
R134 SW-DIP8 VB R68 C38
10K +5 ETH ETH ETH ETH 33K ETH ETH 100n
JMP20
CN4 SKU
DB9 IDC10 R126 ETH C36
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
1 1 ETH 10K VB ETH 100n
R128
6 2 RX MUTE 0dB +9dB 1 3 DCFM R147 RX LPF CLOCK
100K
2 3 SKU-3 IC19-59 +3dB +6dB 10K IC19-28
7 4 +6dB +3dB R64
2
3 5 SKU-5 C82 +9dB 0dB DCFM 1K
RX VF
3
8 6 +5 1n
4 7 ALARM1_INT PTT3 JMP31 SKH-11
*RS232 BUS
9 8 IC19-60 IC19-39 R43 R44 R45 R46 R50 R49 R48 R47
5 9 ETH ETH 5K6 3K3 2K2 1K5 5K6 3K3 2K2 1K5 R63
10 R153 2 DA0/TX DELAY OUT 1K
C86
100K R124 R69 IC19-4
100n
ETH 22K TR12 10K
BC847 C41 FX828 TONE
100n IC20-17
1
C32 C33 ETH

860mVp-p NOTCH OUT
R125 150n 27n RV1
22K C81 100K
1n +5 +5 C42 IC1B R160
TONE LEVEL 1n R106 4066 10K
CN3 SKF SKY R55 R52 100K TP1
VB 1Vp-p
8
8
1
DB25/F IDC26 IDC26 10K IC12A IC11A 10K 11 10 +5

13 1 1 DIGITAL ETH/+5V ETH ETH ETH MCP6002 MCP6002 JMP9 JMP27
DIGITAL I/P BIT-0 PWR BIT0
8
25 2 2 3 3 ETH ETH IC13A

12 3 3 DIGITAL I/P BIT-1 PWR BIT1 1 1 MCP6002 R74
12
24 4 4 DIGITAL I/P BIT-2 RX CTCSS DIS 2 2 2 3 100R

11 5 5 DIGITAL I/P BIT-3 TX CTCSS DIS 1 TX AUDIO
23 6 6 DIGITAL I/P BIT-4 R56 R51 2
4
4
C88
10 7 7 DIGITAL I/P BIT-5 +12 10K 10K IC19-5
1n
22 8 8 DIGITAL I/P BIT-6 TX_AUDIO_SW
3
4
9 9 9 DIGITAL I/P BIT-7

21 10 10 CHANNEL SEL BIT-0 CHAN SEL BIT-0 ETH ETH NOTCH IN ETH R161
8 11 11 CHANNEL SEL BIT-1 CHAN SEL BIT-1 R29 ETH 10K
20 12 12 CHANNEL SEL BIT-2 CHAN SEL BIT-2 560R TX BPF CLOCK TX DELAY IN
7 13 13 CHANNEL SEL BIT-3 CHAN SEL BIT-3 R57 R53 IC11B IC19-22 IC19-91
IC12B IC9 IC18
19 14 14 CHANNEL SEL BIT-4 CHAN SEL BIT-4 10K 10K MCP6002 C45
MCP6002 BPF MSFS3S NOTCH MSHN3S
6 15 15 CHANNEL SEL BIT-5 CHAN SEL BIT-5 100n
18 16 16 CHANNEL SEL BIT-6 CHAN SEL BIT-6 6 6 8 4 8 4 TX NOTCH CLOCK C89
IN CLK IN CLK
5 17 17 CHANNEL SEL BIT-7 CHAN SEL BIT-7 7 7 IC19-24 100n
DIGITAL O/P BIT-7 P2/7
1
17 18 18 5 5 2 5 +5 2 5
C OUT VDD OUT VDD C
4 19 19 DIGITAL O/P BIT-6 P2/6
16 20 20 DIGITAL O/P BIT-5 P2/5 JMP4 C31 C34 7 3 7 3 ETH
GND TYPE GND TYPE
3 21 21 DIGITAL O/P BIT-4 P2/4 10n 1n5
15 22 22 DIGITAL O/P BIT-3 P2/3 2 1 6 1 6
FSEL VSS FSEL VSS
400 Hz 2500Hz
1 25 25 DIGITAL O/P BIT-0 P2/0 R58 R54 IC1D
26 26 RSSI RSSI 10K 10K 4066 +5
3
D1 8 9
BAV99 VB VB ETH ETH
ETH
R70
6
C51
10K
56p
BPF_OUT 6
IC19-100 VB 7
R30 R139 R140 R141 R142
RLY2 R82 5
22K 22K 22K 22K 22K
+12 1K
1 7
+12 D2 LINE +12 IC1C
RV4
BAV99 4066 IC4B R71
OUTPUT 100K
+5 100K C40 MCP6002 C46 10K
R166
LEVEL 4 3 R136 10n 100n
5R6
6 2
+12
R31 R85
C80
1 5
5
10K 100k
3
10n IC10B ETH ETH ETH
D13A
LM2904 BPF_NOUT
BAV70
E2_INPUT IC19-1 FX828 DEC
4
IC3A R88 C54 6
1 3
ETH 2 4 IC19-7 MC33076 10K 1u 7
2 2 5
JMP3 IC27
R19 ETH 1 TP4
MOC8050 R150
10K 3 1Vp-p @
560R
M2_OUTPUT R129 R84 START OF
TR2 R151
IC19-10 330R 100K COMPENSATION
1
8
BC847 4K7
C52
100n
JMP25 R79
R81 R149
NF
ETH 10K 1K
SK5 SKV. SKV ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
RJ45 IDC10 IDC10
IN
2 3 4 5
1
1 1 1
2 2 2 . . IC3B C72
3 3 3 R80 MC33076 56p
T1
4 4 4 10K 6
. . C85
5 5 5 R130 7 R135 2 AGC
10 9 3 7 6 3 1u
6 6 6 390R 5 220K
7 7 7 CTCSS TO TX FX828 ENC R109
JMP13
8 8 8 +12 IC20-21 100K
2 2 OUT
9 9
3
RV2
10 10
2K
+12 JMP22 JMP23 C84
1 1
R34 10n +5
AGC GAIN
1
560R JMP14
OUT
RLY1 RV7
R165 C70 C71 R108
LINE INPUT
4
R127 R78 ETH 100K R107 IC7A

5R6 1 7 1u 1u 1K
B +12 270R 2K7 LEVEL 1K MCP6002 B
JMP15 RV5
1
2 2 2
100K HP FILTER
1
1
3
3
+5
6 2
2 R86
IN
1
3
8
2 2K7
2
JMP2 D13B JMP11 JMP19 C53
JMP5 R110
BAV70 JMP12 C83 4n7 56p
R92 100K ETH C75
2 3
3
ETH C55 27K +5 100K 100n
3
3 1 10n R89 R137
1
1
R18 68K
JMP18
10K
2
C49 3n9
TR1 C58 C57
8
ETH ETH IC8B IC8A

BC847 R87 10n 10n
2 MCP6002 MCP6002 ETH
1M
5 3 R111
JMP17
7 1 +5 100K C73 R113 R156
C69 2n2
+5 6 2 100n 150K 47K
C56
ETH M1_OUTPUT JMP10
3
10n
IC19-11
4
R90
RESERVED JMP16
3
180K ETH ETH

C50 1n
SKK IC7B
IDC16 JMP26 R91 ETH C76 R114 D12 MCP6002
1 DISC IN . VB 100n 10K C77 BAV70 5 2
9 . 10 7 6
2 DISC OUT 3 HPF 1u 7
3 MIC PTT2 82K -3dB @ 215Hz 6
T2
MUTE SW
4
4 2 IC4A ETH
5 ETH . . MCP6002
1
6 DCFM WB 1 5 4 3 2 2 R118 R117 JMP28

7 POWER SAVE2 1 10K 2M2
R163
8 ANALOG +5V R83 3 R115
1K
9 POWER SAVE1 R148 4K7 100K
R164
10 DIGITAL +5V 560R
8
10K
11 TX SUPPLY OUT DISC IN R77
12 TX SUPPLY IN IC19-92 C90 560R R119 R112 R155
13 RX SUPPLY OUT 1n JMP24 C65 10K 10K 2K7
TR8
14 RX SUPPLY IN C91 56p
BC847
15 VCO PTT 1n ETH DA1 ETH +5 R116 R167
16 MUTE D3 IC19-3 VB 1M 1K
BAV99 ETH COMP
TR9
R94 +5 R105 R120 ETH ETH ETH
BC847
R97 560K 22K 100K
R32 R143 R144 R145 R146
2K7 VOX
22K 22K 22K 22K 22K C63
R100 R102 R104 TP2 ETH ETH IC19-93
100n
R95 +5 220K 10K 10K
6K8
4
4
IC2A ETH C78

C64
4
3
D4 LM2904 R133 R93 R131 100n

C61 3n9 C66
SKX BAV99 2 NF 4K7 R99 IC5B 2 10K
C59 C60 1n 1n
IDC16 6 1 2 10K MCP6002 1 NOISE
1n 1n
1 SDA SDA 7 3 1 6 3 IC19 (94) ETH
2 SCL SCL +5 DISC 5 3 7 2 D11 TR10
A 3 CTCSS TO TX CTCSS TO TX 5 BAV99 BC847 R121 A
8
8
IC2B C62
4 WB/NB WB/NB IC5A C67 10K
8
LM2904 1n R132
5 RSSI RSSI R33 MCP6002 1u AGC_EN
NF R101
6 CTCSS O/P 10K R96 R103 IC19-40
1
10K
7 TX VF I/P (JMP4/2) 33K VB 10K IC6A
1 5
8 TX VF I/P (TO LINE) ETH ETH ETH MCP6002
9 ETH ETH ETH ETH
R98 RV6
10 DIGITAL +5V ETH
330K 100K
11 DISC O/P 2 4 VB VB ETH
12 DIGITAL O/P SKC-6 DTMF STD
IC26
13 DIG I/P IC63 BIT-7 ETH
MOC8050
14 DIG I/P IC63 BIT-6 Noise
15 DIG I/P IC63 BIT-5
Gain MX800 OPTION
16 DIG I/P IC63 BIT-4 TRM SPECTRA
DESIGNED GJ
E1_INPUT
IC19-6 ENGINEERING LINE INTERFACE
DRAWN GJ
CHECKED SE 12/1/04 ENCODER/DECODER CCT

9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 DIAGRAM
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB CS037-1L 1 OF 1 L
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+5 R170
1K
R4 R5 CHAN_SEL_BIT-4
10K 10K
+5 SKY-22 SKY-21 R172
R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 10K TR14
470R 470R 470R 470R 470R 470R (23) BC847
C4 C5
1n 1n
C13
R3 R6 R169
100n 10K ETH ETH 10K D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 ETH 1K
SKY-23 SKY-20 E1/1 E2/2 3 4 M1/5 M2/6 CHAN_SEL_BIT-5
ORANGE GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN RED
ETH IC20 R174
24 FX828 C3 C6 10K TR15
D 1n 1n (21) BC847 D
7 FX828 IRQ R2 R7 2 18
D1 Q1
10K ETH ETH 10K 3 17
3 FX828 CLK SKY-24 SKY-19 D2 Q2
4 16 R168
D3 Q3
5 15 ETH 1K
4 FX828 CMD DATA D4 Q4 CHAN_SEL_BIT-6
6 14
1 C-BUS INTERFACE AND D5 Q5
C2 C7 7 13
CONTROL LOGIC 5 FX828 REPLY DATA D6 Q6
1n 1n 8 12 R171
D7 Q7
C10 9 11 10K TR16
6 FX828 CSN D8 Q8 (25)
22p R1 R8 BC847
17 10K ETH ETH 10K 1
FX828 TONE SKY-25 SKY-18 E1
X3 19
R9 CLOCK OSC. AND E2
4.032MHz 15
DIVIDERS
1M R159
IC21
C9 14 C1 C8 ETH 1K
74HC541 CHAN_SEL_BIT-7
22p 1n 1n
2 C48
ETH +5 GND1
CTCSS/DCS/SELCALL RX 13 2n2
R173
ETH ETH 10K TR17
(89) BC847
10 11 21 12
C14 R73
100n 18K R42
R122 SKX-12 ETH 1K
1K C19 CHAN SEL BIT-0
PTT C11 C12 GND1 GND1 100n
100n 100n R38
FX828 ENC 10K TR7
WB/NB
ALARM 1 EXT
TTR_ENABLE
ALARM 1 INT
RX MUTE
PWR BIT-0
PWR BIT-1
RX CTCSS DIS
TX CTCSS DIS
ETH ETH BC847 R41
TR11 1K
BC847 R123 CHAN SEL BIT-1
10K
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
ETH R37
10K ETH TR6
BC847 R40
IC19 1K
P1/0
P1/1
P1/2
P1/3
P1/4
P2/0
P2/1
P2/2
P2/3
P2/4
P2/5
P2/6
P2/7
VSS
P3/0
P3/1
P3/2
P3/3
P3/4
P3/5
P3/6
P3/7
P4/0
P4/1
P4/2
P4/3
VCC
INT3
INT4
INT5
DIP2 M30620FCAP +5 CHAN SEL BIT-2
C SW-DIP8 C
1 16 81 50 R36
P0/7 P4/4
2 15 82 49 10K ETH TR5
P0/6 P4/5
3 14 83 48 BC847 R39
P0/5 P4/6
ETH 4 13 84 47 1K
P0/4 P4/7 CHAN SEL BIT-3
5 12 85 46
P0/3 P5/0
R72 6 11 86 45
P0/2 P5/1
10K 7 10 87 44 R35
FX828 DEC P0/1 P5/3
8 9 88 43 10K ETH TR3
(89) P0/0 P5/3
89 42 BC847
TRM AN7 P5/4
3
90 41
TX DELAY IN AN6 P5/5 AGC_EN
91 PROCESSOR 40
C74 DISC IN AN5 P5/6 PTT3
ETH 92 39
A-D VOX AN4 P5/7 DTMF Q1
100n 93 38
NOISE AN3 P6/0 DTMF Q2
2 94 37 C27 +5 ETH +5
JMP1 RSSI AN2 P6/1
95 36 100n
AN1 RXD0
96 35
AVSS TXD0 DTMF Q3
97 34
AN0 P6/4
R138 +12 98 33 C28
1
VREF P6/5
10K 99 32 100n
DISC AVCC RXD1
10
18
100 31 ETH IC22

P9/7 TXD1
MT8870
ETH ETH 15 17 R20

TOE
VDD
STD ST
+5 390K
P9/6
P9/5
DA1
DA0
P9/2
P9/1
P9/0
BYTE
CNVSS
P8/7
P8/6
RESET
XOUT
VSS
XIN
VCC
P8/5
P8/4
P8/3
P8/2
P8/1
P8/0
P7/7
P7/6
P7/5
P7/4
P7/3
P7/2
P7/1
P7/0
+5 11
Q1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
BPF_OUT 12 16
BPF_NOUT Q2 EST
RX_AUDIO_SW DTMF Q4 13 7
IC28 M2_OUTPUT RX LPF CLOCK Q3 OSC1
PCF8574 M1_OUTPUT RX NOTCH CLOCK 14
E1_INPUT TX NOTCH CLOCK Q4
16 12 X1
SDA VDD P7 E2_INPUT TX BPF CLOCK
SW1
IOINT
RTCINT
15 11 1 3.57954MHz
SCL SDA P6 IN+
14 10
SCL P5
9 4 8
P4 VREF OSC2
8 7 +5
VSS P3
(21)
(23)
(25)
3 6 +5 +5 5
A3 P2 INH
2 5
A1 P1
B 1 4 6 2 B
A0 P0 DA1 PWDN IN-
R15 R14
VSS
GS
DA0/TX DELAY OUT +5 4K7 4K7 C24 C20 C21

10K TX_AUDIO_SW 100n R21 R22 C29
9
3
R157 IC30 100n 100n

100K 100K 100n
PCF8574 R11 DISC
16 12 2K7 R12 X2 IC23 GND1
SDA (INT) VDD P7
15 11 10K ST232
SCL (INT) SDA P6 16.0MHz
2
6
16
14 10 ETH
IOINT SCL P5
13 9 GND1
INT P4 JMP29
8 7 C15 C16 R16
V-
VSS P3
V+
3 6 22p 220R
VCC
A3 P2 22p TX DATA
2 5 R10 12 3 1
A1 P1 JMP21 R1 OUT
1 4 1K
A0 P0 CNVSS
+5 IC24 GND1 ETH ETH 13
2
R1 IN
MC51943BML
+5 TXD_ON_MB 8 C25 SKU-3
R2 IN
3 1 100p
ETH R13 11 9
T1 IN R2 OUT SKU-5
100K ETH
1 IC25 10 14 ETH
T2 IN T1 OUT
2
24LC128 R17
+5 C18 7 RXD_ON_MB 220R
100n 2 8 6 SCL (INT) 1
T2 OUT
1 3
VDD SCL C1+ SKU/B
D14 3 2 4
SDA (INT) C2+ IDC10
BAV70 C17 5 C22 3
SDA C1-
GND1 5 C23 1
1u 100n C2- JMP30
C92 C87 +5 C26 2
RTCINT 100n RXD_ON_MB
100p 3
GND
100nF .47F
R175 4
47R GND1 7 TXD_ON_MB 5
15
ETH ETH ETH 6

IC29 R162
R154 7
1
2
3
4
10K
10K DS3231 GND1 8
3 14 9
INT VBAT RX DATA 10
SW1
13 16 SCL (INT) ETH
VSS SCL TO SKI ON MB
SW1 ETH
A C68 A
2 15 SDA (INT) 1nf
VCC SDA
CLKOUT
TITLE
C93 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE
+5
1
100nF MX800 OPTION
DESIGNED GJ SPECTRA
ETH ETH
DRAWN MS ENGINEERING
LINE INTERFACE
R158
10K CHECKED SE ENCODER/DECODER
TP3
CLKOUT 9 TRADE ROAD
ETH LOGIC CCT DIAGRAM
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE +618-92482755
PCB
(C) Copyright CS037-2J 2 OF 2 J
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
R31 ETH
1K5
ETH
C48 C47
15p 1n C58
1n
R30 R15
1K5 1K REFL VOLTS
R13
CN4-5
27R
(57W)
R29 D4
D R14 C43 C44 D
1K5 HSMS-2800
R16 10K 1n 1n
33R
R12
33R
R25 ETH ETH ETH
1K5 R38
ETH 0R
R17
33R
R27
C35 N.F. 5p6 6p8 3p9
1K5 (50W)
120p C42
1n
R40
NF
L11 L10 CN3
TR2 NF 2T L6 L7 L8 L9
C16
RD70HVF
100n C26
220p ID=4.5
C41 C83 C85 C84 C86 C87

L12 L13 ETH
C37 C33 C36 C34 1n 4p7 12p 10p 12p 2p2
33n 12n
120p 68p 27p 22p
R8
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
33R
C25 ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
C3 C4
180p
27p 100p
ETH
R18
CN2-1
33R
TR1 LINKS: ABCDLVW
R9
ETH ETH PD55008S
33R
D3
3.9V R10 HSMS-2800
1K CN4-9
3.4V L4 L3
C1 R19
43nH 4T
1n R7 R6 27R
R5 560R 560R
270R
CN4-1
C45 C46
C C
1n 15p
ETH
-3dB PAD RF IN
1Amp L5
(0.2W) ETH
C14 C15 RFC
ETH ETH
1n 1u C31 C30
R3 CN1
1u 1n
18R
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS

C17 C18
ETH ETH CN4-8
NF NF
R4 R2 R1
270R 560R 560R L2 R11 C59
ETH ETH
RFC 10K 1n
C39 C38
100n 1n
7Amp
L1
ETH ETH
RFC
R33 +13.8V IN
1K CN2-2
C65 C60
C67 C66 C64 C63 C61 C62 C53 C54
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
R28 BC857
5.68V 1K
R26 R23
B 1K 1K R21 B
D2 4K7
3V9
R32
RV1 RV2
100R
2K 2K
D1 R20 C73 C72

BAV99 R22 R24 10K 100n 1n
1K 1K
IC2
LE50
ETH ETH
DATA
CN4-7
8
IC1
C2
24LC02
100p
C81 C74 C75
2 5
VCC
1n 100n 2u2 A1 DATA

ETH ETH ETH
3 6
A2 CLK CLOCK
TST
A0
VEE
C5
1
4
100p
CN4-6
ETH
PTT IN
C68 C57
CN4-2 TS1 ETH
1n 1n
KTY10-5
A
2K A
ETH ETH
CN4-4
NOTE: 1n 1n
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062 BAND C-D3 135-174MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
3. LNK A,B,C,D,L,V,W FAX (618) 92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
R31 ETH
1K5
ETH
C48 C47
22p 1n C58
1n
R30 R15
1K5 1K REFL VOLTS
R13
CN4-5
39R
(57W)
D4
R29
D HSMS-2800 R14 C43 C44 D
1K5
R16 10K 1n 1n
22R
R12
27R
R25 ETH ETH ETH
1K5
ETH ETH ETH
R17
R38
27R
0R
R27
C20 C35 C32 N.F. 5p6 3p9 3p9
1K5 (50W)
NF 100p NF C42
ETH
1n
R40
0R TR2 L11 L10 CN3
RD70HVF NF 1T L6 L7 L8 L9
C16 C21
100n NF C26
1n
C41 C83 C85 C84 C86 C87

L12 L13 ETH
C40 C37 C33 C36 C34 1n 4p7 10p 10p 10p 2p2
12n NF
NF 100p 27p 22p 10p
R8
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
C25 22R
C3 C4 180p
22p 18p
ETH
R18
TR1 CN2-1
27R
PD55008S
R9
ETH ETH
22R
D3
3.9V R10 HSMS-2800
1K CN4-9
3.4V L4 L3
C1 R19
43nH 4T
1n R7 R6 39R
R5 560R 560R
270R
CN4-1
C45 C46
C C
1n 22p
ETH
-3dB PAD RF IN
1Amp L5
(0.2W) ETH
C14 C15 RFC
ETH ETH
1n 1u C31 C30
R3 CN1
1u 1n
18R
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS

C17 C18
ETH ETH CN4-8
NF NF
R4 R2 R1
L2
270R 560R 560R R11 C59
ETH ETH
RFC 10K 1n
C39 C38
100n 1n
7Amp
L1
ETH ETH
RFC
R33 +13.8V IN
1K CN2-2
C65 C60
C67 C66 C64 C63 C61 C62 C53 C54
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
R28 BC857
5.68V 1K
R26 R23
B 1K 1K R21 B
D2 4K7
3V9
R32
RV1
RV2 100R
2K
2K
R20 C73 C72

D1
R22 R24 10K 100n 1n
BAV99
1K 1K
IC2
78L05
ETH ETH
DATA
CN4-7
8
IC1
C2
24LC02
100p
C81 C74 C75
2 5
VCC

ETH ETH ETH
3 6
A2 CLK CLOCK
TST
A0
VEE
C5
1
4
100p
CN4-6
ETH
PTT IN
C68 C57
CN4-2 TS1 ETH
1n 1n
KTY10-5
A
2K A
ETH ETH
CN4-4
NOTE: 1n 1n
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062 BAND E-G 175-250MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
3. LNK A,B,C,M,R,V,W FAX (618) 92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
R31 ETH
680R
ETH
C48 C47
10p 1n C58
1n
R30 R15
680R 1K REFL VOLTS
R13
CN4-5
27R
(54W)
R29 D4
D R14 C43 C44 D
680R HSMS-2800
R16 10K 1n 1n
56R
R12
22R
R25 ETH ETH ETH
680R
ETH
R17
39R
R27
C35 NF 2p2 2p7 2p2
680R (50W)
56p C42
ETH ETH ETH ETH TR2
1n
RD70HVF
CN3
L4 L3 L2. L1
C16 C21 C27 C29 C33
100n 27p C26 22p 47p 150p
1n
C41 C83 C85 C84 C86 C87

ETH
C37 C22 C3 1n 1p8 NF NF 5p6 NF
68p 15p 5p6
R8
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
C25 39R
ETH ETH ETH ETH
C23 C24 1n C28 C32
27p 27p 22p 120p
ETH CN2-1
C2 C5 C6 C7 R18
15p 22p 22p 22p 22R
TR1
R9
PD55008S ETH ETH ETH ETH
56R
D3
ETH ETH ETH ETH 3.9V R10 HSMS-2800 CN4-9
1K
3.4V L9 L8.
C1 R19
17.5nH 4T
82p R7 R6 27R
R5 560R 560R
CN4-1
270R
C45 C46
C C
1n 10p
ETH
-3dB PAD RF IN ETH

1Amp L5
(0.2W) C14 C15 RFC
ETH ETH
1n 1u C31 C30
R3 CN1
1u 1n
18R
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS

C17 C18
ETH ETH CN4-8
1n 100n
R4 R2 R1
270R 560R 560R L7 R11 C59
ETH ETH
RFC 10K 1n
C39 C38
100n 1n
7Amp
L6
ETH ETH
RFC
R33 +13.8V IN
1K CN2-2
C65 C60
C67 C66 C64 C63 C61 C62 C53 C54
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
R28 BC857
5.68V 1K
R26 R23
B 1K 1K R21 B
D2 4K7
3V9
R32
RV1 RV2 100R
2K 2K
D1 R20 C73 C72

BAV99 R22 R24 10K 100n 1n
1K 1K
IC2
78L05
ETH ETH
DATA
CN4-7
8
IC1
C4
24LC02
100p
C81 C74 C75
2 5
VCC

ETH ETH ETH
3 6
A2 CLK CLOCK
TST
A0
VEE
C19
1
4
100p
CN4-6
ETH
PTT IN
C68 C57
CN4-2 TS1 ETH
1n 1n
KTY10-5
A
2K A
ETH ETH
CN4-4
NOTE: 1n 1n
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062 BAND H-J 245-320MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
R31 ETH
1K5
ETH
C48 C47
22p 1n C58
1n
R30 R15
1K5 1K REFL VOLTS
R13
CN4-5
27R
(57W)
R29 D4
D R14 C43 C44 D
1K5 HSMS-2800
R16 10K 1n 1n
22R
R12
27R
R25 ETH ETH ETH
1K5
ETH ETH
R17
56R
R36 R27
C20 C37 5p6 27p 33p 22p
Former=5.3
Former=5.8
Former=6.6
10R 1K5 (50W)
270p 270p C42
TR2
1n
RD70HVF
L15 L10 L16 CN3
1T 3T 5T L6 L7 L8 L9
R35 C16
10R 100n C26
1n
L14
43n
C41 C83 C85 C84 C86 C87
L12 R37 ETH
C40 C19 C36 C34 1n 47p 82p 100p 82p 39p
220n 10R
270p 1200p 330p 68p
R8
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
56R
C25 ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
C3
1n LINKS: JKLMNOPQRS
39p
TR1 ETH
R18
PD55008S CN2-1
27R
R9
ETH
22R
D3
3.9V R10
HSMS-2800
1K CN4-9
3.4V L4 L3
C1 R19
43nH 6T
1n R7 R6 Former=5.8 27R
R5 560R 560R
270R
CN4-1
C45 C46
C C
1n 22p
ETH
-16dB PAD RF IN L5
(0.2W) 1Amp RFC ETH
C14 C15
ETH ETH
1n 1u C31 C30
R3 CN1
1u 1n
150R
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS

ETH ETH CN4-8
R4 R2 R1
L2
68R 120R 150R R11 C59
RFC 10K 1n
C39 C38
100n 1n
7Amp
L1
ETH ETH
RFC
R33 +13.8V IN
1K CN2-2
C65 C60
C67 C66 C64 C63 C61 C62 C53 C54
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
R28 BC857
5.68V 1K
R26 R23
B 1K 1K R21 B
D2 4K7
3V9
R32
RV1 RV2 100R
2K 2K
D1 R20 C73 C72

BAV99 R22 R24 10K 100n 1n
1K 1K
IC2
78L05
ETH ETH
DATA
CN4-7
8
IC1
C2
24LC02
100p
C81 C74 C75
2 5
VCC

ETH ETH ETH
3 6
A2 CLK CLOCK
TST
A0
VEE
C5
1
4
100p
CN4-6
ETH
PTT IN
C68 C57
CN4-2 TS1 ETH
1n 1n
KTY10-5
A
2K A
ETH ETH
CN4-4
NOTE: 1n 1n
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062 BAND A2 30-40MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
R31 ETH
1K5
ETH
C48 C47
22p 1n C58
1n
R30 R15
1K5 1K REFL VOLTS
R13
CN4-5
27R
(57W)
R29 D4
D R14 C43 C44 D
1K5 HSMS-2800
R16 10K 1n 1n
22R
R12
27R
R25 ETH ETH ETH
1K5
ETH ETH
R17
56R
R36 R27
C20 C37 4p7 22p 27p 18p
10R 1K5 (50W)
Former=3.0
Former=5.3
Former=6.3
270p NF C42
1n
TR2 L15 L10 L16 CN3
RD70HVF 1T 3T 5T L6 L7 L8 L9
R35 C16
10R 100n C26
1n
L14
43n
C83 C85 C84 C86 C87
L12 R37 C41 ETH
C40 C19 C36 C34 27p 68p 68p 68p 27p
220n 10R 1n
270p 1000p 270p 47p
R8
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
C25 56R
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
C3 1n
39p
TR1 ETH
R18
PD55008S CN2-1
27R LPF LINKS
R9
ETH JKLMNPQRTUVW
22R
D3
3.9V R10 HSMS-2800
1K CN4-9
3.4V L4 L3
R19
C1 43nH 6T
R7 R6 Former=5.8 27R
1n
R5 560R 560R
270R
CN4-1
C45 C46
C C
1n 22p
ETH
-16dB PAD RF IN
1Amp L5
(0.2W) ETH
C14 C15 RFC
ETH ETH
1n 1u C31 C30
R3 CN1
1u 1n
150R
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS

ETH ETH CN4-8
R4 R2 R1
68R 120R 150R L2 R11 C59
RFC 10K 1n
C39 C38
100n 1n
7Amp
L1
ETH ETH
RFC
R33 +13.8V IN
1K CN2-2
C65 C60
C67 C66 C64 C63 C61 C62 C53 C54
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
R28
5.68V BC857
1K
R26 R23
B 1K 1K R21 B
D2 4K7
3V9
R32
RV1
RV2 100R
2K
2K
D1 R20 C73 C72

BAV99 R22 R24 10K 100n 1n
1K 1K
IC2
78L05
ETH ETH
DATA
CN4-7
8
IC1
C2
24LC02
100p
C81 C74 C75
2 5
VCC

ETH ETH ETH
3 6
A2 CLK CLOCK
TST
A0
VEE
C5
1
4
100p
CN4-6
ETH
PTT IN
C68 C57
CN4-2 TS1 ETH
1n 1n
KTY10-5
A
2K A
ETH ETH
CN4-4
NOTE: 1n 1n
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062 BAND A3 39-50MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETH ETH
R31 ETH
1K5
ETH
C48 C47
15p 1n C58 REFL VOLTS
R30
1n
1K5 R15
1K CN4-5
R13
27R
R29
1K5
D4
D R14 C43 C44 D
HSMS-2800
R16 10K 1n 1n
R25
33R
1K5
R49 R48 R12
2R2 2R2 33R
TR4 ETH C35 ETH ETH ETH
R27 270p
R45 R40 RD70HVF
1K5 ETH
2R2 2R2 R17
33R
R44 R41 RF OUTPUT
C49 C50 C51 C52
2R2 2R2
C42 N.F. 5p6 6p8 3p9 (100W)
C16 C26
(H133) (H111) 1n
220p R43 R42
100n
2R2 2R2
L11 L10 CN3
1T 2T L6 L7 L8 L9
L12 L13
R47 R46
33n 12n
2R2 2R2
TR2
R39 R36
2R2 2R2 RD70HVF C83 C85 C84 C86 C87
C41 ETH
C3 C4 C6 C25 4p7 12p 10p 12p 2p2
1n
27p 100p 27p 180p R38 R35
TR1 ETH
2R2 2R2
PD55008S
R8
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
R37 R34 33R
ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
2R2 2R2
C37 C33 C36 C34
ETH CN2-1
220p 82p 68p 22p R18
33R
R9 LINKS: ABCDLVW
33R
D3
3.9V R10 CN4-9
(H106) HSMS-2800
1K
3.4V L4
C1 L3 R19
43nH
1n R7 R6 4T 27R
R5 560R 560R
CN4-1
270R
C45 C46
C C
1n 15p
ETH
-3dB PAD RF IN L5
(0.2W) 1Amp RFC ETH
C14 C15
ETH ETH
1n 1u C31 C30
R3 CN1
1u 1n
18R
ETH ETH FWD VOLTS CN4-8

C17 C18
ETH ETH
NF NF
R4
L2 R11
270R
ETH ETH C59
RFC 10K
1n
C39 C38
100n 1n
R2 R1 7Amp L1
560R 560R
ETH ETH
RFC +13.8V IN
R33 CN2-2
1K
C65 C60
C67 C66 C64 C63 C61 C62 C53 C54
220u 220u
1n 100n 100n 1n 1n 100n 100n 1n
TR3
R28 BC857
5.68V 1K
R26 R23
B 1K 1K R21 B
D2 4K7
3V9
RV1 RV2
R32
2K 2K
100R
R20 C73 C72

D1
R22 R24 10K 100n 1n
BAV99
1K 1K
IC2
LE50
IC1
ETH ETH
24LC02 DATA CN4-7
8
C2
100p
C81 C74 C75
2 5
VCC
1n 100n 2u2 A1 DATA

ETH ETH ETH
3 6
A2 CLK
CLOCK CN4-10
ETH ETH ETH ETH 7
TST
A0
VEE
C5
CN4-6
1
4
100p
ETH
CN4-2 PTT IN
C68 C57
TS1 ETH
1n 1n
KTY10-5
A A
/KTY81-221
C55 C70 C71
2K ETH ETH
1n 1n 1n
CN4-4 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
TEMP SENSOR
(IN HEATSINK) DESIGNED GJ 21-1-02 SPECTRA
NOTE: 1n 1n
CHECKED
AMPLIFIER MODULE
APPROVED GJ MALAGA 6062 BAND C-D3 135-174MHz
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
3. LNK A,B,C,D,L,V,W FAX (618) 92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
DWGS CS043-1A 1 OF 1 A
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D D
IC2 +5
IC1
FX805J FX805J
1 24 24 1 1 24
XTAL VDD XTAL VDD
2 23 23 2 2 23
XTAL/ WAKE XTAL/ WAKE
C C
3 22 22 3 3 22
ASEL NOTONE ASEL NOTONE
4 21 21 4 4 21
IRQ CMPOUT IRQ CMPOUT
5 20 20 5 5 20 C1
SCL CMPIN+ SCL CMPIN+
100nF
6 19 19 6 6 19
CMDDAT CMPIN- CMDDAT CMPIN-
7 18 18 7 7 18
CS VBIAS CS VBIAS
8 17 17 8 8 17
REPDAT RXSOUT REPDAT RXSOUT
9 16 16 9 9 16
TXSOUT SUBIN TXSOUT SUBIN
10 15 15 10 10 15
AUDIN AMPOUT AUDIN AMPOUT
11 14 14 11 11 14
AUDOUT AMPIN+ AUDOUT AMPIN+
12 13 13 12 12 13
VSS AMPIN- VSS AMPIN-
SIL SOCKET
ETH RX FX805J TX FX805J
UNDER BOARD
B B
A A
DESIGNED GJ 11/5/99 SPECTRA MX800 FULL DUPLEX

DRAWN SE 23/8/04 ENGINEERING
CHECKED
CTCSS / DCS
9 TRADE ROAD
APPROVED MALAGA 6062 OPTION
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
REF PHONE (61-8) 92482755 FAX (61-8)
92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
DWGS 1 1 A
(C) Copyright CS050-1 OF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

L4, L8, D1, D3, D6, D8,
BAND FREQ BAND VCO Freq SW BW CR1 R1 R3 R4 R5 R6 R10 R14 R16 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C16 C17 C19 C21 C23 L2 L5 L7 L9 L10 L11 D2 D4 D7 D9 NOTES:
J 295-327MHz 385-417MHz 32MHz N.F. 180R 560R 220R 120R 150R 2K2 10R 10R 3p3 3p3 3p3 3p3 3p9 3p9 3p3 N.F. 5p6 5p6 N.F. N.F. 0R 390n 390n 390n 390n 2.5T BB149 BB149 N.F. N.F.
L 345-375MHz 435-465MHz 30MHz N.F. 180R 560R 220R 120R 150R 0R 10R 10R 3p3 3p3 2p7 2p7 3p3 3p3 3p3 N.F. 6p8 6p8 N.F. N.F. 0R 390n 390n 390n 390n 2.5T BB149 BB149 N.F. N.F.
D D
N2 400-435MHz 310-345MHz 35MHz N.F. 180R 560R 220R 120R 150R 2K2 10R 10R 3p9 3p9 3p3 3p3 4p7 4p7 3p9 N.F. 6p8 6p8 N.F. N.F. 0R 390n 390n 390n 390n 3.5T BB133 BB133 N.F. N.F.
O2 435-470MHz 345-380MHz 35MHz N.F. 180R 560R 220R 120R 150R 2K2 10R 10R 3p9 3p9 3p9 3p9 4p7 4p7 3p3 N.F. 8p2 8p2 N.F. N.F. 0R 390n 390n 390n 390n 2.5T BB133 BB133 N.F. N.F.
P2 450-485MHz 360-395MHz 35MHz N.F. 180R 270R 220R 120R 150R 2K2 10R 10R 3p3 3p3 3p9 3p9 4p7 4p7 3p3 N.F. 5p6 5p6 N.F. N.F. 0R 390n 390n 390n 390n 2.5T BB149 BB149 N.F. N.F.
Q 485-520MHz 395-430MHz 35MHz N.F. 180R 560R 220R 120R 150R 2K2 10R 10R 3p3 3p3 3p3 3p3 3p9 3p9 3p3 N.F. 5p6 5p6 N.F. N.F. 0R 390n 390n 390n 390n 2.5T BB149 BB149 N.F. N.F.
R 805-825MHz 715-735MHz 20MHz 850MHz 270R 560R 100R 180R 100R 2K2 10R 10R 1n 1n N.F. N.F. N.F. 2p2 1p0 N.F 3p9 5p6 N.F. N.F. 390n N.F. 180n 120n 220n N.F. N.F. N.F. BB149 N.F.
T 850-870MHz 760-780MHz 20MHz 910MHz 270R 560R 100R 180R 100R 2K2 0R 0R 1n 1n N.F. N.F. N.F. 1p8 1p0 N.F. 3p9 5p6 N.F. N.F. 390n N.F. 180n 120n 220n N.F. N.F. BB149 N.F. N.F.
W 917-950MHz 827-860MHz 33MHz 1060MHz 270R 560R 100R 82R 82R 2K2 0R 0R 1n 1n N.F. N.F. N.F. 1p5 1p0 N.F. 3p3 4p7 N.F. 0p47 390n N.F. 180n 120n 220n N.F. N.F. N.F. BB149 N.F.
L6
390n
SKU-3
+7.4V SWITCHED C13 C14 C15
100nF 10nF 1nF
C C
R8
L7
3K3
ETH ETH ETH
CERAMIC RESONATOR
SKU-2
ETH
R5
ETH
ETH
C21
L11
C12
TR1
2SC3583
C8 C10 C11 C9 C16
C17
ETH ETH ETH R6

C3
B R1 R2 C20 R9 B
1nF
270R 1n 1K5
R11
ETH 10R L4 L8 R14 C19
L10
ETH ETH
ETH ETH ETH ETH
D1 D9 D7 D4
SKT-5
L1 R12 R10
390nH 10R L5 L9 R16 2K2
ETH ETH
SKT-1
4
IC1 VCO CONT
C1 C18 C22
MAR-6SM
1nF C6 10n 100n
R3 D2 D8 D6 D3
2 1
SKU-1 ETH
TO PRE-SCALER ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
3
ETH
L2 ETH
4
IC2
C2
MAR-6SM
1nF C7
R4
2 1
SKT-6
RF OUT
3
A A

ETH
DESIGNED GJ SPECTRA MX800
DRAWN GJ ENGINEERING CCT DIAGRAM V3,
CHECKED
9 TRADE ROAD
RX VCO
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
PCB PHONE (61-8) 92482755 FAX (61-8)
DWGS NVCO 92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
(C) Copyright CS051-1 1 OF 1 A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
L4, L8, D1, D3, D6, D8, L11 NOTES

BAND FREQ BAND SW BW CR1 R3 R4 R5 R6 R13 C5 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C16 C17 C19 C21 C23 L5 L7 L9 L10 D2 D4 D7 D9 D5
L3 350-385Mhz 35Mhz N.F. 560R 220R 220R 150R N.F. 2p2 3p3 3p3 4p7 4p7 3p9 N.F. 6p8 6p8 N.F. 1p 390nH 390nH 390nH 390nH BB133 BB133 N.F. N.F. BB131 New 10mm Coil 2.5T
M 370-400Mhz 30Mhz N.F. 560R 220R 220R 150R N.F. 2p2 3p3 3p3 3p9 3p9 3p3 N.F. 6p8 6p8 N.F. 1p 390nH 390nH 390nH 390nH BB133 BB133 N.F. N.F. BB131 New 10mm Coil 2.5T
D D
N2 400-435Mhz 35Mhz N.F. 560R 220R 220R 150R N.F. 2p2 3p3 3p3 3p9 3p9 3p3 N.F. 6p8 6p8 N.F. 1p 390nH 390nH 390nH 390nH BB149 BB149 N.F. N.F. BB131 New 10mm Coil 2.5T
O/O2 425-470Mhz 45Mhz N.F. 560R 220R 220R 150R N.F. 2p2 3p9 3p9 4p7 4p7 3p9 N.F. 6p8 6p8 N.F. 1p 390nH 390nH 390nH 390nH BB133 BB133 N.F. N.F. BB131 New 10mm Coil 1.5T
P/P2 450-490Mhz 40Mhz N.F. 560R 220R 220R 150R N.F. 2p2 3p3 3p3 3p9 3p9 3p9 N.F. 6p8 6p8 N.F. 1p 390nH 390nH 390nH 390nH BB133 BB133 N.F. N.F. BB131 New 10mm Coil 1.5T
Q 485-520Mhz 35Mhz N.F. 560R 220R 220R 150R N.F. 2p2 3p3 3p3 3p3 3p3 3p9 N.F. 6p8 6p8 N.F. 1p 390nH 390nH 390nH 390nH BB133 BB133 N.F. N.F. BB131 New 10mm Coil 1.5T
R 805-825Mhz 20Mhz 1060Mhz 560R 100R 220R 100R 2K2 1p N.F. N.F. N.F. 1p8 1p8 N.F. 3p3 3p3 N.F. 1p N.F. 390nH 120nH 220nH N.F. BB131 N.F. N.F. BB131 N.F.
R2 746-764Mhz 18Mhz 940Mhz 560R 100R 220R 100R 2K2 1p N.F. N.F. N.F. 1p8 1p8 N.F. 3p3 3p3 N.F. 1p N.F. 390nH 120nH 220nH N.F. BB131 N.F. N.F. BB131 N.F.
T 850-870Mhz 20Mhz 1090Mhz 560R 100R 220R 100R 2K2 1p N.F. N.F. N.F. 1p5 1p N.F. 4p7 3p3 N.F. 1p N.F. 390nH 120nH 220nH N.F. BB131 N.F. N.F. BB131 N.F.
W 917-950Mhz 33Mhz 1240MHz 560R 100R 82R 68R 2K2 1p N.F. N.F. N.F. 1p2 1p N.F. 3p3 2p7 N.F. 1p N.F. 180nH 120nH 220nH N.F. BB131 N.F. N.F. BB149 N.F.
L6
390n
SKU-3
+7.4V SWITCHED C13 C14 C15
100nF 10nF 1nF
C C
R8
L7 3K3
ETH ETH ETH
CERAMIC RESONATOR
SKU-2
ETH
R5
ETH
ETH
L3 R15 R7
C23 C5
390n 180R 2K2
SKT-4
C21
D5 C4 R13
L11
C12 1nF
TR1
2SC3583
C8 C10 C11 C9 C16 ETH ETH ETH
C17
ETH ETH ETH R6

C3
B R1 R2 1nF C20 R9 B
270R 270R 1n 1K5
R11 R14
ETH 10R L4 L8 10R C19
L10
ETH ETH
ETH ETH ETH ETH
D1 D9 D7 D4
SKT-5
R16
R12 R10
L1
10R L5 L9 10R 2K2
390nH ETH
ETH
SKT-1
4
IC1 VCO CONT
C1 C6 C18 C22
MAR-6SM
1nF 1nF 1n 47nF
R3 D2 D8 D6 D3
2 1
SKU-1 ETH
TO PRE-SCALER ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
3
ETH
L2 ETH
390nH
4
IC2
C2 C7
MAR-6SM
1nF 1nF
R4
2 1
SKT-6
RF OUT
3
A A

ETH
DESIGNED GJ SPECTRA MX800 TX VCO
DRAWN GJ ENGINEERING CCT DIAGRAM V3, BAND
CHECKED
9 TRADE ROAD
I TO X (270 - 960MHz)
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
PCB PHONE (61-8) 92482755 FAX (61-8)
DWGS 92482756 DRAWING No SHEET REV
(C) Copyright CS052-1 1 OF 1 A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R22 ETH ETH

820R
ETH
ETH ETH
ETH
C48 C47
R25
2p2 1n C58
820R
C96 C199 1n
R15
8p2 2p2 REFL VOLTS
1K
R13
CN4-5
27R
R26
820R
D4
D R14 C43 C44 D
HSMS-2800
R16 100K 1n 1n
82R
R27
R12
330R
39R
ETH ETH ETH
R17
R29
68R
330R
RF OUTPUT
C41 (1W)
ETH
150p C33 C32 C34 C35
0p47 1p8 2p2 1p2
CN1
ETH
C5 C12
100n 15p
L8
C4
12nH
27p C98 C99 C89 C88
R5
C2 C42 0p47 0p47 N.F. 0p47
12p 2R7 ETH
150p
R8
68R
R6 TR5
C14 C36
L5 2R7 2SK3075
C3 10p 22p
12nH 15p
CN2-1
R9 R18
ETH ETH ETH
<--- 1.79VDC 82R 39R
ETH ETH D3
R10 HSMS-2800 LPF: BCDFHJLMNOQV
1K CN4-9
3.4V
R7
270R
C38 C39
1n 100n CN4-1
C45 C46 R19
C C
RF IN 1n 2p2 27R
C1 (+24dBm)
150p
R3 CN1 ETH ETH
12R ETH ETH ETH ETH
L7 FWD VOLTS
C30 C31 RFC
CN4-8
R4 R2 R1 100n 1n
470R 820R 1K
R11 C59
ETH ETH
100K 1n
ETH ETH ETH ETH
-2dB PAD ETH ETH
L6
RFC
Biasing 56mADC +13.8V IN

CN2-2
C63 C64 C62 C61 C54 C53

100n 1n 100n 1n 100n 1n
TR3
R28 BC857
5.68V 1K
R23
B 1K R21 R32 B
D2 4K7 C73 C72 C66 C67 100R
R35
3V9 100n 1n 100n 1n
1K
RV1
2K
SET BIAS TR1 SET BIAS TR2 ETH ETH ETH ETH
IC2
R20 LE50
D1
BAV99 R24 10K DATA
1K C81
CN4-7
8
IC1
C6
24LC02
100p
C74 C75
2 5
VCC
100n 2u2 A1 DATA

ETH
3 6
A2 CLK CLOCK
ETH ETH ETH 7 CN4-10
TST
A0
VEE
ETH ETH ETH CN4-6

C82
1
4
100p
C69 C57
TS1 ETH
1n 1n
KTY10-5
2K ETH
TEMP SENSOR
ETH ETH
PTT IN (IN HEATSINK)
CN4-2 CN4-4
A A
C55 C70 C71 C68 C56
1n 1n 1n 1n 1n
DESIGNED GJ 29-8-01 SPECTRA POWER AMPLIFIER

ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH
NOTE: 1 WATT
CHECKED
APPROVED GJ 7-09-01 MALAGA 6062
WIDEBAND 400-520MHz
REF PHONE (618) 92482755
(C) Copyright
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
15
7
16
5 22
21
8 25
20
26 23 17
29
9
4 10
11
19 12
9
27
13 24
14 6
15 18
15
No. DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY
1 FRONT PANEL L119 / VARIES 1
2 'D' HANDLE F005 / VARIES 2
3 CHASSIS F006 1
4 RX MODULE 1
5 EXITER MODULE 1
6 MICRO CL PCB ASSEMBLY 1
7 LID F002 1
8 PA MODULE 1
9 RX & EXCITER MODULE TO MICRO CL PCB CABLE L026 2 1 28 23
10 AUX CONNECTOR TO MICRO CL PCB CABLE L032 1
11 RS232 CONNECTOR TO MICRO CL PCB CABLE L033 1
12 DB15 CONNECTOR TO MICRO CL PCB CABLE L034 1
13 DB25 CONNECTOR TO MICRO CL PCB CABLE L035 1
14 M4 x 10 P/H STEEL NP SCREW & WAVE WASHER J005, J009 4 26
15 M3 x 5 P/H STEEL NP SCREW J002 30 2 3
16 M5 x 12 P/H STEEL NP SCREW J012 4
17 INTERNAL PWR CABLE ASSEMBLY L036 1
18 M 2.5 x 5 P/H STEEL NP SCREW J007 4
19 BNC CONNECTOR TO RX MODULE CABLE L037 1
20 PA TO EXCITER CABLE COAX L027 1 DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
21 M4 x 35 P/H STEEL NP SCREW J004 4 SPECTRA
DESIGNED G.J. 1-8-96
22 FAN CABLE ASSEMBLY 1 MX800 TRANSCEIVER
23 SLIDE RAIL 'SLIM TRACK' 2 DRAWN F.H. 24/01/98
ENGINEERING
24 ID LABEL 1
25 M3 HEX NUT AND WAVE WASHER 1 CHECKED 9 TRADE ROAD FINAL ASSEMBLY DWG
MALAGA 6090
26 M4 x 6 P/H STEEL NP SCREW 4
APPROVED WESTERN AUSTRALIA
27 UNC 4-40 HEX STANDOFF/RETAINER H011 8 TEL (+618) 92482755
28 UNC 4-40 HEX NUT WITH WASHER H011 8 REF FAX (+618) 92482756
29 PA CONTROL CABLE L025 1 DWGS DRAWING No SHEET REV
(C) COPYRIGHT 1991-97 EV0001.DWG 1 OF 1 A
11
5
4
9 8
5
7
6
10
6 No. DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY

1 HEATSINK F009 1
2 PA PCB ASSEMBLY VARIES 1
3 COVER F010 1
2 4 FAN SUB ASSEMBLY F011 1
5 M2.5 x 5 P/H STEEL NP SCREW J007 20
7 FAN CABLE ASSY 1
3 8 SELF TAPPER STEEL NP SCREW J014 4
9 FAN PAPST TYP 612 12VDC 2.5W M001 1
11 FINGER GUARD M002 1

SPECTRA
DRAWN F.H. 24/01/98
ENGINEERING MX800 TRANSCEIVER
CHECKED 9 TRADE ROAD PA SUB ASSEMBLY
MALAGA 6090
TEL (+618) 92482755
REF FAX (+618) 92482756
DWGS DRAWING No SHEET REV
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
RX MODULE
EXCITER MODULE
No. DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY DATE REVISION APP BY DATE TITLE
1 M3 x 25 P/H STEEL NP SCREW J013 15 DESIGNED G.J. 1-8-96

SPECTRA
2 COVER F007 1 DRAWN F.H. 24/01/98
ENGINEERING RX/EXCITER MODULE
3 M2.5 x 5 P/H STEEL NP SCREW J007 19 CHECKED 9 TRADE ROAD SUB ASSEMBLY
4 RX/EXCITER PCB ASSEMBLY VARIES 1 MALAGA 6090
5 BASE F008 1 TEL (+618) 92482755
REF FAX (+618) 92482756
M3 FARNELL SOLDER LUG 101-481 OR EQUIV.
BLACK WIRE 7/0.16 PVC INSUL.

LENGTH 60 ±5mm
RED WITH BLACK STRIPE - PIN 2

TWISTED PAIR 7/0.16 PVC INSUL. WIRE
LENGTH 100 ±5mm
NC - PIN 1 RUBBER SLEEVING
LENGTH - 20mm
RED
BLACK 0.1" PITCH SIL
RED - PIN 3 POLARIZED SOCKET
RED PHOENIX 3 WAY SOCKET

MSTB2.5/3-ST-5.08
RED - PIN 3 BLACK
REAR VIEW
PLT-253R SOCKET RED WITH BLACK STRIPE
FIGURE 8
2 x 26/0.32 PVC INSUL. WIRE
LENGTH 250 ±5mm RED

SPECTRA
DRAWN F.H. 24/01/98
ENGINEERING INTERNAL POWER
CHECKED 9 TRADE ROAD CABLE ASSEMBLY
MALAGA 6090
TEL (+618) 92482755
REF FAX (+618) 92482756

MX 800

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

MX 800

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

SPECTRA

Spectra Engineering Pty Ltd

Tel: +61-8-92482755 Fax: +61-8-92482756

Manual Revision 4.2.3 August 2006

Copyright © Spectra Engineering Pty Ltd 1997-2006.

This work is copyright. Other than as permitted by Law, no part of it may be

FCC Interference Warning

© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 i

This page left blank intentionally

ii © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

Date Version Chapter Changes Pages Changed

May 1997 1.0 All - Initial Release All

July 1997 1.1 MX800 Software Software Only

© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 iii

AROUND THE EQUIPMENT

DO NOT OPERATE IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

DO NOT ATTEMPT INTERNAL SERVICE WHILE TRANSMITTING

DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY THE EQUIPMENT

EXERCISE CAUTION AND CORRECT DISPOSAL OF RF POWER

WARRANTY CONDITIONS & PRECAUTIONS

1. Over voltage or Reverse Power Supply Voltage.

2. Operation in locations subject to abnormal environmental conditions such as

3. Operation of the MX800 Transmitter output into an open or short circuit or an

iv © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

1. General Description ................................................................................ 1

2. Installation and Operation ...................................................................11

© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 v

3.8.2 Installation ....................................................................31

vi © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

4.4 Micro Controller Board..............................................................69

5. Alignment and Testing..........................................................................74

6. MX800 Base Station Fault Finding Procedure...................................90

© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 vii

6.5 Power Amplifier.........................................................................94

8. Superseded Technical Information....................................................126

viii © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 ix

x © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

The flexibility of the MX800 series allows it to be configured for a wide

Standard MX800 applications include:

Conventional 2-Way voice base station

© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.2 1

Extremely low conducted emissions

Programmable channel spacing

For further information, please contact Spectra Engineering.

2 © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

1.1 Physical Description

1.1.1 Front Panel

1.1.1.1 Standard Front Panel

Table 1-1 LED Functions

© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 3

Figure 1-1 Standard Front Panel

1.1.1.2 Local Control Front Panel

The Local Control Front Panel is illustrated in Figure 1-2 below.

Speaker RS232 Port Line I/P Adjust Hole

Push-wheel RJ45 Squelch Line O/P

Figure 1-2 Local Control Front Panel

Loudspeaker and Volume Control

4 © SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3

© SPECTRA ENGINEERING 2006 Revision 4.2.3 5

1.1.1 Rear Panel

Connector # Conn Type Function Description

Table 1-2 Rear Panel Connections